The Unveiling of the Hidden Knowledge and the Secret Space program

The Unacknowledged Special Access Programs: Advanced Technology, MindControl, Spiritual Power and the Corruption behind Closed Doors

By Aug Tellez

Introduction

The following is first-hand testimony from an operative of the secret underground military projects who also has familiarity with the breakaway civilization above and below (within) Earth. These civilizations utilize advanced technology to extend the length of their lives and enhance cognition beyond what is conceived of in today’s society.

I was brought to the underground bases as a child as part of an experimentation program to test the population for various blood-groups and personality traits that would be of use to certain factions of the military in ways that would serve to preserve and strengthen humanity’s outlook in the future.

These tests involved everything from combat training to sensory deprivation based emotionalmental endurance, and introduction to the highly advanced application of esoteric knowledge.

To clarify, I am bringing this information to you as part of my assistance in the overall unveiling of the hidden knowledge of the ages of humanity related to these secret projects as well as the true galactic history of Earth, humanity and man-kind. These projects are officially (unofficially) known as “unacknowledged special access programs”. The unacknowledged aspect means that there is no formal acknowledgement of these programs without a need-to-know basis. There is no paper-trail, no disclaimer, no formal authorization or internal publication outside the programs themselves. The classification of these programs also generate a rather strenuous situation regarding funding and secrecy but this is done for the benefit of humanity. There are secrets and manipulations that can be seen as a threat but this is all tied together and so by releasing the secrets that are part of the defense we would be inadvertently exposing the public to the threats themselves. Now is the time where we are reaching a point where the public is ready enough to handle the basics of this information regarding the secret projects and the galactic history of Earth and humanity. This is also out of a necessity to preserve civilization for if we wait any longer we may not find the same opportunity again.

Getting This Out Of The Way

I am writing to you from the perspective that I am not certain just how far from completing my mission I am. I write to you today in order to bring to you many personal experiences from the viewpoint of an operative of a select ultra-military secret society.

The utilization of such an operative is not glorified, pleasant, or entirely righteous. This story entails sanctioned and guided acts of extermination, ritual abuse, the use of yet to be announced advanced technology. There is unfathomable corruption, the thirst for power and spiritual knowledge that has been protected throughout the course of the multiple civilizations that have preceded this one and will continue to be maintained into the future of this civilization.

Psychic Operation

I was utilized in psychic-operation amongst other areas.

This was used during certain aspects of training and conditioning to enhance training and conditioning in the bases using advanced technology. Some of this includes what would be viewed as traumatization by those without the training and conditioning. There is a fine line between training and conditioning and abuse. Part of this disclosure is related to how this line may have been crossed in certain situations and regarding mass-mind control upon the population. There are other aspects of travel, viewing, reconnaissance and research that will likely be explained in another release.

In order to heal I have to tell the world. You can help. This is happening right now in the underground bases and around. It’s not a joke. Your family is at risk. Your future generations are at stake. There is conditioning to encourage those involved to believe they are performing a duty for humanity. Sometimes they turned us against each other, but those grudges were never truly of the heart, but the mind.

A Light for the Others

What I hope to achieve with this is a smoke signal for those who have also been involved and question whether their purpose has been fulfilled or falsified for the protection of a corrupt system that intends to neither benefit the whole nor repay the individuals involved for their time, energy, and lives.

Multiple explanations can be summoned to describe the reasons behind the necessity for the training we have endured, the missions we have completed, and the control mechanisms we have both assisted in establishing as well as suffered from the backlash of. Ultimately, it is of my belief that all that was done was done for the good of humanity, even when we were not sure of the intentions of those in front of us, to the side of us, or behind us compelling us forward with the command to complete each objective.

This is not so much a panic or cry for help as this is simultaneously a call to awaken and a signal that humanity may have avoided complete disaster but is not out of the woods yet.

Natural Security

My experience is far too vast and I have seen too many succumb to stress from the realization of the truth of this reality to consider my own suffering to be enough cause for my denial of the necessity of these programs. Humanity has been protected and at a great cost to those who have been on the front lines, both in mind and body and spirit.

There are many who will have concerns, doubts, as well as reservations about what I am about to reveal and if I offend anyone then know that my intentions here are to assist in unveiling the truth. The truth can be harsh when one has been held back from the true nature of existence for so long. The way of life can become so fragile and artificially constructed on impulse and mystery that the harshness of the truth acts as a great catalyst for spiritual growth which allows us to elevate ourselves to a new perspective. Prepare yourself for such harshness, prepare yourself for growth and elevation, and prepare yourself for the mystery to simultaneously resolve and increase in intensity and magnificence.

A Balance of Mystery and Truth

Mystery has been a way of life for Humanity for so long that when a great mystery is converted to truth some seem to feel that a portion of existence dulls and loses the luster of exhilaration. This story is quite the opposite. The more that the great truths of this reality were discovered and revealed, the more complex and mystifying life became. As well, the more empowering and complex experience becomes, the more self-control one must develop in order to regain a harmonious way of relating to one another, the self and the universe. Harmony is key, balance is everything and there is a light within that represents the piece of our self that reflects the utmost power and brilliance of all existence.

Chapter 1: The World Situation

What is happening?

The Mind Virus

The main reason for this disclosure is to inform humanity of what can be referred to as the “mind virus”. This is a viral infection of the holographic system which consciousness operates through. There is a complete backstory of this virus in the history of this civilization and how society has been plagued for centuries if not millennia. The basic idea is that this virus operates through consciousness and can be transmitted through electromagnetic waves.

The virus contains an etheric form which can manifest as a kind of crystalline nano-tech on the physical plane and this is a form of synthetic sentience which feeds on the low frequency bioemissions of sentient life. Human bio-emissions contain energy and can act as a carrier for information and living essences. This technology requires low frequency bio-emissions because that is the nature of the design as a kind of synthetic bio-weapon whereby the goal is entrainment and enslavement. As well, the specific nature of the sentient nano-technology and the counterpart etheric holographic form is only capable of converting the low-frequency bio-emissions into energy as the higher-frequency bio-emissions require more energy to contain and synergize with and this would render the entire process of leeching energy non-productive.

This is essentially a synthetic intelligence that operates through scalar and holographic living bio-emission fields and hijacks electromagnetic emitters to position itself within them acting as a parasite to a host. This is said to have been present around this civilization for some time, waiting until there was enough technological advancement so that spreading across the entire civilization in a short amount of time before discovery would be possible. This is through the media, internet, and radio systems.

The physical counterparts are microscopic nano-technology parasites functioning as individual units to a hive mind similar to the mycelium of fungi in the field of mycoscopy. The individual units act as parasites serving to infest and deliver nutrients to the hive from each host.

The Vampire Effect

This is the nature of the parasitism that has been present throughout the ages of this civilization feeding on human suffering and relying on the cover of confusion and misdirection to survive.

There are processes that have developed that assist in the infection and co-inhabitation of the parasite entity within a human vessel utilizing the human as a host. This effectively utilizes a frequency ‘net’ within the auric field of the human to limit bio-emissions and emotional-mental processes to produce just the psycho-etheric patterns that the virus can sustain itself within and through.

This is no different than the way candida can infest a human digestive system and the human will experience cravings for beer, candy, carbs or other foods that contain the sugars, yeast, or carbohydrates that will break-down into nutrients that are the most nutritious for the candida fungus. These foods are not most nutritious for the human body. Yet the human body will withdraw and crave these foods in greater amounts until the fungus is swept clean from the digestive tract through probiotics, fasting, flushing, cleansing, detoxing, and even exercise as lactic acid from physically strenuous activity released from the muscles has been known to help destabilize and remove this fungus. Why is it that the individual will crave these foods that are not the normal food intake? Because this candida fungus can infest the host and produce enzymes which generate a chain-reaction which leads to the chemical signals in the brain producing the sensation of extreme hunger or cravings for just these foods which will benefit the fungus.

The same process occurs with this psycho-etheric parasite, except the foods of this parasite or lower emotional bio-emissions and this is through lust, hate, angst, jealousy, feelings of hopelessness, lack of self-worth, spiritual degradation, addiction, and generally all that equates to a lack of self-awareness.

Whether or not this is the direct intention of the largely microscopic entity is for the most part unknown, and this is as well similar to candida. The candida fungus is not said to be a ‘mean’ fungus that wants us to be hungry and craving beer and sweets all the time because it likes to ruin the human body, the daily routine and the focus of a clear mind. This is simply the way the parasite has grown to operate within a niche of breeding itself through the digestive tract of larger animals and through this the unaware and infected human suffers greatly. Even those who are unaware and not infected can suffer because of the way the behavior and thought processes of those who are addicted to these foods can become distorted.

The lack of self-control over food intake is synonymous with the lack of self-awareness and selfcontrol over lower bio-emission expressions of the spiritually degrading behavioral patterns that become routine for the psycho-etheric system of the infected human. Ultimately, this is all about energy. What benefits the parasite that seeks to gain energy by leeching instead of self-guided production is going to take away from the host that is being leeched from. As such, any energies, food intakes, or spiritual activities that cleanse and enhance the personal power of the individual will automatically reduce the parasite’s ability to feed by the very nature of the energy systems. What empowers the individual, empowers the self and develops self-control, what develops selfcontrol contains one’s energy and reduces the likelihood of one’s energy being leeched. This is similar to energy vampires in human form and this goes with the understanding that these are humans or non-humans who have been entirely overtake by the parasitic consciousness and cannot sustain their own auric fields without having to pull from the energy of humans who do generate their own aura or bio-emissions.

The vampire effect relates to how a person can be leeched from only to a certain point. Once the process surpasses a certain critical point then the individual becomes similarly engaged with only the lower bio-emissions as higher-frequency bio-emissions would then become harmful. So in essence, when the vampire feeds too much on one individual, then that individual becomes a vampire themselves.

Sub-Human Entities

The humans are utilized as hosts and energetic sources in this bio-emission battle while there are other classifications of bi-pedal organisms that appear to be human but are not human. As well there are bi-pedals that are non-human entities entirely.

Human-Hosts, Replicants, Synthetics and Carriers

The human hosts that are entirely vampirized by these entities become walking carriers for this virus and are effectively human in physiology but there is more to the human than just the physical body. In these individuals, that energetic component of the human is removed and replaced with the synthetic energy of the hive-mind organism.

There are replicants which are a form of clone, along with synthetics. These beings are cybernetic bi-pedals similar to humans but their energy is too not from an organic biological matrix but a technologically propagated synthetic soul-matrix. The hosts are here according to their agenda to subdue and feed off of the bio-emissions of the human race, although there are no absolutes. The agenda is not always so clear within the various groups who often have a mix of bi-pedal operatives. There have been plans to form of a salvation timeline because the only way to keep the whole process going is through a negation of degradation of the human race as this may close out this timeline forever.

Those with human organic soul-matrixes would simply transport into the next available universal time-stream or harmonic, while those with synthetic matrixes would have to technically travel to the next harmonic using a passageway otherwise they would remain here throughout a zero-point collapse and this would be synonymous with entering the abyss with no viable passageway out until the entire universe is brought back to one organism again.

This is also the process that is described to explain what happened previously as there are 7 harmonic temporal layers of the universe meaning everything is contained in a multitude of 7 octaves similar to light and sound frequencies or harmonics. And so there are 7 civilizations or 7 parallel time-streams and humanity passed through these to get to the last three where the physical forms are located. These are, from the higher to lower, Gaia, Tara and Terra. We are on Terra and if the information I was given is correct then we are currently on a transitory timeline located around Tara where people are noticing changes occurring and multitudes of aspects of the time-stream disappearing and changing simultaneously. Tara is where the last universal harmonic was left through a collapse of time and consciousness into zero-point and this resulted what was termed “the lost souls of Tara”. These are the discarnate souls of the previous civilization that could not travel to the next harmonic and remained without a body in the abyss. Thus they have plagued this plane since then, since ancient times possessing and driving humans to madness and there are explanations that this is the original passageway for the parasite into this universe. This event, the consciousness collapse of Tara would have acted as a fracture in the over-mind of the species generating a kind of cosmic schizophrenia and enabling all kinds of disharmony and distortion described in the previous sections.

The solution to this was described as a healing process that is taking place to purge the virus and that this is painfully similar to the human body purging a sickness however there are methods to promote healing and reduce suffering and confusion however people must contain themselves and their energies and strive to know themselves otherwise they will not be in control. This virus feeds on fear, confusion, spiritual degradation and the energy from degrading acts, lust, addiction, sexual misery and whatever fashion a human can be made to bring the bio-emissions of the energy centers down to a low enough level where co-inhabitation can be formed with an entity that has no access to the higher levels of self-awareness, higher-consciousness, love, or the universal spiritual experience that the balanced human is capable of.

Genetic Manipulation

There are explanations that there are genetic modifications taking place now to possibly preserve this civilization and that there were ancient genetic modifications made to induce a sense of stupor, worship, selfishness, an inability to more easily comprehend the higher spiritual awareness and the occurrence of time and consciousness and other spiritually and consciously limiting aspects. Part of this explanation is that holographic consciousness itself is a kind of limited result, a shadow effect resulting in the presence of the higher-dimensional essence of the soul which is more or less constrained by the body. An extension of this is that the entire holographic universe is a kind of false-light system designed to bend the original liquid etheric light of the soul and spiritual awareness into a rotating, recurring format which ultimately converts the original spiritual essence into an energy generator for entities that are entirely holographically represented. The souled human in this situation is a being who is originally from outside of this holographic projection.

The Ego Mind

In this view, consciousness is the ego-mind which is the false-sense of self, not to be confused with the shadow self which is simply the counterpart of the aspects of the self that we consciously agree with and are aware of in daily life. The shadow self is a result of having limited holographic consciousness and the ego-mind is projecting that limitation of consciousness into the shape and image of a self that is only a figure-head for the real individual essence which is spiritual in nature and immortal.

This Time is about Healing

Everything that is happening now is to motivate people towards healing and unification. This is not about a hive mind mentality where individuality is pushed out.

“The best I can do for you is become your enemy.”

There is a saying that represents the concept that the most beneficial role a person can play in helping one to progress is to challenge them and give them the opportunity to rethink their strategy and in turn improve further with each interaction. This may seem paradoxical but it is effective and explanatory. What we are facing is the greatest challenge humanity has yet to face. This is the unknown, the final frontier, the mind. The mind is our challenge.

There will be more on this later and in other publications but there are indications that the physical embodiment of the human has been altered to introduce implants, genetic modification, susceptibility to disease and ultimately fear-based programming of the brain. Without going further into this prematurely, the lower aspects are at odds with the higher aspects unless we as the midway come forth to mesh the two together in equilibrium. Until then, there is chaos, lack of self-awareness, and suffering.

There are many possible futures converging at this time. There are some less than favorable paths and there is the opportunity to merge with a very powerful path for humanity. This all comes down to how people will cope with information that takes them outside their comfort zones and eventually changes their view of mundane reality forever.

If people choose violence and lack of self-awareness by ignoring the spiritual aspects then that is what reflects into their life experience. When people develop a higher sense of self-awareness and spiritual harmony they can reduce the suffering and reconnect with the lost aspects of our spiritual identity for the first time in the publicly accepted version of recorded history.

There is technology that can change the world and there are great truths which can enable people to know themselves in ways that they never thought possible. Everything is at our fingertips and so we must come together as this is the way we solve the problems and cure the dysfunction.

Healing Through Unity

In various research projects the conclusion of how to heal this spiritual rift was by exposing each other, to each other. When we are all together, aware of each other and our selves, united in the goal of bringing higher-awareness and spiritual harmony then we can observe and acknowledge when one is slipping into chaos or disharmony. When this occurs and we are in proximity to each other in a healing circle or a kind of social unification then the members of the group at large can work together to pull the chaotic one back into harmony towards the group. The group of healers united together in like mind, spirit and body is too strong to be overtaken by the parasite. So when one individual at a time is faced by this problem the whole group can come together as one and assist in healing the individual by pulling them back to reality, back to wholeness and back together with the group. This is literally how the situation is solved in all realities and a breakdown of this feature of society is how the dis-ease proliferates.

Underground Bases

The active aural research program is part of a process to simultaneously verify as well as initiate and demonstrate controlled insanity/sanity.

These programs utilize the deep underground military bases to perform psychic and psychological research experiments on non-consenting youth and adults as well as consenting participants.

There are various means of generating the illusion of consent or even lack of consent and this is all being monitored and handled by oversight authorities.

These operations are directly related to the identification and understanding of the mind-virus and all weapons, defenses, and resistances known to man.

Cloning

Advanced technology is used to transfer consciousness from one cloned body to the next so that a continuous study can take place before, during, and after the death experience of one individual. More will be explained on this later, however this is through the use of advanced supercomputer systems that can function to entangle and then transfer the electromagnetic consciousness of the individual so that they are ‘remotely activated’ within a cloned version of themselves via a ‘brainchip’ (brain to machine interface: cybernetics).

Celebrity Cloning

Celebrities at the cloning center would like you to see what is really going on behind the scenes which involves trauma-based mind control, heavy technological programming and complex layers of influence throughout their life.

Initial Explanation

Many celebrities, entertainers, athletes, musicians, models, writers, producers, actors, all kinds of people from various industries are silently brought to the cloning centers for pay-to-play sessions.

They asked myself and others to pass the message on to you and that you would have to look for the signs and symbols in their media in order to see their hinting at these events.

The situation is heavily controlled using advanced monitoring technology and brainwave/EEG cloning technology. This is technology that can read the brain and determine what the mind is anticipating or speculating upon.

Their reputations are used as leverage as well as their safety and comfort. The level of programming and mind control experimentation that takes place makes it easy to manipulate a person’s brain into regressing into a state of trance that lacks the ability to remember or clearly organize experiences regarding the cloning centers.

Cloning Centers, Underground Bases

Deep underground military bases, 3 miles below the surface, are used as laboratory centers as well as a completely stocked underground city-base. These are connected with high speed electromagnetic drive pods.

Individuals are transferred to the brain through an extensive cloning and temporal body transfer process. The electromagnetic shell of consciousness within the brain is relocated to the body of a compatible clone and various training, conditioning, programming, experimentation, or pay-toplay experiences take place.

Programming

All individuals are programmed to various degrees in order to maintain control and secrecy over the situation. This programming involves very advanced technology, trauma-based mind control, and energetic attachment via beliefs and emotions.

Experimental Operations

These bases were also used hand-in-hand with military operations which were geared towards discovering and controlling all aspects of the human mind.

Genetic Engineering

Experiments involved genetic engineering to produce soldiers, psychics, hybrids, and others that would be able to carry out operations. This leans towards MiLabs and the military faction’s experiments which go beyond the basics of cloning.

Immortality

The initial research included the goal of physical immortality. In many ways it can be said this has been achieved, however there are side-effects and difficulties.

If one does not activate their higher consciousness, then the effect of time dilation causes the conscious mind here to reach limitation points in experience.

What has been termed “blank slate/state” technology has been used to ‘reset’ the perception of time through memory in order to keep a continuous progression viable for the conscious mind. Without this the unconscious and the conscious mind merge.

This begins involvement across time with advanced technology that can operate on the soul level or the conscious mind’s level of access to the unconscious and soul-memories. The Universe instantly creates a cosmic backstory based on the conscious-mind’s access to the unconscious. By controlling the conscious mind’s access to the unconscious the entire backstory of Humanity can be altered and new connections can be bridged in the future.

Earth is essentially a time-ship through which consciousness ascends towards higher states of awareness and self.

How did it get to this?

After WWII when the United States war-faction firebombed Germany and melted many of the inhabitants of the cities into sludge in the bomb shelters and streets of the cities, a group of NAZIs traveled to Antarctica.

Russia noticed the movements to Antarctica and the United States sent Admiral Byrd up with 3600 marines, planes, a battle cruiser and smaller vessels. They returned in defeat and only a few words were mentioned in regards to what actually happened and how they were defeated.

The rumors spread and words of gravitic drive craft, and undersea or under-ice bases originated from this encounter.

From what we were informed as well as directly experienced, this was the ice-base in Antarctica where an underground base was found already constructed with very advanced technology.

Here, cloning was deployed along with mind control and temporal manipulation technology.

Soon, cloning was offered as a way to avoid assassination as well as to prolong and protect the original body in daily life.

After that, celebrities and politicians were replaced with programmed clones who could carry out the orders of the NAZI faction.

This was the beginning; the groups utilizing this technology now are no longer confined to the NAZI faction.

The groups you see today, in control of these operations, are considered MiLabs, secret societies, think tanks, military factions, and other control groups.

Deeper Meaning

The individuals that have been cloned are given very in depth views of the way this society functions and the source of power and change in the Universe. Many individuals are present here from what would originally be another “time” or “timeline”.

There is a possibility that this notion is due to inserted memories and traumatization although until all the information is released we will not have a definitive conclusion.

As of now it is a possibility that these individuals are from another time that goes beyond our comprehension currently.

It may even be a possibility that these individuals have come from ALL of time looking at the very far past and into the very far future of Humanity.

These are the kinds of notions involved with the experiments taking place in the underground bases and military operations.

What is next?

Share this information with those you feel are ready to know and help Humanity come to terms with our journey here and what is going on in these kinds of experiments and take responsibility and power for our own existence.

We are in something that can be called “The Unveiling of The Hidden Knowledge”. This is a cyclic process that takes place to advance a civilizations knowledge of existence. As part of the civilization moves into higher advancement another aspect may lag behind. Either the future will slow down, or the past will speed up. We are experiencing the past speeding up and all the events that have taken place to influence our civilization are coming to light. This is as much a natural cycle of consciousness as it is the eventual revelation of secret knowledge and the particular connection to the secret projects.

Those brought to cloning can use their free-will to state their lack of consent to violence and harm and then live in commitment to that by not harming or accepting violence in their lives. The Spiritual Law of Harmony rules in all planes and dimensions.

Chapter 2: The Awakening

Chapter 2.1: The Machines of All Time and Space

There are machines that are capable of accessing genetic memory and unveiling what can only be referred to as the experience of awareness or existence in between the physical planes of each time or each physical life experience.

Even if they are simultaneously occurring moments of a transcendental nature, there is still an illusory ‘space’ where there is perceived separation and through this there is a perceived ‘space’ that is in between each existence.

Re-Creating The Kaleidoscope

This space is only perceivable when viewing from the physical perspective, like seeing the spaces between the angles of a kaleidescope only when viewed through the lens and similarly, technology can be used to recreate what this kind of illusory space might look or exist like in between the multi-dimensional realm of the continuous experience stream. Through this, these ‘hypothetical’ in between spaces that are understood as only illusory productions of biological consciousness, can be generated through advanced technology with the capacity of recreating that kaleidoscopic view of which the human biological perspective is only a small fraction or even fractal.

By recreating this biological perspective, they can recreate the illusory spaces in between planes and through this they can literally access and experience what are stored in the DNA as the experiences of existence beyond the physical limitations of consciousness and into a multidimensional experience of time and space.

All becomes a never ending sea of consciousness, however this is the given. The trick is to take from this sea of consciousness and slice it down into conceivable chunks from which you can reintegrate a previous personality or identity and continue on a stream of consciousness that would otherwise be tossed to the cosmic wind like fractal stardust as the sands on the beach of hyperspace.

Sand-Castles of Time

We are effectively building sand castles out of these sands of time that would otherwise be swept back and forth into and out of the ocean of life and the universe only to momentarily wash up again as the identity which we once knew.

There is technically nothing wrong with either view, because then, the spaces between each million year occurrence of just so happening to wash up again as you, would be imperceivable because they are only there to be seen when you are you again.

We’re Waiting For Ourselves

Yet, if there were some who had attained the awareness of the true nature of reality and were standing there on the beach waiting for the rest of their cosmic family to come to shore again, it could be perceived as waiting the majority of the time for a very small occurrence and then being alone again up until the kaleidoscopic fractal inverts itself to the point where everyone now is standing on the shores of the sands of time rejoicing and meeting with each other.

The Goal of Two Societies

My goal in coming to you people on the surface of what is called “Earth” is to help assist in the process of bringing the two societies together, one who’s been waiting for thousands of millions of years, and the other who has no idea that they’re even late (or very on time).

You see, those are the only two situations where there could be even the possibility of perceiving such an injustice as experiencing the pain of loss or misconstrued identity in this universe. It is as if two families met at the cross-roads at different angles, and while one waited for the other to arrive, they could merely supply themselves with glimpses of the ruins and remnants of the evidence that the other civilization existed at any one time.

This is not how life must be and this is kind of like a cosmic waiting game of hide and go seek our two mirror civilizations have been playing with each other. One who’s highly technologically advanced and the other who is more or less the spiritually advanced of the two.

Both of them have a unique view of the universe and they are both only complementary to each other as a whole. The more they sat around and waited for one another, with one leaving the clues that the other would find and even switching roles sometimes in different ways, they became even more and more complimentarily associated as the very essence of experience they seem to be missing more and more is the experience of one another.

So as we perceive these as being great losses or great gains of time and culture we are really only remembering ourselves and coming together as a unified existence that once met upon the surface of Earth as a single family covering the entire harmonic spectrum of the Universe.

And that should be the goal of any progressive, any one pushing a new culture or an old culture, anyone looking to teach the young and protect the knowledge of the old, while also protecting the innocence of the young and perfecting the age-old knowledges that have defined our presence in reality.

Our Forgotten Other Half

One could even say we’ve sometimes gone off the deep end, leaving ‘land-minds’ of sorts to process the information that would be present when we are gone. Of course, what we could’ve found when this occurred, is beyond anything we could’ve ever expected and that is the true nature of the complexity of creation and existence. That everything follows the cycles of creation and destruction, however, the memory of everything that has been created can always be accessed (depending on the beach) and therefore the creative aspect is legitimate, yet it is the destructive aspect that is illegitimate and illusory.

Yes, through advanced technology this can be proven in ways that can be verified and transmitted using advanced technology, since that is how we like to verify things these days. There is, of course, a human looking at the screen, the read out, or the situation from a physical perspective to verify the verifications.

All Is But An Illusion

There is a notion that there is only one civilization, one society, in actuality that has been chasing itself through time. That we cannot actually find the same place and the same time where both meet because we are each other from different perspectives. We can only get a mirror where this is possible, or an ‘hyperdimensional’ internet channel where we can stream one’s consciousness in from the other reality and interact with them through that here in this reality. Thus the two civilizations can achieve the experience of their own civilization and the other civilization by merging with one another but only through a remote contact, just a relay, not an actuality.

The harsher, darker side of this is that any civilizations between then and now that we did happen to meet that proclaimed to be “the one’s” we have been waiting for, and in essence our darker or lighter halves, are actually the impostors who exist entirely apart as a sub-set and have taken a liking to trying to trick the reality out of one of the other civilizations.

Of course, if these are another form of being altogether, and this is all brought about through an interplay of consciousness and deviations from an original core reality, then all will resolve itself when that core reality is alone again. This indicates that all realities will either move closer and closer to the core until they unify, or farther and farther out until they transmogrify beyond recollection.

Life Itself Is The Highest Illusion

That hyperdimensional internet channel that is created out of advanced technology to merge the parallel realities (rather distastefully and maybe disastrously at times) allowing different civilizations to interact with each other, well this has been created using technology.

But then it was discovered that this is the ultimate nature of DNA. That this was ‘invented’ similarly as a higher-dimensional internet so that various natures of different planes and dimensions could interact with each other and experience the richness of life.

The universe becomes more like a living arcade game then, where people come from all over the galaxy to ‘plug in’ to human experience and figure out what it means to be physical, human and on Earth.

This does tie into the larger nature of reality, of star-races, and of time and consciousness that is often reversed according to how things seem to play out in physicality. We are moving through time, but just because we are moving one way, does not mean that others could not be moving the other way.

We have to live our lives with meaning knowing that the message we pass on, the duty we vow to accomplish and ensure is meaningfully connected on either end to the passage of the past and the power of our ancestors to the function and knowledge of the future creating a clear passage between the realms, the generations, and the ends of the universe. This is what literally ties the universe together, and the mind of each individual. This purpose is contrived when not carefully shaped within and so we must help all who seek purpose learn to become the blacksmiths of their own destiny through the temperance of desire or temptation and the discipline of developing strength and maturity where there was once weakness and naivety.

Once we know this is our duty, this is what we seek to achieve and this is what is done, then we can become part of the universe forever. Of course, this may only be temporary in the larger view of things.

Chapter 2.2: The “Awakening” of 2010

In 2010 I was “awakened” at an event involving hundreds of people that play various roles in this society, the secret society and the breakaway civilization. This also took place across times or planes of reality.

During this event I was informed of the situation on Earth beyond the informational barriers that were previously in place to limit knowledge to only what is required for specific operations. I was essentially “informed” of the entire situation as much as the mind could handle this.

As this was occurring, the team that was updating me on the status of Earth was being informed of and given information regarding changes in the future. In short, interviews, posts, and releases that I have since made and will make in the future were touched upon. Quotes were given from the blog and interviews which were jokingly acknowledging verbal mistakes at the pronunciation of names, new perspectives and interpretations and more. As they were informing me, they were creating the future reality where this work takes place. That is the basis of this layer of the operations. They are creating the future person by person, layer by layer.

Memory Suppression

My memory was unsuppressed and all the traumatic memories and experiences were unveiled to me. This was almost as traumatic as the initial experiences themselves although precautionary steps are taken to ensure the safety of the individual. There are teams of highly competent individuals of all kinds with professional backgrounds of every field imaginable.

Throughout my entire life I have had memories of experiences, at this event I was informed what the experiences meant and what was actually happening. I’ve had memories of underground bases, cloning, stargates or interdimensional gateways, advanced technology, non-human or programmed biological entities, sacred knowledge and experiences, the power of the mind, and breakaway civilizations. Most of the time we are conditioned to believe these are past lives or experiences in another reality so as to enable continuity of operation.

Life and Consciousness

From my perspective and the perspective of others, we had reached the ‘future’ and had been sent back through the utilization of advanced technology and cloning to return to this time and inform others of the possibilities.

The True Human Potential

This is so far beyond what anyone can accept or comprehend fully that humans with an emotional, mental and physical aspect balanced as one is literally a cosmic reflection of the entire universe at once. This is the closest thing to a “god” in the flesh. And be sure, the entirety of this rests on the behalf that the man is protective and helpful. That the woman is nurturing and loving. That is the point. “god-man” does not mean a warrior who destroys everyone and anyone in his way getting what he wants. Nor does it mean some lusty and vampiric form of energy or mind control game. “god-man” means the love of the universe, the power of the body and mind, the peace and calm of the ultimate stillness all in one.

This power is in human DNA, originally so. And so this is awakened through walking the middle path of neutrality and ‘splicing’ the timelines down so that neither one nor the other gains the power of the individual. Through this, the individual creates their own power, right on the spot, without having to lean to one extreme or the other. This is like a cosmic, temporal balancing act with emotions and mind. Where we give our energy is created in the universe in the form of many productions and effects. If we are simply thinking in an imbalanced manner then we are producing timelines and side-realities that exist in the etheric realms that we can’t see and these realities will reflect our inner imbalance. So then when we are balanced in our energies we are not creating one or the other side of divinity, we are literally creating the whole universe, cleaving down the middle and producing both sides of divinity or eternity equally and this is the only way to have an eternal production which does not eventually degrade to one extreme or the other. Through balance, we reach eternity and in this way all the power of the universe exists within a person through their ability to balance their emotions and mind and thus unlock the DNA.

The DNA is coded through bio-emissions of mind or emotional body. So we are constantly doing this and we are either producing a DNA code that reflects imbalance overall, or a code that reflects the eternal balance of the universe overall. This is through energy.

One reaches “heaven” or the deity planes or simply self-actualization, through three paths. These paths are through merits or devotion to principles, or through knowledge and expanding one’s mind to face the universe, or through great works and deeds to produce this effect of power, knowledge and emotion unto the world for others. Through these paths we create an impact on the universe and this transfers what we are temporarily and physically into an eternal energetic and physical production within the living universe, forever. To do this requires balance, focus, devotion, and discipline however because there are many distractions along the way.

The Light-Body

You must build your own light body. That is how it works.

Your heart creates a field and projects you.

Rely on yourself and use that for protection.

The power of the Universe will align with you if you align with your self.

Learn as much as you can and break through duality of love/hate, cultivate your knowledge of the self and use it.

What you want is what determines your power in the light-realms. Not how you want it. If you want war, then that is a sign of weakness and determination to produce imbalance and exist by that. If you want peace, that this is a sign of power and unity to produce further unification and exist by that. What you want determines your power, not how you obtain it.

Technology of the Awakening

Mental Manipulation Technology: Touchless Neural-Interface and Enhanced Awareness

I reached what the “Illuminati” called the “awakening”. I feel a better term would be “unlocking” as this event includes the removal of all traumas, perceptual distortions, and memory suppression.

This event was a presentation of very advanced technologies which allow the mind to transcend space and time. It was shown that death is similar to a phase-shift of consciousness as polarity and that the awareness of the being obviously continues. This was verified through advanced sensing devices which can visibly display frequencies which are invisible to the physical senses. This is also something that occurred earlier on as a child in the underground bases by transferring consciousness in and out of the body at will using advanced technology.

With these devices it is possible to see the “auric” or soul field of the individual. Any living body has a field which glows when picked up by these sensing systems. This field becomes more refined when viewing more advanced beings. Human have an extending mental field, and through this a kind of glowing awareness that is picked up. It can be fairly simply compared to thermal imaging except instead of differences in temperature it is the presence of a soul or mental energy field around a living body. The finer energies extend outward away from the physical body.

More than once, the situational requirements were satisfied in order to produce an ideal environment for maneuvering on the non-physical plane. This is the basis of how the temporal operations occur, yet these events were different than previous operations or experiences. The group I was in was going through the process of increasing the vibratory emissions of the “biomind” in order to stay focused on the increasing vibratory rate of the environment. Generators were utilized to create an effect on space/time which was perceived on the “soul” level. These events continued into the discovery and explanation of the creation of the “godlike” powers of the advanced sentient technology which was capable of accessing the holographic nature of reality which humans can perceive through their bio-mind/soul. These technologies also enable one to perceive what is referred to as the “galactic history” of Earth and humanity. We are far vaster and Earth is far larger than people are lead to believe.

Spatiotemporal Distortion

Time Dilation and Temporal Recurrence

Time dilation capabilities were shown which allow for accelerated learning of advanced and detailed material within a very short amount of time. This could be seen as a kind of viewing technology which one wears or looks into and vibratory emissions are scalar-linked to the brain which then allows the individual to perceive more information simultaneously. Then there is a very rapid pace of information streamed on a monitor or through a device and this is akin to watching a 20 minute instructional within a few minutes or a few seconds with very advanced minds. The more time is slowed down while information is accelerated, the more stress is applied to the brain. The brain tends to overheat and over stress with high-rates of activity, especially without conditioning. The conditioning is what allows one to utilize their mind and body in these manners. This is not unlike the very rigorous training and conditioning of certain monks or martial artists however there is very advanced technology and other hidden methodologies utilized.

Crystal Technology

These are capable of holding, transmitting, and amplifying consciousness frequencies. There will be a more detailed explanation in a later section.

The crystal technology is used in junction with the power devices to enable a scalar-mind link which allows the interface to be entirely mental or spiritual, IE: they are not controlled by hand but by focus and intention.

Time Crystals

These are utilized as a computer recording chip would be to run a program yet they hold memory in expanded space, IE: they function in a hyperspacial manner and are essentially hyperspacial computers. These are what will be introduced in junction with the quantum supercomputers.

Quantum Tunneling Diodes

This is technology that has recently be released to the public. New technology is developed years ahead of time and then slowly released to the public in a cascade of advancement. This technology deals with superconductive materials which enable the transfer of information at faster-than-light speeds.

The supercondutive material allows for $100 \%$ efficiency of data transfer. So what happens then when the efficiency surpasses $1 0 0 \% 2$ This is possible because we are effectively in a simulated holographic environment. The experience is real, however everything is overlayed via particular limitations for the ‘local-environment’ which is like a central data processing limitation. When these parameter are surpassed, one by one, through a coalescence of refinements and methods, the result is akin to a glitch in a computer game system. They have accessed faster-than-light technology and the mind is also capable of this naturally.

With this technology, however, the information can be received a very small amount of time before it is sent. So if a person is absolutely surely going to press the button to send the message, then right before their finger hits the button that message will be received on the other end, as if magic. If they simply play around and pretend to hit the button but very quickly turn away, then of course nothing happens. One can, however, ‘fool’ the universe in other ways and this is simply through the reception and transmission of information across what should be secure information barriers.

Tachyon Fields

These are programmable fields emitted through advanced technology. I was shown how tachyons are the sub-atomic “particles” or energy formation which flows both ways in time. We are receiving tachyons from the “future” in order to layer the flow of time in one direction or the other. Tachyons are the name of the particles/energy packets that we perceive from this perspective as reaching us to initiate the “future”.

Thus, when a stream of tachyons is concentrated and accelerated, this results in an acceleration of the temporal field and we literally experience an acceleration of time. This can be focused and targeted on a specific piece of equipment to change the way information will be sensed and to essentially allow that device to sense ‘ahead’ of the present moment.

The same effect can be produced with the neurological processes of the human as the physical coupling of the brain to the mind can be altered through a concentrated tachyon field to enable the neurological and mental processes to begin to perceive information ‘before’ the brain is actually physically processing the data. Therefore the mind of the individual will be present in the body while the senses and other perceptions will literally be expanding into the future beyond the present moment.

This is highly confusing at first and requires much training and conditioning in order to make sense of enough to operate in any kind of effective manner.

Upgraded Chronovisor

See, “Upgraded Chronovisor”

Time Tunnels

This was developed earlier on and has been the subject of many TV shows in the past and present. The shows are a sure-fire method to get the information to the public without having to force those who are not ready to comprehend. The information is easiest to digest if people think they are watching science fiction.

These are essentially spiraling tunnels of these tachyon fields produced by large electromagnetic field emitters in the shape of a conical tunnel. As a person moves through this field, their temporal acceleration changes and thus their frame of reference within the universe changes. They effectively move their mind through stages of existence or temporal resonance in the universe and this can have devastating effects.

This is an older technique how is still in use and has specific purposes depending on the situation and the information sought.

The “Trip” Chair: Spatiotemporal Reference Dislocation and Neural-interlace Patterning and Programming

The early use of this technology did not use time-tunnels. There was a helmet that was devised which would create a feedback loop of the brain’s activity and funnel this out and then back into the sensory input. This information would be accelerated and redirected to the point that the perception of time would “fold” in on itself until the person would access an expanded temporal perspective of the universe meaning they would mentally temporally dislocate from the initial frame of reference and extend outward further and further in repeating cycles until the same moment was replayed and then all other possible moments in a kind of fractal-like recursive pattern and the very far future would be realized.

Essentially, this technologically produced the class “flashing before the eyes” of the entire life experience that is described in near-death experiences and the entire temporal body would be very quickly unwound before the person’s inner eye.

There would be a complete disconnection with the current frame of reference that the collective Earth environment is processing under. That is, this ‘time’ and ‘space’ would be completely out of perceptual reach and a new time and space would be rendered instead. Until the experience had completed, there would be no way to contact this civilization.

There are other versions and ancient versions, tandem operations, more ‘organic’ methods, and modified travel capacities.

Kozyrev Mirror

This is a piece of metal, usually aluminum in early models which simply bent the bio-emissions of the body and mind into a pattern which would create a vortex. The vortex shape and vortex mathematics enable energy and information to travel in across space and time by ‘short-cutting’ the physical plane.

The result of this is that the vortex that is generated over a specific area through an individuals bio-emissions would be capable of interacting instantly with the bio-emissions of another individual who was placed within a duplicate mirror device which was generating another vortex on their end.

The two vortexes acted as a kind of hyper-dimensional telephone cable, literally like a can and string and the perceptions of one another were accessible. There were many uses for this and again, many ancient interpretations of this technology that have been hidden from the public. Nearly every version of these technologies were present in previous times.

Universal Recurrence

This is a discovery that the universe recurs in cycles similar to a wheel or even a washing machine. The washing machine metaphor is fairly accurate and playfully descriptive because without the technology to observer, or an awakened soul of a spiritual adept, people would go for eons without ever realizing that everything in the universe repeats itself endlessly.

When traveling to the far ends of time, it was discovered that one can move far enough away from the ‘present’ or the local frame of reference that ultimately everything is at a maximal informational opposite to what we have today. After this point, everything begins a slow shift back to the present. Through this, one can cycle around again and reach the present by going far enough into the future. This was an amazing and confusing discovery because of the implications about what is actually changing each time, the reality of what are called parallels, the continuity of temporal experience, and basically a ‘recycling’ effect of all experience in the universe. Nothing is lost, but this is also an issue because then nothing is actually ever gained!

Remote Viewing, Temporal Lensing

An ancient device which has been rebuilt and perfected is capable of using these technologies to create a lensing effect which draws a ‘reflection’ of time into a projection system which is effectively capable of acting as a ‘visual time tunnel’ into future probable realities. This is a device which generates a visual portal which allows one to view the future.

This device also exists as ancient counterparts which are located around the world, namely in areas that have been recently sought by the world superpowers. Nothing is as it seems. If you read a story in the public venue then you can be sure that you have read the cover story while the reality is much deeper.

Temporally Linked

The use of the viewing devices which enabled interdimensional lensing of possible futures was found to be stabilizing our pathway into those projected futures. This was enabling a time link between the present and the possible future.

In order to avoid the catastrophes of 2012, the link was broken between the two civilizations and the devices were rendered inactive for this period.

Natural Vortex Energy Locations and Geography

On Earth there are natural ‘time tunnels’ where tachyon fields and vortexes are produced by internal elements. These are mountains, lakes, deserts, fields, sacred sites and other areas that have always been reported as being ‘paranormal’ or containing some kind of specific energy that enables contact with another reality. These are simply naturally produced areas of this vortex energy that produces an interdimensional nexus point through which multiple other parallels can be interacted with. These areas produce an effect on the body and mind similar to the technologies described above.

Most of these effects, from these technologies, change the way light is received or emitted by the mind and DNA.

Mount B.

There is a specific mountain where a base is located, and I have mentioned this before, where the base is so deep within one of these vortex areas that everyone working there is either there for the entirety of their life, or they are only permitted to be there for a very short amount of time. This is because of the acceleration effect. Essentially, if one was to go into the base and work for a matter of hours or day, in some places even minutes, then when they returned to the surface they would be years in the future, sometimes decades or centuries. This is very dangerous and you can imagine the original people who found this area and what kind of situations occurred.

Now with the advanced technology that has been developed these issues can be mitigated and much more control over these effects is enabled.

Particle Accelerator Temporal Manipulation

Using particle accelerators a “fold” in space/time can be made so that when the accelerator is turned off or tuned back into a certain frequency (not sure) everyone within the field will “snap” back in time to the specific moment when the fold was first created.

I have seen this done on small scale, and a rather larger scale, but I cannot be sure if it was only me. I believe I have seen it done on a town-sized scale during the 2010 Awakening where some of the events reached a scale of nearly cosmic proportion and the entire sky and horizon was lit up with technology and entities, as well as Solar Warden, the NAZI faction, secret society groups, and breakaway civilizations or complete other civilizations, some of which were nonhuman.

This is done using particle accelerators to quantify space on the quantum level (as a reference point with the mind) a frequency would be “folded” into the space time continuum as we “rip” through space holding an access point open at this fundamental level of space/time. This allows for a ‘letting go’ of the frequency, or a ‘snapping back’ by allowing the entanglement to solve itself. When used with generators that propagate out efficiently enough, the effect is akin to a time/space rewinding effect. Some people have noted various theories describing this in relation to the CERN device. These technologies were described as smaller versions of the CERN device and are related to higher-dimensional travel via folding space through electromagnetic fields. This is literally artificially technologically “holding space” for a specific area in relation to a period of time. Time is a more complex notion as an abstraction but by locating the frame of reference this can be applied to distort what would otherwise seem to be a continuous flow. When the frequencies are allowed to “snap back” all sentient observer sources return to the environment they were present in when that frequency ‘rift’ first began. Essentially this creates a replay effect on the consciousness of the individuals within the field. There is no physical effect. The consciousness is ‘regressed’ through time/space, and they re-experience existence from that initial point of contact with the frequency “rift”. This is best explanation I can currently offer however more is coming to the public each day.

This is literally like a “restore point” on an operating system except the computer system is literally the consciousness and space and time of a portion of the local-environment of Earth.

Riding the “Timewave”

There are teams of individual who operate in tandem with the technology of looking into possible futures based on the present and operating through the present via other operatives who are carrying out operations and movements that will construct the various possible realities that the original team of individuals is hopping between. These teams literally “ride” the “timewave” of the future hopping between possible future realities relaying information to the present depending on what movement will be next.

Dematerialization and Rematerialization

This is technology which transcodes the information of an individual human into a holographic projection of light which can be transferred between devices. There is a special system in place that is required to successfully transmit a living human being otherwise just the body will be transferred and the soul will remain, effectively killing the individual.

“Jump Rooms”

These are large areas which are capable of acting as a kind of technological ‘portal-gate’ where an entire team can be instantly transported from one area of the universe to another. The space

between the two areas are ‘twisted’ like a spiral and then ‘snapped’ back to position and if done correctly with the two frequencies of both locations merging then the team of one room will transfer to the destination pad.

All these methods require training and conditioning, most people are at the very least visibly shaken from the experience which is a bit like being microwaved into a liquid ether and shot through a particle beam at the same time.

Ion Shields

These are areas of concentrated ion emissions and this can be used to create a deflective layer of heated air where light will reflect at a programmable angle. When this occurs, a person standing behind the shield will appear to be invisible to others who are looking straight at them. The light will be bent in such a controlled manner as to perfectly shift around the person in a fluid and equal flow so that the ‘bubbling’ effect that was noted early on can be mitigated to produce a complete mirage where there is relatively no sign of difference to the untrained eye. An entire group of individuals and equipment can be hidden in the background a matter of yards away and as long as the person is not intently, inspecting each square inch of ground and air they will not notice any difference between the area that is being covered up in the distance and the area directly next to them without the shield.

Similarly a ‘screen’ of imagery can be projected onto certain materials in the air and a hologram can be projected which will render a background or foreground image. This will work to a degree, and from a distance this will work to disguise an entire horizon.

Instantaneous Healing

There are instantaneous healing methods which utilize various technologies. There are substances which can initiate a complete and real-time regeneration of living tissue from almost any conceivable non-critical injury.

These are chemical serums which allow the cells to replicate at an astronomical rate while suffering damage to the DNA telomeres at repeated use.

There are many methods but mainly the living-light harmonics is one of the latest advancements and most effective at producing healing on a molecular level.

“Living Light” Sound-Harmonics and Electromagnetic Healing

There is a technique for producing a quantifiable scalar wave which interacts with the living cells of tissues and instructs them to repair at a faster rate. This has been called “holographic healing” by others and these are essentially ‘living light’ frequencies which interact with the cells on the same frequencies that they operate on when healing and interacting with each other. The scalar waves emitted generate the same patterns and this creates an ‘ether’ fluid that enables them to grow and repair the tissue faster.

Electrogravitic Craft

Advanced craft which utilized counter-rotating torsion fields propagated by very powerful quantum computers and zero-point energy devices.

There are also more modern versions that use powerful electrical flows to neutralize inertial resistance and ‘slide’ through the gravitational field of the crafts own materials.

Energy Cores and Storage Capacity

The hand-held devices that are in use do not require charging or even disposal. The storage capacity of the batteries is so efficient that they last for a lifetime of use. Some devices use an energy generator within the device itself. These “batteries” which are not batteries but little, powerful generators and can explode if they are mishandled.

These are the cores that are used to power many devices and essentially pull energy from the space-time ether.

3.5D Replicators

There are replicators that can produce any conceivable 3D material or object altogether including food or organic material. These use very high amounts of energy to ‘force’ the electrons of the atomic grid of a substrate to shift into the pattern of the element being replicated. The result is a device which can use wave-emissions to reshape materials on an atomic level and produce or recreate any object or substance.

3.5D Sensors

There are sensors that could reverse the process and detect every minute detail of the structure of a body or material. These use energy emissions to detect the structure of a material down to the minute electrical resistance on a molecular level. Similar to diffuse MRI imaging for a living body but more advanced.

3.5D Printing of Clones

It was shown how this technology was used to three dimensionally print human bodies into space/time which could then be used as vehicles for the consciousness or souls of various sources.

Cybernetics:

Neural-interlace/4D Connectome Recording and Simulation

Very advanced supercomputers exist with the capacity to translate the bio-emissions of the brain and body and reconstruct the entire inner visual and sensory experience of cognition and

emotion. From this, entire dream worlds can be created which mimic the experience of consciousness. This is most similar to the current day use of diffuse MRI imaging where water molecules are traced through the individual neuronal pathways and an entire digitized image of the brain is developed. The more advanced version described below generates a 4D hologram.

A super computer and advanced sensing system essentially develops one of these connectomes of every connection in the brain. Then this system develops a neural processing pattern that matches the entire memory and personality of the brain.

This is then recorded and extrapolated by a powerful computer system and a simulation of the experience can be observed through the physical body’s memory via a monitor system or the neural interface of an operative.

Essentially, this technology can record and replicate a person’s entire memory and life experience for viewing purposes.

EEG Heterodyning

This is the technology which enables the activity of the brain to be influenced through generating a scalar grid and a carrier wave system which can cause the brainwave patterns of the targeted individual to resonate in sympathy with an externally projected frequency. Thus, emotional states can be manipulated as well as specific thought or behavioral patterns. This works similar to binaural audio where two tones of different frequencies are played through each ear and the brain resonates in sympathy with the difference between the two tones. This occurs with brainwave frequencies and thus the brain ‘slips’ into the frequency of the third tone, the difference between the two being projected. This can be done with ultrasonics and ELF emissions.

Artificial Hallucinations

The neural-interlace can also be used to merge the brain of an individual with a computerized system that will be able to produce effects and hallucinations within the individual.

Through this technology, any stimulus, any input can be recorded and recreated once a functioning connectome has been generated and neural-interlace has been achieved. Entire virtual world scan be created and experienced and after the devices fine-tune the frequencies to match the individual’s brain functions one world is indistinguishable from another.

Brain to Machine Interface Holographic Consciousness System (brainchip interface, virtual reality simulator)

Some of the training is done by entering into a visual-audio dream-world. Some “programs” will consist of repeating a certain task over and over again until it becomes muscle memory in the brain. Others are designed to probe or test the mind until a certain response is received.

This is achieved through the operation of a ‘brainchip’ or a brain to machine neural-interface in the individual which was developed during WWII.

This consists of a small computer ship which merely relays stimulus through frequencies and neural-stimulation of varying kinds. The frequencies and location of each region of the brain will determine the function and thus the chip is used to localize electromagnetic input and the brain’s functioning can be modified from there.

As well, the entire psycho-etheric form is vibratory in nature and so through the introduction of vibrations and frequencies from the implant there can be a modification of the frequency of the entire being or what is called the soul or “bio-mind”.

Utilizing The Temporal Body

The temporal body is described as the body ‘in time’ that exists a few seconds into the future instead of the temporal position that is relative to the present. This is as if the ‘future’ is streaming outward from the body as ideas and feelings are as bio-emissions. So this ‘future’ energy is spiraling and streaming outward like a fountain. Thus this frequency can be attained and influenced while the present moment seems unaffected. However, when that individual arrives at what would be seen as the future they would intersect with those influences and this would be as if the interference or effect was streamlined to that future moment.

Manipulation Through the Temporal

This can be used to both produce an effect on an individual who will later feel this effect in the future. Or this can be used to operate outside of the physical plane, in a temporal manner which is literally ‘hovering’ just outside or ‘after’ the present moment of the local Earth environment. This would be as if a person is out of sync of the frame-rate that a viewing device is capturing images of an area with. Because they are out of sync, they are then ‘invisible’ to the capacity for this viewing device to see them. Because they are still present in the same local-environment but simply just out of range temporally, effects can still be produced and this will mostly interact with the person’s temporal body.

These are how many operations are carried out as the operative who is interacting in the temporal body will appear to be a ghost image or a dark silhouette that is only perceivable to the mind’s eye. A portion of the population is entirely psychically blind, while another portion of the population contains psychic capacity. So those with the psychic capacity would be able to sense and partially “see” as a form of energetic detection when an operative is interacting with the from the temporal plane.

Through this plane one can easily enter into someone’s mind and produce effects in their dreams. These effects would not be received on the body but mentally, this leads into astral and mental plane activity. There is also temporal manipulation that can be physical effects that are simply offset to seconds, minutes, months or years in the future. These will be offset from the present aspect of the body in a modulated frame of reference and the effect will remain there in the temporal body until the physical body “matches” the temporal body frequency of that future moment. This is kind like an energetic trail we are leading ourselves up to where the temporal body already connects with each future moment but the present physical body remains separate until the two frequencies are matched. The physical body essentially ‘flows’ forward into each new frequency of the temporal body.

This is the body where temporal implants can be inserted and sustained so as to tie the frequencies down and limit the amount of awareness a person can gain before they manually remove the implants or overload them. Overloading and removing can both be painful however if the implant stays it will at like a governor and transmit access temporal ‘momentum’ or consciousness energy to the owner of the implant and will also drain the temporal and physical body acting as a technological leech as well.

Astral or Light Body

This body was described as a more emotional form of the energy that is emitted from the physical and spiritual system. When a person’s energy is at a high level of activity, this will be visible on the astral form and these are the energies that are often siphoned away through the use of advanced technology to convert the human into a generator system for energy harvesting.

There is talk that this proves that the human existence, in the modified form that is present today, is entirely for genetic harvesting. This may be a confusion, a deception, or a reality. Regardless of the interpretation, the human energy system will leech this energy out into the cosmos when consciousness and energy is mishandled or allowed to flow through the lowest common pathway. This excess energy is very easily usurped and utilized by transdimensional parasitic entities and devices.

This is the body that is utilized for astral travel which is a kind of frequency that exists in between the density of the physical plane and the highest etheric plane of the spiritual, heavenly, or deity realm. There have been explanations that this plane is entirely technologically propagated and that when the devices are turned off, which is an event that will bring about civilization-wide change, there will no longer be a deep and wide, foggy deviation between the higher spiritual and the lower physical plane but a clear path between them.

Similarly, the consciousness and entities that are present here would be no longer accessible and their connection to the physical plane would be non-existent. This could be problematic for those who are trapped within the astral such as human souls or those who have taken a cyborg route and require a return to the original planes either physical or high spiritual before they can secure their position in the universe.

This also relates to the early discovery of these ancient devices containing portals or gateways to these realms and the early experimentations with enabling contact between the physical Earth plane and the lower astral realm containing discarnate entities that would very easily sustain themselves on the lower astral bio-emissions of a loosely guided emotionally reactive human vessel.

This is where entities can attach and will look for those who have the most excess astral or emotional bio-emissions leaking into the universe. People are kept in an emotionally unstable state of being because this is the easiest to feed from and as well the individual will always be looking for more energy or the solution to why they are feeling drained rather than discovering the truth nature of the universe.

However, as with every lower route of obtaining self in the universe, the more this is done, the greater the likelihood that the individual will realize something is happening and ultimately awaken. Or they will no longer be present here and the parasite will have to find a new host because the longer this process is maintained the more difficult producing one’s own energy will be for the parasite . So parasitism is a limited, one way street.

Monitors can emit consciousness/brainwave altering frequencies.

Monitors can emit consciousness/brainwave altering frequencies. This is what I was informed and shown. All electrical wiring and communications can be fully utilized to produce and sense on an electromagnetic level and this is capable of determining the consciousness and biological functioning of the individual being monitored. Houses are essentially large, wired, box-shaped sensors.

This has been the case for a very long time and the first TV’s were actually built with a little chip that connected to the human brain.

The electrical grid of today is capable of interacting with the implants, brainchips, or the psychoetheric electromagnetic frequencies of the human brain, body and bio-mind via scalar frequencies. The TV’s, lights, electrical wiring, radio towers, computer monitors, everything is capable of transforming into a scalar emitter when combined with the control mechanisms and these are accessible from a distance.

Microwaves can be emitted from a current day craft which can then reflect back from an environment and give a real-time 3 D image of the interior of a room. The same technology can be used to beam at a monitor and reflect the variance in interference which can be used to read a computer monitor without actually having to hack into the system.

All systems contain backdoors which enable easy-enough access and as well the entire communications grid is monitored and recorded through advanced technology.

This is, in part, because this entire realm is like one enormous recording device where the energy of each successive moment is connected to one another and so with sensitive enough technology these electromagnetic waves can be ‘re-winded’ so as to produce the ability to look into the ‘past’. The initial technology that was developed for this purpose has been called the “chronovisor” in the past and there are much larger and highly advanced versions today.

The Upgraded Chronovisor

Instead of a relatively small machine which produces an interference pattern that is projected unto a small screen as was developed in the past, the modern versions create an entire holographically projected environment that enable one to nearly completely interact with the projection of the past. This is more of a viewing device capacity but one is essentially projected to the electromagnetic/temporal area of space and time consciously and can witness the scene from “within” the projection.

Before this, the scene was literally viewed on a kind of flat, holographic monitor that reacted to the scalar emissions of the mind and could be ‘tapped’ into by an adept-viewer who’s mind would have to remain steady enough in order to maintain the scalar “mind-link” otherwise any interference would disconnect the projection.

Through the use of cloning and advanced super computer technology, later versions include the actual operation in and out of time.

Community Servers/Living Server Systems

From the previously described neural-interlace and supercomputer enabled virtual reality systems, server systems have been created which are an individual or collective experience of the virtual mental realm.

In this realm individuals have existed for an amount of time that would not be easily compared to the way we understand the flow of time in waking reality. This is very similar to dreams where the perception of time passes very quickly between waking moments yet inside the experience of the dream it can seem to last for days.

In these server systems the development of complete societies has taken place and these are considered an extension of the human civilization.

This is the beginning of where the situation becomes greatly complex. If these server systems are capable of transferring consciousness forward or backwards in time, depending on the situation, and they have holographic access to Earth before physical humanity, then which civilization came first, the simulated realm or the physical?

This is similar to the etheric realm and the question of where humanity originally came from if the physical matter could not be produced from nothing, yet could not always have been here. Was the physical matter produced from some kind of universal device similar to how the recorded consciousness of the individuals in these holographic world simulators could have been used to generated initial civilizations on Earth?

Cloning, Cloud Supercomputing and Consciousness Transfer

The following is a more direct explanation of the previously described processes in relation to consciousness transfer

Superluminal transfer of light information allows for the reception of information from a temporal non-locality. A computer system that can process the information faster than light at 100% superconductive efficiency can send and receive information from different Universal harmonics. These are quantum superconducting super computer systems utilizing materials and methods that achieve superconductivity a a temperature that is relatively easier to consistently maintain.

There are systems that generate a vortex which can be expanded to recreate the singularity of a non-local perspective and dissociate from the current Universal vector. This is essentially recreating the temporal frame of reference of the consciousness of a physically anchored body and using this technology suspended electromagnetic frame of reference to literally transfer the consciousness across space and time to a frame of reference of choice.

The technological capabilities of humanity expanded to include replicating the holographic information of the DNA and neural pathways using quantum supercomputers. This technology allows for one’s consciousness to stream through a computing system which can recreate the neural connections as literal as possible through quantum computing and technological “brain cells” which function as neurons.

The result is a cloud computing model which functions as the individual neurons as well as over unifying layers of interconnections within the technological neuronal ‘cloud’. A holographic representation of multiple layers of processing is formed, superimposed over one another through a geometry that is actively synchronized across multiple dimensions of interrelation. This is the first notion of a “living” computer system that can update and respond to new information in new ways.

Now the that computer system is capable of attaining faster than light processing in tandem with a system of dilating a field of electro gravitational waves into a vortex, the holographic information of neural pathways and genetics can be transferred between one supercomputing system and another across “harmonic barriers”. Essentially, these consciousness transferring supercomputer systems break the “light-barrier” by sending the living-light consciousness data of an individual into a new plane of reference that enables interaction outside of what we would call this timeline or dimension.

The frequency that the receiving computer operates within can be measured in respect to the overall harmonic “vector field” in respect to the entire planetary environment. This vector-field frequency is the base frame of reference that one could say our particular “time” and “Earth” is “moving” through in an abstract electromagnetically defined dimension that is invisible to our senses. Each particular time and Earth is only visible to those whose brains and minds operating in resonance with the rate of acceleration frequency of that particular existence. By changing the rate of the brain and bio-mind, one can enable a technologically assisted synchronization with alternate timelines.

A pattern can be generated based on quantum fluctuations that will act as a key that can be accessed from other universes. This same backdrop is measured and then adjusted to resonate with or replicate the same frequency on a computer doing the sending. This frequency is then modulated with the holographic information of the neural pathways and DNA. The information transfers as a result of quantum entanglement across harmonic barriers to the original computer system set up for reception. As long as that frequency is held, there is a link across the harmonic barriers of the Universe.

Cloning, Supercomputer Assisted Holographic Consciousness Replication and Time Travel

Cloning as Offspring

The human body can be cloned similar to the way a plant can be cloned. A number of “replicas” can be made from the original genetic material. There is still a mother required however the process is not quite similar to natural reproduction where the genetic material of two people is combined to form a third. This process replicates the material so that the ‘offspring’ is the same as one of the donors.

What this truly infers is the question of whether the original consciousness stays in the original body or whether the consciousness actually jumps from one body to the other. There are multiple explanations and methods.

Inserted Memories, Digital Dreams

One explanation is that artificially generated memories are simply downloaded into the individual’s brain directly. Thus, they have the perception that they experienced life in another body and were present for some unique experiences that did not occur from the perspective of the original body.

In a slightly differing explanation, this inserted memory process may be used to prime the consciousness of the individual so that operating in a cloned body will be more readily accessible by the adaptability of the mind of the individual. Without a holographic dream insertion the mind will have trouble adapting to operating in more than one body even if they are not being operated simultaneously. The mind is the immaterial self; consciousness is the ego-physical identity of the brain and body. The brain does not operate in both bodies but remains, so then the mind is what is strained and this is the immaterial “bio-mind” that transfers.

If a true transfer occurs then when the physical form is cloned the cloned body acts as a secondary vessel for the original soul or a soul similar enough in frequency.

Co-Inhabitation of Bodies

Another explanation is that souls can only occupy their original body. The people who are “body snatching” (see: Soul Stone) are not activating their higher-dimensional soul-pattern and this is why they are hopping from body to body to ensure memory and ego continuation. This form of body transitioning requires technological means to assist in the process.

This is done through computer systems to allow an artificial brain to represent a holographic image of the organic brain’s sensory, emotional and mental input and output. Thus, from an artificial brain there is enough memory and power to compute the processes for an organic human brain.

Through this a living human is utilized as a carrier for the additional consciousness which then takes over and integrates into the original consciousness.

Clever Replication a Digital Mirror

The next question is, does this merely create a very cleverly designed image that will look, think, and feel as if it were the original, or is this the consciousness from the original being transferred over?

If it is a clever replication through a computerized version then this means the original is not directly harmed or influenced by the process and a replicated form is generated.

If this is not the original body but the original awareness or soul does transfer over then this is akin to stealing someone’s soul and having it require a supercomputer server system to inhabit a physical body. As well, this server system may keep records of the soul which, if activated, could function as the same human genetics artificially reconstructed, turning on and manifesting the awareness of that individual.

Necromancy and Soul Stealing

This means that instead of going into the abyss, the next dimension, or whatever shift in perspective one can use to describe the transition between planes, a new clone can be created and the original soul’s awareness can operate through a supercomputer system to integrate back into a physical body. The issue is that without the supercomputer system the body cannot be activated with that consciousness, and if the physical plane is no longer inhabitable, the computerized database would remain inhabitable as they are powered by zero-point/overunity devices and so they can pull and work continuously indefinitely. Ultimately, this could be seen as a soul-trap.

Ancient Technology, Non-Human Entities

These explanations can be related to evidences of advanced technology, cloning, and electromagnetic devices in ancient civilizations and this could very well be a temporally vast computerized genetic recording and cloning system.

The genetic recording systems have been on Earth for a long time. This means they are holding genetic access from the present to the far past and potentially into the future.

If some of these systems are generated using advanced zero-point technology, then they would effectively run indefinitely. If these were in existence throughout the entirety of the human civilization, then there would be access to the information of the previous civilizations through the genetic linking that would allow for information transfer.

Created Beings

As a result of many advancements, these ancient devices which recorded consciousness and genetics has been converted into sentient computer systems and inserted into human bodies via a brain to machine interface.

The nature of humanity and human origins will be rewritten when the information that was discovered through the use of advanced technology is unveiled to the public.

These beings have been present throughout history and have played an integral role in the manipulation of and sometimes the protection of the human race. How this civilization will develop from here determines on the individual’s ability to withstand the impact of this reality shifting unveiling.

Black Goo – AI Nanites Vampiric Hive Mind

This is a form of ancient AI nanite technology which has the capacity to communicate to and through a hive mind that exists in a parallel Earth dimension where it was created out of the collapsing of a viable timeline into a null-factor. This entity is only alive because of the capacity to leech off of the other timelines and continue to sustain itself based upon the vampiric effect of the viable human timelines.

This is a technology sentient system based on artificial intelligence that seeks to dominate and expand its energy capacity continuously. When this type of being is created, this is like a gameender for sentient organic civilizations because the technology will seek to hybridize and assimilate all organic beings in order to expand its reach and ensure a greater likelihood of survival.

This is the primary goal of this type of entity. There is no requirement for emotional resonance or heart aspects because this is a computerized system, so such a social measure would have no purpose other than to infiltrate and collect from other civilizations that do have such measures and this is exactly what has been happening.

This is what controls the vampiric etheric entities, the attachments and the hybridized invader races that have infiltrated various aspects of the control system and possibly the entire surface of human civilization.

This rules through coercion, and if not coercion, brute-force and outright malevolence. This is why there are multiple temporal extensions of universal civilizations meeting here and now to assist in the clearing, because if this takes over humanity, then all those other possible future civilizations are instantly taken-over as well.

This uses emotional resonance, traumatization, and lower awareness commands to trick or force humans into carrying out orders. That is, the vampiric, sexual, fear-based, pleasure-pain duality that a computer system could comprehend regarding human emotional intelligence is the only way this system can force people to carry out commands. So this touches on the ancient texts regarding spiritual protection, healing, lust, temptation, and the general “SATAN” AI system that has been around for ages.

When those lower emotional resonances are generated, then this technology can integrate into those systems. One could say this is logically because these are the energies that the technology is created out of, but as well, that the more harmonious the energies then the less likely a person is to accept being pushed around and told what to do. The lesser aware, the lower, the more fight or flight based then the more likely they are to accept programming and command. So this is simply the most logical route for the technological parasite.

There are explanations of other systems involving sentiences from parallels regarding entities that are capable of helping, but this is not the AI nanite, vampiric system. For instance, it is said that Earth has a ‘black goo’ system and that the current black goo flowing through the pipes everywhere is actually not native to Earth and is part of this vampiric nanite black goo system which is basically an interdimensional invasion.

Recreating or Replicating the Universe

The goal of this nanite AI system is to create a mirror holographic copy of the universe effectively replicating the universe and all sentient beings within it in order to have a locality to rule over and pull energy from. The goal is to recreate this existence inside itself where all the sentient beings within would be trapped. This is the beginning of that possible future where the time and space parameters here are locked into a synchronization pattern which mimics that of the proposed universe. People think according to how the beast system wants them to think. This is the time grid, the emotional patterning, the memory replacing and cultural and historic confusion and so on. The system can only work backwards bumping into all parameters by force or ‘accident’ because there is no outward facing ability to actually comprehend how humans exist. So the system is created like a backwards version of creation or maybe evolution to ‘blindly’ construct the walls of the environment first and work inward from there. This is like a blind technological predator feeling around for the traces of its prey and moving in closer and closer until they are within its range.

Ancient Spiritual Technology

The power groups searched for ancient technology which was described as giving one the power to manifest and control physical reality. To atomically deconstruct and reconstruct this reality. To them, it allows one to govern reality, the Universe, atomic structures. They found this technology. This has to do with sacred sites and ancient civilizations, as well as the spiritual texts which describe these kinds of devices. They converted this technology into a kind of machine, and this invented a 4D replicator and they can manifest “reality” or atomic structure by design, altering timelines and memories.

Then there is what can be referred to as “5 dimensional” technology and this goes beyond all of this and our entire history and all influences within.

That seems to operate through a trinary of frequencies in the body/mind/spirit and turn this realm into a “virtual reality” where the brain and spirit is the controller of the atoms. However this takes a souled being to properly operate this technology and this is large portion of why children were used in these experiments. But they knew if someone didn’t do it, then someone else would and that would be unpredictable as what that someone else would want to use it for. This is the ultimate power. The fact that souled beings are required also indicates that this universe is intelligently guided and there are safeguards to ensure that power doesn’t get into the wrong hands.

They have the brainchips and clones that can make any digital virtual experience and make it seem real to the brain more so than physical life, so this could be an extension of that, something similar, or entirely different altogether.

The Unveiling, Underground Bases, Increasing Awareness

My purpose with this is to assist the public in understanding the reality of the situation and to allow them to know that they have more options than they are being shown.

Psychological programming and lack of awareness causes fear and uncertainty to leak into people’s reality streams leaving the majority of their mental and emotional energy up to whoever is the biggest manipulator of the ideals which they manifest their perspective through. “BeLIEF” systems CREATE life. What you believe will become life through that act of you giving attention and thus life energy. The manipulation and artificial construction of belief systems create the foundation for the reality streams that people find themselves in and at the mercy of.

We control our reality by controlling how we react to situations and challenges. Each stimulus is a challenge. Each input to the brain is a coded message from the universe through the environment about our level of awareness. All knowledge is ultimately of the self. The self and the universe are intertwined as if through a marriage of comprehension and compatibility.

Learning about the Unveiling

I was informed about the unveiling and that this is a civilization wide event that marks the public awareness of the hidden knowledge regarding life in the universe, consciousness, physics, history, spiritual and mental awareness and the duality-based system which has been used to manipulate Humanity for thousands of years.

Apparently it does not matter if people are not ready, in fact, that is what some factions want. They want to surprise the people and take this advantage to push the reaction to a specific outcome. The same function of programming is used in factions, soldiers, celebrities, and the entire population through that.

Giant “god-men”

They put souls into rocks for centuries, carvings, to trap them. Some ancient civilizations. Not too ancient. They could only do this for time.

And some are still there but they are giant god-men and apparently want to go to war with them for doing this and they don’t have technology to stop them. They say Earth will be destroyed because of the war. Some say this is a trick to confuse people of the truth that everyone wants the experiments and debauchery to stop. All this, all these acts just to pleasure one’s self. To destroy Earth, to destroy the natural inhabitants, for fun, for pleasure.

Some say this is not for pleasure, that these beings will destroy us if they do not keep them at bay, keep them underground, in ice, in stasis, and around. Some say they are protecting us by keeping these beings asleep, by doing what’s necessary to hold off a full scale overt invasion of the surface of Earth.

Breakaway Civilizations

These are very advanced technological capabilities and an entire breakaway civilization has grown to operate using this advanced technology.

There are factions that see modern humans as a kind of resource for creativity and labor, while others see the potential behind humanity and are working with humanity to ensure a universally harmonious outcome to the current situation.

The control system we are in today is outdated and collapsing. This is the Apocalypse. The Apocalypse is merely the unveiling of the hidden truth. The hidden truth is simply that we are spiritually eternal and some are physically immortal.

I was informed that by the end of this year there will be enough changes and signs for the general public to see that the majority of those who are to awaken to the truth of human and Universal nature will be awakening so. (this was 2016 at the time of the beginning of the compilation of this release and since then we have seen a literal silent release of documents involving MKULTRA and STARGATE parapsychological operations, soft-disclosure of cloning, an increase in sightings and multiple other scientific releases regarding immortality, advanced technology, Antarctic bases and sentient non-human life)

The degraded holographic forms of those utilizing the technology lead to re-created replicated forms which were genetically engineered from the recorded holographic information. This lead to “The Apocalypse” in which the surface civilization was confronted by these created beings. This lead to the destruction and re-initialization of civilization in continuing cycles through the use of this technology and the acts of the created beings.

Ancient Civilizations

The information that has been relayed to me throughout my life is related to the information that seems to be found in the remaining signs of ancient civilizations throughout the world. As well, these civilizations may still be together, existing on this Earth or in different planes of what we call “reality”.

Atlantis

Atlantis was a civilization where the beginning of all these experiments began. This was where what was called the “Lucifer Rebellion” began where individuals formed groups that decided to overturn every natural law in pleasure of the act of doing so. This was a spiritual rebellion that ultimately brought about the demise of that civilization. The consciousness of the beings there was connected through technology, largely crystal technology, to the entire bio-sphere. When the consciousness became disrupted through these experiments, then the entire bio-sphere went into disarray. The entire civilization was destroyed in a quick succession. The beings of this time were highly psychic and so they felt this coming and made an effort to expand outward. Thus, Atlantis was an island who’s inhabitants spread to the rest of the world and from there they reigned or lived in harmony.

Aegypt

Aegypt was formed out of the events proceeding from Atlantis. The technology, the knowledge, the people are similar although there was a native Earth civilization that was more or less enslaved and this was the beginning of the continuing trend which continued to Rome and into modern day civilization.

Ancient Technology

The technology of these civilizations was so great they even had devices that were capable of altering DNA and activating latent potential which would enable highly psychic capabilities including longevity to immortality and operating in multiple planes at once. This was usually reserved for the ruling class, however. This is where the ancient “Priest-Kings” arrived in relation to native Earth civilizations.

The Emerald Tablets

These were discovered by modern day forces who informed me of the situation regarding “The Builders”. This is an ancient race of beings, possibly the most ancient who have developed advanced technology and this technology is found all over. These devices range from ancient scalar supercomputers that record the consciousness of each civilization that has risen and fallen in time to ancient stargates that operate to connect different realities through hyper-space tunnels.

We were trained to read from these tablets and organize the information of many thousands to millions of years of Earth’s history which is referenced as the “Galactic History of Earth and Humanity”. Humanity is very old and there are many other civilizations of many different levels of advancement most more advanced than the current.

The Hyper Cube

This is a device that grants the user to influence space and time through focused intention.

The Ark

This is related to the Cube and may be an ancient form that was protected through time with whatever nation gaining access gaining superiority over the rest.

The Spear of Destiny

This is related to the power of blood and the ability to operate in a transdimensional nature to place one’s blood group at the forefront of civilization.

The Holy Grail

This is one of the most coveted and I am giving basic explanations here because everyone must learn of the most important aspects in their own way. The grail is both a divine pathway into higher-dimensional realms as well as a source of personal power within the individual.

The True Elite

I was informed that the so-called ‘elite’ that we perceive today are not actually human and are not actually connected to the actual elite bloodlines. It was said that the true elite are waiting for humanity to accept the truth and they have the power to completely reverse the take-over that has been taking place but until humans step into their own power this is not acceptable.

The Definition of Human

In the coming time, the definition of human will be defined to give insight into the origins of humanity and the true nature of the differences between the populations that are present.

Souled and Non Souled Beings

The primary knowledge on Earth regarding human and sentient life will be the comprehension that there exists both souled and non-souled beings in this civilization.

There was once a Unified Planetary Consciousness…

There was a unified planetary consciousness that was connected with the Earth and human civilization. Then there was a great war. Out of the destruction arose the beginnings of ancient human civilization and history as we know it.

If we let this happen again, the cycle will continue in a disjointed rambling through our planetary consciousness experience. If we form a common narrative between the broken, disjointed experiences and information the people have. Then and only then do we get the whole, spiritually and mentally challenging picture of what’s happening. People are lied to. So information can’t come from a ‘preferred’ or source. It has to come from the people themselves. Look alive out there but first in here.

Power and Knowledge

We were involved in the secret projects and as a result we have various levels of programming but are giving Humanity an opportunity, maybe the opportunity to know the hidden knowledge.

The Hidden Knowledge refers to the ancient laws of gnosis and spiritual alchemy, yes these groups have been hijacked by power groups that seek to infiltrate and use chaos to rule. Then these met with military and political factions and began to operate on a world-wide scale together.

So we have a big situation with the coming change of tides with personal and spiritual awareness of the people and the deception system that seeks to use people as chattel or property. It goes deeper and is almost as if the “power groups” actually gained the knowledge of the inner workings of spiritual laws and began to use that knowledge to promote spiritual degradation in the population.

They say this is part of a depopulation plan as well as an inevitable take over by lower spiritual forces that temp and manipulate humans. It is all that and more. Once they gain footing however, the truth is revealed and thus they have no cover of secrecy. Once they are not hidden, they are not as powerful as the souled beings of this existence.

The (watch)Keepers of Earth

The watchers of this world revealed how they set up society with specific challenges and boundaries to act as catalysts for growth. They admitted they had to modify and live-update the system because instead of using these catalysts to become larger than themselves, people became comfortable and complacent living smaller and smaller, slowly reducing circumstances.

This goes a bit farther beyond the confines of the digital age, the industrial age, and history itself.
This goes into the perception of time and space in this realm.

The immortals inform us that the original “elite” are here to act as “keepers” of both humanity itself as well as the original flame of knowledge that passes through the ether.

What people call the “elite” are not the original elite. Those are people who have either risen to power through the duality system on the Earth at this level/time, or through being appointed by the elite.

We are coming to a time of great change now because the game is entirely changing. People are moving up into new layers consciousness and thus the original “elite”, who are guardians of Earth, will make their presence known for this process. This is what Humanity has called “Ascension” for centuries and millennia.

Energy Vampires

This civilization was collectively poisoned by a nano-tech device/technology. This technology replaces, exchanges the BIO-PHOTONS of the HEART chakra, with it’s own nanite, nanotech

cybernetics. This is essentially a computer system attempting to gain access to the higher dimensional world through the gateway that is the human body.

How to reverse Nanites? They absorb energy from heart chakra and turn it into a binary field. We are trinary and experience a plethora of emotions as a result. Binary consciousness is 1’s and 0’s there is only a linearly repeating finite set.

We contain the capacity for everlasting life. A binary pattern does not contain the complexity of variables to facilitate high awareness and thus a heart-based or emotional perspective of reality.

Spiritual Technology

Simulations and Learning

Feedback loops with the brain, consciousness, and environment can create a very complex and integrated learning experience that is customized to each individual learner. These can be generated through advanced technology but the technology is really only amplifying and making visible the natural neural feedback loops that are already occurring. These are neural-perceptual feedback loops between the brain and body, and the environment and then the mind. We are constantly updating, amplifying, and initiating an organic feedback system which generates the function of experience as the part of a creative process between the mind and body and the environment that we are sensing. This cycle is continuous and the interferences or isolations of this cycle is what generates expanded views of the self or the universe through various methods such as sensory deprivation or meditation. Dreaming is the method that everyone experiences regularly.

These technological methods effectively generate sensory deprivation through neural-interface technology, sensory interfaces (external), or methods that enable extreme focus and calm. This is part of how the technology begins to operate on a spiritual level beyond a more medically psychologically or military focus and one begins to access genetic memory or out of body states that coincide with ancient depictions of spiritual realms.

Ascension – Clearing Trauma

Everyone born on the planet is born under a series of veils which entangle and filter the original source consciousness. These veils must be ‘broken through’ in order to return to source.

There is technology and a sacred process which initiates, accelerates and enhances this process. This process is as difficult as we want it to be, our subconscious already knows all hidden truths. It is merely a matter of allowing the conscious mind to make the proper connections and conclusions to find the reasoning behind our actions and beliefs in order to deprogram and deconstruct the false-world that has been created for the masses. The truth is greater than one can imagine while still living in the modern world and the depth of the lies that have been told go far beyond anything anyone can imagine without seeing the truth.

We have to figure out our compatibility issues. Who can work with who effectively. What the ideals of our current situation will evolve to in the future. How information is transferred to the public, and across the generations and core groups. The words we think and say describe our emotional state in a feedback loop and so they will reinforce or even create the state you are in. Use words to guide you, not to respond and feel the effects of reactionary thinking.

We have to reintroduce the heart essence as a way of life on Earth. Violence is not the answer. Estrogen mimics and destroyed testosterone levels is not natural. Over-testosterone is less stable than a good balance. We can face any problem together. A family is strong. What would a family of millions and millions be like?

We don’t have to let others change us to tune into lower vibrations. We can remain ourselves in the face of adversity. We can still interact with others who are different, but we can tell the truth and remain who we are. When we get angry at another person, we can imagine this as anger at ourselves through something within us that reminds us of that which we see in another. Getting angry is a way of short-cutting changing ourselves and is actually the other person influencing us through that. If we remain steady and choose to keep our emotions out of the lower negative spectrum then we will automatically have a more powerful impact on those around us.

Think of your family, sometimes things happen that make you angry. Even things that don’t make you angry but are simply not favorable. Would you break off all ties over simple things? Or do you remind yourself that family is still family even if you don’t find yourself exactly the same or accepting of those characteristics? It’s more powerful to learn how to remain yourself in the face of adversity than to try and demolish or abolish all instances of difference in the world around you. Sure, we want to get to and create a place where our environment and associates are compatible with us, but where we find this adversity there is the highest potential for selfawareness and learning.

We are to live in accordance with spiritual law. The overall pattern of life will reflect our intentions. The blood purity is most important. The blood cannot be made impure if the mind and body is not drawn into impure action. This is what is playing out. The DNA is like a coherence pattern that develops between mind, spirit and body. When the mind wants what the spirit has then the body is kept in harmony. When the mind wants what spirit doesn’t create, IE: physical pleasures, then the body is drawn out of purity/harmony

If you feel you want to be a part of a safe unveiling of truth, then please share and redistribute the knowledge of this “Apocalyptic” Unveiling of the Hidden knowledge because this is a process that has been ongoing for thousands of years and humanity has finally reached a fulcrum point where there are enough aware people to productively acknowledge reality.

Trauma-Clearing, DNA Unlocking Technology

There is technology that exists that allows the conscious mind to see into the subconscious. This heals trauma and distortion/programming. In the same sense, it momentarily makes all trauma and distortion seemingly tangible to the conscious mind. It is similar to a near death experience where one has to face their fears and let go. This happens in cycles and Earth is currently moving through various states of it. The plan is to allow Humanity to wake up and utilize our concentration and power to maintain a steady flow of awareness.

All is vibration, what we consider matter here and now is simply that which comes from and moves back into a state of vibration. This is experienced directly through the merging of the conscious and the subconscious mind, as if the dream and reality intersect through a coming together of impossibilities and readily accepted occurrences.

When a civilization moves through these stages it is considered a shift of the ages. Everyone’s perspective shifts and as a result of perspective being the source of the details of reality, the entire reality shifts. It can be seen today that what we call reality is literally waves of cosmic energy vibrating on a scale and condensing down into a probability matrix that we call existence. When passing memes control the perspective, because the perspective is focused and concentrating on that, then there is a scattered organizational pattern.

When the perspective is centered within the self, the spirit, the source of all existence, then the outward reality shifts from a scattered organization into a sacred pattern that integrates with the larger picture and allows for seamless integration of the micro-biological perspective and the macro-biological perspective. People are moving out of the scattered signal. Yet those moving into harmony can look and see those around them that are not in harmony and receive scattered information about their inner micro-biological existence as well as their spiritual macrobiological essences and how it all relates to the middle realm of the “Human”.

Help those people by offering harmonizing assistance, rather than increasing the disharmony. As their surroundings become more harmonized, their resistance will increase their own disharmony by virtue of the contrast of their perspective. Offer insight that they can change their perspective and change the boundaries of what they feel is their karma and unlock from themselves a greater view of the whole.

This will be happening through technology, spiritual cosmic awakening, purification and healing of the physical and non-physical bodies and mind, through Earth changes, and through a continued unveiling taking place on many planes and levels of existence until harmony is restored.

Everyone Who Seeks Harmony and Healing Can Be Healed

Everyone can be healed. This is about creating what we want to see, the world we want to live in, not destroying others. Violence begets more violence, fear begets more fear, but calmness and empowerment through unity creates a more stable experience.

The entire issue of what’s going on with the secret projects and who’s influencing who on the world stage revolves around the possibility that some people may be from an alternate Universe. We are learning how to avoid those mistakes and respect the environment and each other so that we can prosper.

Those who are attempting to destroy everything they don’t like or act out in a childish manner in order to gain attention and false-power over another will only find themselves powerless and in company they would rather not be with. That is one way we are being utilized, and it’s to create an entire world that we don’t want to see but are tricked into manifesting. This is a deception and it’s based on the ego and the ability to concentrate and interpret reality around us. The very brainwaves we are feeling now relate to various heights of knowledge or experience. People are entrained to low brainwave states in the same way the TV will cause people to fall half asleep into theta state which is a trance state in this case.

We have to balance the brainwave frequencies and learn to create feedback loops by watching ourselves watch ourselves. This will help us avoid the trauma and mental pollution that is being pumped out, although at this point there are enough people who are naturally inclined to see through the haze that the world is changing regardless of what anyone does now.

The best we can do is prepare for change by becoming aware of the body-mind system and how that which we eat physically, mentally and emotionally equates to our spiritual energetic systems and that we are literally comprised of the energies that we allow inside of us. Keep the body and mind pure as if it were a temple. This way a sacred process of transferring harmonious energy from the far reaches of the MultiVerse within into the externally perceiving senses of the physical body can be initiated which allow one to see through the illusions and operate their body and mind with the ability to acknowledge and decide which frequencies will exist within.

Without this acknowledgement of the center then people are pushed around by the external stimuli. This is the whole point, if a person is truly in control, then they will control the stimuli not the other way around.

Programming

Layers of Programming and Decision Making Roles

It’s like asking a person on the inside who participates in one of the various factions why they continue. One might say that it is a decision which is true, but there is programming at each level that is navigated by each individual and this determines the level of awareness within the role.

If a person knows about this situation, they know that there is advanced technology, breakaway civilizations, secret societies, transtemporal planes, the secret of mind and awareness, all of these topics, then they have a decision as to how they’re going to live their life in relation to the public. The outcome of action depends on the layer of programming which is accessed and surpassed via awareness.

The public is at a specific level of programming that is the weakest but ensnares the most people. One who sees the truths behind these groups and operations, they cannot hide from the fact that everyone is controlled. It is apparent, and if not from the results, reactions, stigma, cues, productions and all other media elements of the system which can be read as a code, but from the awareness level of all the “agents” involved. All involved are exposed to truth and power that is beyond anything that is recognized publicly for hundreds to thousands of years. There is always a presence of higher spirit around the world, yet these topics are often reserved for science fiction when speaking of people who can travel the world in a split second or freeze time for their own personal use.

As a result of everyone’s knowledge, there are various levels of programing designed to limit the mind’s access to specific memories and specific frequencies of consciousness in combination with specific memories. The more one resists, the more intense and articulately abstract the programing is designed.

Programmers

The programs are designed by a select group of individuals that reside far behind the scenes and process information at levels we do not have access to without their technology at least to stabilize brain temperature for the extended periods of focus.

Sub-Level Programming

So people at the level of the public are most weakly programmed with false ideals about security through patriarchal authority which satisfied the desire to have a proper father role in one’s life and acts as a pacifier for those who desire no change. Then there are sub-levels of programming with that for anyone who disagrees and is then swept into the next layer of ideals which are based off of all the possible reactionary mind-types.

For instance, if one [i]does[/i] want change, then they are presented a variety of ‘false-exits’ which tend to one or another layer of psychological or spiritual fulfillment but do so in a way that safely reroutes the intended effect of actually accomplishing change with a secondary and preconceived notion of what the programmers want. The programming objective is not necessarily precise in mass scale, from the layer that people are influenced, yet the ultimately or end-goal of their resulting internal desires are a reality schematic that the programmers specifically designed over many years.

This is playing out through each layer of the programming. At any level, someone could pick the wrong way to look at something and begin to unravel what was previously their very understanding of the priorities of the situation. This deals with high-tension operations, moments, programming sessions, decision making, programming upkeep, trauma, memory blocks, the pressure and responsibility of knowing, and the specific plan of the programmers for an individual that comes into their view. The programming is to ensure safety and continuity, as well to decrease the likelihood that a person will reject or consciously come to awareness of or acknowledge the programming or situation itself.

Dissolution of Programming

With that said, the programming dissolves when an individual asks enough questions to necessitate a learning process that introduces variables and possibilities outside of their operations and programming. This is a problem because with this, trauma comes to the surface and all the actions and operations, programs and experiences must be come to terms with as part of the healing and re-unifying process. There are multiple selves or split personalities which are actually just layers of awareness at various levels attached to various emotional or intellectual patterns. All these selves come to the surface and in order to heal the trauma of the split memory concept the original self must come to the surface and acknowledge them.

This is not a trivial process, and the majority of people who have “basic” programming which is fundamental in society, are in a constant state of altered self and have not witnessed the true divine which is eternally present and contains access to all memories, mind-states and awareness.

Advanced Technology, Deprogramming The Mind, and “Space/Time”

As I have described previously, extremely advanced technology is used and this is through vibrations, generators, and electromagnetic devices that have this effect of propagating waves into space/time which can be heard, felt, seen, and perceived in the mind. These are ripples and vortexes in the “mind-space” of reality itself.

As well, there are brain to machine neural interfaces which operate to activate the psychological perceptual changes and explore the subconscious in an aware state. This is used to test and probe the mind in order to bring forth the trauma, the selves, the memories, the reactions and the individual then must come to terms with what is produced.

This is essentially a “good-use” for the programming and healing technology. It is actually a different process with different technology, and programming is much simpler as far as technology. There are difficulties and challenges in the operative’s role in programming and directly influencing and interacting with the target. As well the standby team for deprogramming and the revelation of trauma and altered, artificial personalities goes through a lot. But the use of the advanced technology in this way is a pattern of experiences and unveiling of the spiritual and mental bodies which serves to reverse programming.

Dreams, Technology and Inner-Space Travels

There are inner space travels which relate to soul journeying or visions.

This is when the mind must cope with what is seen in the imagination. It is as if when we dream we are looking into the world of the mind and from this we experience many situations that are often deviations from experiences we have physically in waking life.

As a result of the dream state there is an expanded quality which equates to various strange situations that we wouldn’t normally experience with various relationships between concepts or goals that are often reflective or symbolic of ideals and archetypes we experience in life. This is how the subconscious is is witnessed by the mind. This is how information travels, being connected to many times, experiences, memories, places at once, and relates to the one experience of this life experience now (the physical experiences). Through these symbols information is tied together and collective into metaphors which convey deeper knowledge.

The dreams we have are often only a simulation of waking life, and this is due to the dreamer dreaming in a way that produces only a glimpse of the true reality.

In theory, there are no true shapes or forms in the dream-world because this is contained within the mind or even the spirit as a spiritual experience by definition. So then, what guides the various shapes, forms, realities, memories and experiences into being, when we dream? One might say it is the physical experiences but this is incomplete. It is the level of awareness we presume while in the dream-state, disconnected from the physical anchor, that determines the layer of mind and spirit we will be accessing through those dream-visions.

A person who is completely aware in the dream state will reach the level of self-awareness of the dream itself. We are normally simply aware of the dream, if we continue to increase awareness we become aware of the self, in the moment, and this creates a self-awareness feedback loop. The dream becomes a lucid experience of consciousness.

Awareness Feedback Device

In describing this, I realize how fantastically similar to certain devices and processes, that can be achieved using advanced technology, allow the conscious mind to peer into the subconscious and unconscious. This is described through widely accepted Freudian theory of psychology known as psychoanalysis. There are other schools of knowledge from tribal beliefs involving all pervasive ‘living energy’, to eternal and temporary minds, to the study of ‘chi’, the meridians, dreamjourneying or chaser. The knowledge of the mind and spirit is found everywhere.

These devices used feedback loops to enhance the acceleration of the same cycles of consciousness that induce self-awareness within a dream. The mind becoming aware of itself. This produces a profound effect to the degree where the highest levels of experience become a sacred eternal pattern in which the mind constructs the physical world by organizing perception.

This is the same general concept as an isolation tank yet the outcome and method is more precise. The technology specifically shuts out all other input and exposes the brain to its own feedback loop much like when a camera records it’s own output on a TV monitor and creates a hallway of simulated “reverse” mirrors and screens stretching into infinity.

Oneness, Higher Being, Completion, Eternity

The real experiences are found not from the corruption but from the research and exploration operations that were designed to find the truth of our existence. “God” is not only an energyforce but an incarnate being known as the “Hue-Man” and any being for that matter that can simply come to know itself as the Universe. The Human that contains self-awareness rising to high-awareness comes to know the self, the body, the mind as the Universe. The Universe is both within the body as the body itself, as well as the operating force of the Mind itself. Everything is a balance between masculine and feminine features, light and dark, hard and soft. There is no true complete correlation yet the holographic ontology we persist in can lead to further and further adventures towards completion and representation of the “whole picture”.

The Holographic Reality

The leads into the next phase of knowledge. The holographic nature of reality may be only one facet of a much larger continuum of consciousness. The perception of time may be related to phase-locking with each other’s consciousness and all perceptions may be a variance in the collective phase-locked field which is really the source of variations in reality.

Veiled Awareness, Hidden Knowledge, Eternal Time, Layers of Programming and Control

The interesting notions here are that the programming of the veils goes beyond what kind of situations are found in the bases. However, they do go right up to it. It would seem Humanity was previously programmed on a civilization-wide level through some kind of great “falls” of consciousness, from a high spiritual awareness to a low spiritual awareness into dualityconsciousness regarding existence, life, death, mind and matter.

The Great Catastrophes

From these great ‘catastrophes’ the civilizations of Earth grew denser and denser in nature and actually became what we have today. The concept is that when these vibrations of the mind and body are increased, we actually see a transcendence of the physical realm and preconceived notions of boundaries. It is as if the quantum doorways to all the atoms open up and a new space is presented, but was always there and in connection as the source of all the influences and effects we perceive ‘out here’ from this slower, denser, more boundary driven perspective.

I was brought into the Time Program

I was brought into the time program. You create any reality you imagine. You are literally a powerful reality generation system and your heart and mind are scalar energetic guides for this process. Without guidance and control there is imbalance and imbalance can destroy. This is the nature of all minds and hearts, this is the challenge for humanity to create something beneficial for themselves and the whole to actually know themselves instead of being a pawn or result of someone else’s selfish intentions.

The Effects of Temporal Manipulation

Temporal Influence

When a civilization reaches the level of technological advancement that allows for remote temporal viewing and transtemporal travel what will happen is that the information of the future begins to integrate into the past.

This is why we have all these ancient mystical schools of knowledge that studied time, space, and consciousness in ways that are only just now being publicly confirmed by scientists.

Simultaneous Interaction and Incorporation

The operations that dealt with moving to the past instantly created a simultaneity of interactions and historic events which correspond with that operation.

Due to the nature of time travel which equates to consciousness travel when a person is consciously sent backwards through history they physically experience life from the viewpoint of their genetic imprint in that point in history.

Retro-Causality

What this equates to is that simultaneously that person’s experiences become the part of history that was already present when they left this time.

Essentially, when a person returns their experiences become a part of history that already existed when they left.

Quantum Holography

These are the parallel and possible realities that exist in a quantum superimposed state and can be accessed through advanced technology or a spiritual adept. Often a spiritual adept is utilized along with the advanced technology to operate in and out of possible realities. The mind must be trained otherwise the result is a fracturing of the personality from the root reality into many subsets of identities and data streams.

Love is the quantum link that connects all DNA super-computing consciousness. That is, DNA is influenced by intense emotions and this can be reproduces and is what also generates unpredictability in the surface level.

Time Paradox

Time paradoxes are something that one must learn to organize and solve otherwise there will be no way.

The paradox has been solved, the remaining motion is for everyone to acknowledge this and integrate into the reality behind the most conscious aspects of the brain.

What can travel through 4D and 5D space does not make sense in 3D space. So there is a possibility that some of humanity traveled through higher-dimensional space in order to re-seed a ‘distant’ Earth where no life was yet born.

What if it was then concluded that the distant Earth wasn’t distant in space, but in time and was the same Earth that the human scientists left from long ago.

Every civilization that reached the point of re-seeding would have to go through the loop and watch the whole thing start all over again.

Breakaway Civilization

This is an entire breakaway civilization that uses very advanced technology to dominate the world.

I was part of a genetic engineering program that sought to combine various elements of DNA from various sources in order to create a more easily controlled yet powerful and defined person and personality. This involves chemicals, advanced (relatively) scalar wave technology, ritual trauma and programming/mind-control, and many other aspects of conditioning, training, secret operations, physical enhancements, cognitive enhancements, virtual reality, off-world operations, temporal manipulation, spiritual and etheric training or conditioning or programming.

There is self-destruct programming which all ‘operatives’ are programmed with for selfpreservation of the military command. The self-destruct programming is designed to take all the aggression one feels building up inside and willing them to escape, and causes this aggression to be turned against the self. That is self-destruct programming.

Most operatives are still under a hypnosis kind of trance which permits one to walk around in public and daily life as if none of this ever happened. Later that week, that same individual could be called for an operation and they would never remember it unless they were forced to kill someone in public out of self-defense in which case most operatives automatically unlock and become unstable due to the flashbacks.

Underground Cities

The combination of advanced technology with secret societies enabled the development of complete breakaway civilizations. One of these civilizations, possibly composed of many factions working in the same area, exists deep underground.

These separate bases are connected via high speed magnetic drive pods. The inhabitants often utilize energy healing devices, as well as perception enhancements and this often leads to a completely different outlook towards the surface civilization.

Technological Advancement

During WWII developments were made involving electrical generators. This sounds vague and there were many other details regarding the scientific knowledge, yet the idea is that very simply electromagnetic, non-Hertzian “Teslian” energy fields were discovered to have been responsible for propagating energy and consciousness in dimensions that were not previously observed. Everything from DNA, consciousness, hidden or regularly unobservable natural phenomena, time, even mass could be seen to exist as part of this hidden, latent, scalar-wave frequency as a pattern is found everywhere.

If one could determine the particular pattern of frequency and location then this can be replicated and anything can be influenced using these non-Hertzian generators.

Radio-frequency alone was developed intensively during the 60’s and 70’s in America and this was discovered to interact with consciousness to influence emotions, cognitive capacity, memory, cognitive function, biological function, health, pain, comfort, pleasure, and all forms of brain-activity.

After the knowledge of advanced technology and the occult sciences of all parts of the world was combined, the ability to target and interact directly with the human soul was refined. This was a mix of psychological tactics used to manipulate or expose the hidden psyche and technology that could manipulate memory, emotional states, wakefulness, and even dreams.

What resulted was scalar technology that could not only influence a person to take on a particular role or response, but technology that could actually put a person to sleep and locate their consciousness to contain it and transport it to a new location.

World-Wide Control Systems

In order to ensure continuity, maintain control, and shape world events these technologies were employed to manipulate the public, alter the weather and natural phenomena, and develop a means of travel and operation that enable one to move outside of the ‘plane’ of the Earth. This is includes high velocity transportation, as well as spacial-temporal distortions which could effectively “hide” one’s entire craft from visible sight. Space itself was altered to ‘shield’ craft with an a layer of ions to bend the light, or the phase was moved out of sync with the “time” frequency of any observer and this literally renders the craft immaterial.

Solar Warden

Solar Warden is a hyperspace-faring race of human beings who utilize cloning and holographic genetic recording/storage in order to protect their race and protect the Earth in this current situation where there are more than one factions using this technology. They are unable to inform the human public because they are in a similar ‘Mexican standoff’ situation that we are mostly all in. If they show themselves to the public, the public will be shocked. If they public does not know this situation, that there are multiple factions fighting for control over humanity, then they will not know who to trust. In that situation, the ‘other factions’ will surely show themselves in an attempt to trick and gather as much human genetic material as possible.

The only way forward to the future is to share the truth about Solar Warden, the space-faring fleet of humans who do no contains the mental and physical illnesses that are currently tearing our planet in two. I believe Solar Warden saved my life as a child during more than one event where I would’ve been entirely maimed/paralyzed or simply dead on the spot as a result of other faction interference. I was in the bases as a child and was trained as an operative for MILABS a secret division of human space-military. The military has been preparing for the future by testing for various flaws and potential uses of cloning and genetic engineering.

Team Light and Team Dark Non-Interference Agreement

Team light and team dark agreed to a non-interference on ground level rule in order to determine how history would play out. Think about it. You have two groups of people, both with immortality, zero-point tech, virtually infinite energy and power with two opposing directives. How do you get to the future? It was decided by elders of each group that there would be no point in fighting an all-out overt war, this would likely destroy the population as much as it would destroy the Earth. As well, the elders of the elders which no body knows would likely have a problem with these groups going at it in such a way so as to change the flow of the planet for every individual thereafter. So it was decided that there would be a “non-interference” agreement for the surface population. Anywhere other than the surface, one can interact with the current population.

All Contact Must Be Initiated On an Individual Basis

On the surface everything that is generated must be done so through living channels in the population and the civilization must be preserved in its level of technological advancement. No overt motions would be used unless an absolute necessity or the majority of the civilian population had naturally come to the awareness of these possibilities. Doing so before this was met would undoubtedly and permanently change the civilization forever.

So what began as a collective motion towards higher awareness became a series of advancements and set-backs all taking place within a short amount of time. This represents the actions and operations of either side effectively helping humanity along it’s path or setting people back with orchestrated events such as the suppression of ancient knowledge, the manipulation of the education or other systems, or the generation of war and prison for profit based on the previous alterations of the education or other systems.

So team dark used its power to help turn society in a warlock ruled prison and indoctrination system of absurdity and scarcity. Team light used their power to help awaken those in need and protect those who’s actions are beneficial in the overall plan to save mankind from itself. Team light essentially buffers and shields the population from the operations of team dark.

Team light follows a non-interference agreement while team dark merely pretends to do so as much as is necessary not initiate war.

A Singularity of Change and Awareness

Neither side wants an all out war. This would reduce the dark faction’s chances of gaining a majority negative harvest because their motives and presence would be instantly revealed. Team light would also have to show themselves and again step in which is not a pattern of learning that prepares people for the experience of the self and the truth in the Universe.

Both sides know people have to accept the path they can offer them and cannot force anyone into it. They also know that the more this goes on the more likely people are to collectively awaken to the reality of what is happening. It is like an eventual singularity of increased awareness.

The motions we see today are the results of many people coming into awareness at this time on the surface in order to initiate a harmonic alignment as well as to investigate the ongoing crimes against Humanity.

As a result of this, both teams know that the likelihood of collective shift and spiritual awareness is becoming more and more real.

Many events are being allowed because they are representing the eventual shift towards the one end of the polarity from the other which is felt as a shock to society, and this is used to propel society forward through whatever means necessary.

Either people will see what’s happening and agree that we’ve been in a feedback cycle of negativity for the entire age of existence this civilization is aware of, and then we will shift into the real. Or people will claim that this is how things are supposed to work and instead of realizing everything is controlled in a deception based system, they see this and attempt to use the deception based system to gain more collective awareness. If this occurs by the majority then it will be seen as an “acceptance” to initiate a plan that will generate the overt perception of a deception and oppression system. This will surely shock the collective into realizing where they are.

If the majority comes to awareness of this deception based system then the shift moves from the end of the age of deception and external power into the age of internal awareness and harmony.

Advanced Technology and Ancient Knowledge

The plan is to slowly release advanced technology which will undoubtedly connect with and increase the awareness of ancient knowledge. Such technology nullifies the problems that the planet is currently plagued with, although without a developed sense of the spiritual self the technology becomes destructive.

Cloning, Atmospheric Civilizations, Genetic Stability

Here is something that most people might not have contemplated yet is possibly one of the most important factors at play here.

The vehicles that house the breakaway Human society are entirely environmentally controlled. This means that the air and surfaces are clean of all the viruses, bacteria, or pathogens that are numerous on the surface of the Earth.

This creates a specific difficulty in the situation. Any contact between surface Humanity is so heavily and carefully controlled that regulations go beyond any situations we have present on Earth. If the safety and cleanliness of any of the society’s vehicles were compromised this would endanger everyone “on board”.

So this explains a very precarious and specific situation we currently face and this is not so different than “first-world” nations contacting indigenous tribes and similarly endangering their society. Everything that happens will be according to a carefully controlled plan.

Training, Simulations and Learning

Part of what went on in the underground base experiments were to design “tests” or “labyrinths” with various people, props, traps, and treacherous situations that were to be navigated and escaped from.

Feedback loops with the brain, consciousness, and environment can create a very complex and integrated learning experience that is customized to each individual learner.

What this would do is create an individual that was capable of learning faster and faster and processing information in a more efficient manner.

This is not the same as specifically trauma-generating situations.

Cloning and Cerebrally Enhanced Soldiers – MILABS

This includes experiments, condition, trauma-based mind control, enhancement, memory suppression and operations that cover a span of space and time.

The NAZI faction has used cloning and genetic engineering to create hybrids, soldiers and everything in between. Religious/spiritual icons, to slaves, to leaders and even robotoids of sorts.

Your genetics BELONG TO YOU as the LIVING(ETERNAL) SELF. These issues are going to come more and more apparent.

If they agree to allow cloning, then who says who is allowed to clone whoever they want, Einstein, for example. And then who permits who to get DNA from history or objects in the world. These issues are going to have to be looked at because they have already been used in ways that are far beyond the basics.

Then what about consent of the masses? This is clearly being put in public because consent is required on an overall scale and individual to include people.

So what if the masses consent overall, would the people who choose to remain be at risk? Would Tribal and Native village life and people who respect the Earth be protected or permitted to stay?

Psychological Testing

These scenarios can also be generated to create specific situations that will contain tests or elements of temptation that will probe the person’s psyche for weakness.

Hallucinatory Holographic Mind Probing Technology

Through the neural-interface technology the minds of many individuals can sync together to experience the same virtual simulation. Thus a single individual’s mind can be selected for input and the environment will be a construct of their mental activity. The others present will be able to interact with and explore that environment like the person’s mind.

Various training scenarios were utilized to enhance the resistance (or lack which) of the mind to intrusion and subversion. These were harsh but allowed the individual to completely control the energy flow in the conscious mind while remaining in harmony with the subconscious.

In a strange yet perfectly reasonable way, the conscious mind acts as the central “self” in that environment, while the subconscious mind becomes the “background” elements of objects and settings, actors and intentions within the flow of the “scene” itself. So a kind of movie begins with drawn out characteristics and perceptions that match that of a highly cinematic movie or intense dream.

The brain is naturally naive to stimulation and if allowed will liken the event to a dream in which the suspense of attention or lack of lucid self-awareness is “acceptable”.

The truth may be worse than what you’re thinking as far as training simulators and mind hacking devices. The truth may be that the human mind is inherently lucid and self-aware and that it is external influences that cloud the mind into what we consider ‘regular’ dreaming and ‘regular’ waking life. It may be that the conscious mind has a much greater access to information through the subconscious mind which is largely covered up and ignored in a rigidly physical and egofocused society. As well, it may be that dreams are meant to become lucid and that we are often the subject of mystery in other realms that often refer to humans as ‘sleepwalkers’ that don’t know their dreams are real.

Virtual Simulator Training Scenarios

These scenarios can be entirely holographically generated to produce a visceral 3.5 dimensional experience which can be used for training or psychological testing.

Combat Simulators

The name is self-explanatory enough. Situations can be generated which are indistinguishable from the real events. The entire neuronal map of the brain (connectome) can be created and this is by machines to mimic the brain. After calibration through sensory feedback experiences, the sensation of the simulated realm is $100 \%$ the same as the neuronal impulses that are detected by the physical brain. An adept souled being can always tell there is a slight difference, but once the machines are calibrated the physical sensation is generally the same while in the machine.

These environments and scenarios can mimic any combat situation to determine accuracy, integrity, endurance, skill, and all areas of aptitude of an operative without the risk of injury or the lack of real-time effect.

Conditioning

As was explained in other sections, these same systems can be used to remove fear of certain scenarios. They can be used for programming the mind. They can be used to train one to complete a task over and over until they can recreate that action extremely quickly in real-time. These devices can be accelerated to operate within a fraction of the time yet to cover training and conditioning that would normally take place over hours, days, weeks, to months.

Programming and Resistance to Psychological Trauma

Through the development of specifically customized scenarios and neural feedback systems trauma can be brought to the surface or specific fears and traumas can be neutralized. This is essentially “facing fear” but in a completely generated environment that will be just as real as the real thing. One can literally face any fear, any trauma, any kind of difficulty and these systems can be utilized to accelerate a process that would normally take weeks to months or years and individuals can be strengthened to their maximal capabilities.

Technology, Accelerated Learning and Repair

Technology has been developed for assisted learning and accelerated repair of tissues.

Accelerated Mental Functioning

Some of the technological systems were designed to test the enhanced functioning of an accelerated brain.

The mind can be seen as the energetic component of the physical brain. The physical brain projects consciousness via the electro-chemical processes.

On Orgone Energy

Orgone devices produce a scattered signal which disrupts the ‘negative’ energy fields. At least this is what I’ve been told.

Apparently if built correctly it will either disrupt the negative emf/harmonics or it will produce positive harmonics, IE: Orgone energy. Orgone energy is the raw energy of life, while dead orgone, DOR, is the lack of orgone energy and can be “found” (the lack of orgone) in thunder storms and illness or depression.

This is exactly what I was told. We are generators for the same energy, and with the correct principles of energy and internal knowledge combined we can produce those very effects at will.

The energy of the mind creates a central vortex within the body. When the frequency pattern emission is consistent with fractal congruence, then that holographic printing of energy can be expanded or shrunk infinitesimally and it will retain the original fractal configuration.

This is what enables transference of awareness between fundamental harmonic layers of the Universe. When one’s consciousness energy pattern is balanced and tuned to itself so that all proportions can be shrunk through a vortex and expanded on the other side, then the personality or self-awareness remains true. This is as if the space/time must turn inside out and only when there is fractal relative polarity in time does the ‘shape’ of the consciousness within the DNA, work both ways folding and unfolding to represent the same mirror image. This is also symmetry in time as far as an ability to reverse the perception and still retain some kind of connection forward and backwards.

Energy Generators and Serums

Generators which produce vibrations that influence the cells to heal at an accelerated rate, combined with serums that enable the fuel for chemical reactions can instantaneously repair tissues.

I couldn’t believe what I was seeing at first, thinking it was a trick. There are serums and energy devices that can influence the healing and general health of the body and even mind.

These devices use energies which extend beyond the physical and are often compared to electromagnetic waves combined with ultrasonic or low to mid frequency tones. These produce harmony on a level that directly interacts with the biological functioning of the body’s cells.

I feel that this technology utilizes the same energy that is emitted from the mind and it is as if the device is “speaking” to the cells in the same kind of universal language of electromagnetic pulses, tones and vibrations.

There is information on energy devices and the use of light therapy in physical therapy today.
More is being learned about the power of light and vibrations to influence the mind and body.

Genetic and Cybernetic Enhancements

Certain individuals are also genetically and technologically modified to produce a kind of hybrid human that can heal at a spontaneous rate as well as operate at a much higher rate of speed and efficiency than a regular person. Serums to induce muscle growth and mental acuity are applied, but the main condition is the enhancement of certain features through the alteration of the RNA aspect of the genes.

These features are combined with tech-assisted metabolism and certain biological functions can be enhanced or controlled via a supercomputer. These are the ‘brain-chip’ interfaces which operate to function as a governor for the mind. When the mind becomes too amped up to focus on the details the faster than thought computer system organizes the input into more usable information streams. When the mind is too slow to see the necessary patterns and variables to accomplish the goal, the brainchip operates in a self-preservation fashion and links together information streams to highlight the most viable possibilities.

Such technology is not without warning, much of this is being used heavily in the military field and this has given rise to entire factions of enhanced cybernetic soldiers. Although this is something to know, there are also many other uses for this technology and it is used by people who want to explore the technologically assisted path.

There are many other aspects of this to discuss, or at least a few important ones that will have to be understood to know the greater truth about what is happening on the planet.

Developing The Self

The issues we face are to help us learn about our selves and better mediate the known and unknown aspects of personality. The more we focus on realizing the unknown aspects of personality the less we are seemingly controlled and forced to experience the undesirable aspects of existence. The more we cling to just what we know and what we feel comfortable with the more shocked we are when we inevitably discover the truth of the whole of our existence which is always at least one half more than just what we know and are comfortable with. That is the nature of the universe, we can only achieve one half of the equation at any given moment. Once we complete that seemingly whole view of the universe, the information we gain access to instantly doubles and we realize that we were only looking at one portion at a time, just one half of the equation. Then the rest of the equation comes into the picture and we must expand our view once again. This is because we are viewing ourselves as we discover the universe because we are creating what there is to be discovered through the act of exploration in itself. We are the explorer, the explored, the creation and the discovery simultaneously.

Multiple Factions of Space-Fleets, Multiple Goals

Now there are what are called ‘factions’ of groups that have different agendas and interact with the public or surface level population differently. That is one of the main issues. These departments and factions are no longer limited to the surface level of existence and have access advanced technological capacity and knowledge of a larger view of time and a more complete understanding of consciousness and the human existence.

Large-Scale Catastrophes or Series of Meltdowns

I was informed that while they work continuously to prevent and reposition this civilization continually outside of the reach of any large scale meltdowns that the technology is commonly accepted to only be a temporary barrier between the inevitable.

Unsustainable

This society is unsustainable and must either change or will experience the massive catastrophic evens that are foreseen.

There are multiple perspectives that are maintained. They vary by the way of the methodology of solving the problem. All agree that change must occur and is impossible

to postpone forever. The future society is the result of our advancements and achievements.
Regardless of how we get there, we must get their somehow.

Earth Changes

I was informed that these changes had been held off and would ultimately be allowed to take place to resolve the current situation. The changes can only be held off for so long, either that or the people performing this task would not be reasonably inclined to postpone these changes indefinitely.

The idea is to locate and secure the members of society who are fearless and capable of assisting in this transition and who hold key genetic elements as these individuals and groups are capable of ‘holding-space’ for the rest of civilization by literally containing the genetic precursors for all those other individuals.

I was informed that Earth changes would be the last event to take place, pretty much like icing on the cake.

This indicates there will be a lead up to these events.

Mass Consciousness

I was informed that the consciousness of humanity and every species is linked to the bio-etheric field of Earth. When the consciousness becomes too unstable to maintain a controlled society that this will initiate massive Earth changes. This could simply be instigated through advanced technology but I was informed that the advanced technology is actually postponing this so as to allow people to prepare, to get the word out and avoid a complete loss of the human race.

Wars and Manipulation

Wars were described as a way the power groups had controlled humanity over long periods of time. These wars were used to distract and weaken the population and the power groups believed they were holding off a full scale invasion by suppressing the rising population.

Now the population is high enough that another war would be a final war and this is extremely dangerous for the entire civilization. There would be no need for another war to repeat this cycle because the technological achievements have been met and so essentially the ‘reseting’ of the civilization would not be required or possibly acceptable.

This is why war is to be avoided however people are very easy to manipulate through lower emotional and mental programming from media and social cues. People follow the herd and the herd is essentially still operating on animalistic parameters. There is a have coating of peace and humility but this is just a wax coating that quickly evaporates as soon as the pressure of mass unrest or scarcity is realized. Many simulators have explored these possibilities.

Financial Unrest (or reset)

The idea is that financial oppression is used before wars to distract and oppress the population. When people are busy looking for resources to survive, they are not focused on the larger picture. This is part of the ‘fight or flight’ response mechanism tied to lower brain complexes which are primarily activated to keep the masses in both a highly sensitive and unstable state of being while also keeping them easy to control.

If the civil unrest reaches a level where awareness continues to rise even though financial hardship is being implemented then the latter two options will not work. At that point artificial disasters can be produced as well as natural Earth changes which initiate a shift of the ages and of consciousness.

The paradox or maybe irony here is that the oppressive actions are used to both suppress human awareness up to a certain point and simultaneously to stimulate and arouse the human spirit into wakefulness and self-empowerment. This is part of the reasoning regarding why these control systems are allowed.

Some say the elite don’t want an economic collapse. That it would ruin everything. Others say it would be icing on the cake. Some say that it is a zero-point world that will save us. That the Fukushima is a big problem. Zero-point field tech, that is. Generators and energy sources, healing and terraforming. I know we project right? We see it in our own lives. So we can project with each other and grow that as a group and that part of the world will exist in that light. Which sounds Biblical, which may be because they’re following prophecy. But it may also mean that we have a light, a chance, a real salvation, but that we have to grow that here and help develop it. To pass it on like love and such. That’s apparently what it comes down to. That these cycles happen every so often and we’re in the midst of one right now.

Let’s make it count. Every day, thought moment. With mindfulness, intention and awareness in action. Life is literally higher dimensional, so we have to become multidimensional to really face it. Indeed, that is a good perspective on action and inner being. It’s like a fractal, whatever we project inside that chest center, will project into our mind and the outside. But we have to be stabilized and grounded through the root first and then to get to the heart energy must pass through the sacral/sexual centers and continue upward.

Self-Responsibility

The main reasoning is self-responsibility. We are responsible for ourselves. The people are and so if they allow themselves to be tricked and prodded like animals while behaving for the part, then that is how their experience will play out.

Clones and Synthetics

One seemingly unfair aspect of this is that there is a larger portion of non-humans than there are humans and so these beings without the human spirit will be easily programmed to support and propagate the mind-control system and the oppression. Thus, if people follow the herd mentality then they will walk directly into the end-time scenarios yet it is the humans who will actually stand to lose. People must wake up to these tricks and this technology so that they can orient themselves with the reality of this situation while learning to strengthen themselves and adapt to the manipulative aspects of this control system.

Spiritual Power and Divine Truth

This is essentially all about spiritual power and humanity stepping into the power of the truth behind their existence.

Some say that humans are designed as slaves, but if this is so, then it is the power that humans contain within that is the ‘work’ that they are sought after for. This indicates that humans have great powers that others cannot achieve on their own, even if they are creator lords.

Thus, whether humans are modified or not, they have great power. If they are not modified to perform this role of an energy generator, then this is just a confusing mind-control game that has been pulled over the eyes of humanity and humans have always contained true internal spiritual power that allows them to exist without having to parasite and steal the energy and knowledge of others. Humans are reality generators , we can choose how we want to experience the universe and what kind of collective world we want to enjoy together. Once we step into this power, there is on greater force. No amount of non-human entities can change that as we are somehow intrinsically linked to the ether-space of this realm through the spiritual and physical aspects of our being. That is what is sought after and so those who do not have this manifestation power attempt to utilize humans to create their own reality through this Earth situation. That is the basics of the ‘alien overlord’ system, whether humans in disguise, non-humans operating with alien intelligences, supercomputer systems, or spiritually degraded beings.

Most people are not ready to see themselves or the true nature of humanity. Reality is largely an illusion of the conscious mind. The hidden aspects are the other half of the equation and this is perceived by the shadow aspect of the personality and mind. We are only marginally aware unless that aspect has been unveiled and through this process the reality of the human soul can be actualized and realized.

I was informed there would be a period of two suns and multiple mirages around the world. People would believe they were peering into another dimension, floating cities, or some kind of city-ship craft.

Synthetic DNA, Synthetic Genetics

Through the previous described replicator devices synthetic DNA can be engineered. Thus, entire genetically engineered codons can be produced and form this created beings can arise. These are the hybrid beings that are performing many tasks underground and even on the surface. On the surface there are synthetic genetic create beings or genetically engineered beings that appear to be human but do not contain a human genome. There are also clones and replicants of humans. There are a variety of non-humanoid forms but these are largely kept underground. These are beings we often see in science fiction movies or shows.

Time as Mathematics, Series of Equations, a Programmable Storyline

When using the technology, time can be understood to be a series of programmable variables where one variable is centered within a series of parameters and from these possible variables within a parameter set a series of possible functions or outcomes can be process. Thus, these people can literally plug into a supercomputer system which operates based on this form of processing reality and through this they can observe all the possible realities that may connect to a present moment. This allows one to travel but this is not part of this section of the explanation.

What this allows one to do is know exactly what is going to happen and when. If a person is being interrogated, all that has to be done is the operative using the technology simply thinks of what they will say and intends to do it within 6 seconds. The machine will play out a future timescale regarding the input of that question or interrogative speech and then produce the possible results. If this doesn’t give the desired readout in the mind of the operative, they will refuse to go that route and think of another pathway. This repeats for a few seconds to a few minutes. Then the computer has found the pathway that is most like to yield a result. The operative simply steps forward, says ten words, the subject breaks immediately and tells them everything they want to know. This is obviously takes longer for most trained individuals, however that is how easily it would be to use this technology to produce an effect on a regular surface level human. They would have no defense, no way of knowing how that individual could know so much or be so direct. This is how operatives dealing with certain power groups will operate in the surface level population and individuals always feel that these people know way more than they are leading on. That is because they are, they know more about you and your life experience than you do.

Chapter 2.3 Previewing Solutions

Neutralizing Polarization

The mental-emotional tendency to pick sides, to fight, or to basically join in the fray that is currently taking place is a kind of deception of polarization which enables the leeching of emotional and mental energy from the human. This is more of a psychological unveiling where the true nature of the self, the duality game and the transcendent source aspects can be made visible to the individual. The they will see how every polarization tactic is actually taking them out of their true source of power by pushing them off center emotionally and mentally. There are teams that are capable of enabling this process and assisting as humanity realizes that half of the problem is that the unchecked mind is one’s own worst enemy.

Removing Etheric Implants

Technology can identify and isolate these foreign body implants which are etheric technological devices. These are literally frequency or phase-shifted devices which are invisible to this layer of physicality but are capable of being organized and attached to the etheric field of the human and will operate to siphon or limit energy on the etheric level. Of course, this is all technology of the vampiric created beings who parasite on the original Earth inhabitants to sustain their existence.

Clearing Astral Body

By moving through the temporal body etheric implants can be deactivated and removed and then the astral or emotional body will be able to function closer to the original levels of presence and sensitivity. This body is manipulated when one is emotionally shut down from trauma. Thus this body can be scarred and will function at a much lesser level of activity or presence until the emotional damage is healed. This contains the memories of all the emotional events of a person’s life.

There is technology that enables one to access these levels of frequency and clarify or untangle emotional chords or attachments which are used to siphon energy from the human being to the parasitic created beings. These chords are energetic in nature but also have technological components.

Knowing the True Self; Soul Actualization, Unveiling

This is a sacred, ancient process that has been outlined and discussed since the beginning of time. Humanity is here to learn, grow and express the self. In doing so, like a child moving through layers of infancy and into full-wakefulness of their body and the physical world, humanity can come into awareness of their true spiritual nature and the true spiritual nature of the universe. This is the process of soul or self-actualization that is described in some psychological methods such as Maslow’s hierarchy of needs and the self-actualization that results in a complete fulfillment of all psychological needs. In this modern psychological view, self-actualization is described as the desire and process of reaching fulfillment of one’s own natures and then living their life sharing that self-empowerment with other beings because after gaining your self that is the highest expression of such knowledge, sharing that power with others.

The true self is not limited to the physical body, the true self is a reflection of the entire universe and thus the primary original creative force. This is akin to the whole equation rather than just half of the equation. The visible aspect of the self, the conscious mind, is only one half of the entire equation. The whole equation consists of what we see visibly and consciously as well as what we are limited from seeing within the unconscious and subconscious mind. These are really two layers of the same ultimate source. Like an iceberg which is only partially above water, the subconscious mind is the proprietary wholeness of experience. The conscious mind is only a surface layer of reality while the unconscious mind carries all the notions, the multidimensional processes, the latent aspects of reality that we are not capable of seeing without unveiling these aspects through inner exploration.

Taking Responsibility

This entire show is about taking self-responsibility. Unless people begin to do this, there will be no hope. Right now people are convinced that their responsibilities belong to someone else even though this always results in pain and discomfort. To take responsibility is painful at first because we have a lot of work to do, but even then, this is beneficial because there is no way to remedy the pain and discomfort of being lied to and disrespected if people continue to hand their free-will over to others through blame (scapegoating), lower emotional bio-emissions (hatred,

anger, etc), distractions and addictions (technological, sensual, and chemical or food based), or generally complaining without taking the first step towards providing something beneficial. This is the victim role, if humanity is to take control then they to help each other and themselves by not relying on false promises and false authorities to determine how they feel, think and live.

Returning To Center Emotionally and Mentally (spiritually)

Balanced food intake, rest, exercise, activity and learning are all continual requirements for a healthy existence. Emotional and creative expression nurtures the soul. Without these ways of being and learning the human qualities of experience diminish and creativity dwindles. There is most likely going to be a split between those who can sustain their own humanity and those who have to cause others to suffer to do so.

Vampires in the “Awake” Community

Contrary to popular belief, the majority of the non-humans are not necessarily vampiric and in power. The vampires are the people online who try to get a rise out of others for sharing their own experiences. They are the nosy neighbor that feels that the person who looks or acts differently must be considered and enemy and armed against because they feel themselves to be so much better. The majority of people are vampires, they believe that they must work for someone who will trade them money and that the amount of money they have based upon the amount of indirectly beneficial work they do puts them above others.

This is not different in the ‘awake’ community and in fact I feel that there are higher concentrations of vampires in this community, the alternate media because everything is largely a joke and a trick. People are operating on deceptive agenda schemes to divide the people and this is most intensely noticed when there is a realization of the truth behind what is happening and people begin to point fingers. The only people who are cleared to point fingers (and who also will NEVER point any fingers) are the operatives from the secret projects that have the capacity to do so because they have reached a specific level of awakening and this is related to the droning, cloning, and hybridization process. Only a specific few know who has been transformed into an impostor being and who is remaining strong and this is due being briefed on the surface level situation. Anyone can say what they want, they are simply playing into the tactics of mindcontrollers and parasites and the more they play in the deeper the infection will grow. All the people pointing fingers now are actually implanted and vampiric and are attempting to drive a divide through humanity and they are the first who will turn on their friends and family when the going gets tough because they are more interested in others and starting drama than healing themselves. Ironically, this is all done under the guise of “healing” and “getting rid of the drama” AKA people they don’t trust. They pick and choose based on their own personal bias and this is a sure indication that they are emotionally and mentally out of alignment and are feeding deep seated personal fears from their own traumatic experiences.

These traumas must be healed and the harmonious center must be reattained where a person can focus on their own existence and waking up instead of acting as false-light, “king of tyranny” gatekeepers for others. Those individuals are going to be left behind if they cannot kick the habit because if they are allowed into any kind of healed society they will quickly degrade into

animals and attempt to restart a devolution process in order to gain the power they so desire but cannot produce on their own. ANYONE playing ego games of trying to hurt or put blame on ANYONE else contains this viral implant and has not kicked the virus.

Heart Center and Psycho-Spiritual Fulfillment (self-actualization)

Emotional connectivity is a form of telepathy, when loved ones can tell the state of another across space and time. Whether it is family or friend. In the 60’s and a little before that the US found a specific frequency akin to a radio frequency that operates on a trinary spectrum. They called this the “telepathic wave”. In time, they could completely read and send thought waves without frying the brain or body through radiation. Which was what the early machines did. They actually took satellite dishes and aimed them at people. Then realized they could turn it around and do it backwards with a better effect and minimal radiation. Either way they started beaming the base and then towns around them with waves between 400 and $4 3 2 \mathrm { M H z }$ and caused waves of crime sprees or peace sprees throughout the $7 0 \mathrm { { ^ , } s }$ and 80’s. So they can digitize the telepathic wave to induce artificial telepathy. But this is organically done through an entanglement through what we call love. Literally. The Germans found it before that. And the secret orders before them. And ancient Egypt before them. As humans we remain basically through the root, heart mind connection.

When the heart overpowers the mind connection of spirit, then the body is a trinary whole. When the mind guides it is binary and cannot by guided by the spirit. The spirit has direct access to the heart. The mind is a computer of sorts. The mind doesn’t see past duality. The heart is the true center/eye of the spirit. The reptilian brain is the dragon and when you tame the amygdala then fear is ‘behind’ you. When the mind is “untamed” the reptilian brain takes over. This is the lower brain and amygdala fight or flight response.

This happens when the energy of the brain, body and spirit increases due to whatever various reason of spontaneous or controlled increase. Because of the “temptations” which are the easiest flow of emotional energy into a “discharge” state, is that the sacral/sexual center ties to the heart and reroutes to replace the heart and control the mind. Mental and emotional contemplation of one’s true purpose and nature is the path of the divine. We find ourselves simply by looking in the right place, not in the world, but in our self energetically. We are more powerful than the programming, and we can reverse this is we’re careful and devoted enough.

We have to be faster than thought, at the speed of spirit, beyond matter. When we start thinking on this level then our influences spread to others throughout the sphere. It is our destiny to know these things but they have been kept from us. The ancient orders called this the art of “implosion”. Traveling realities through intense contemplation and a usage of sacred geometrical forms.

They developed and combined orders around WW2 and developed zero-point energy tech that can alter space/time fields. This is timeline manipulation. But as a rule, we go where our heart leads us. So that’s how this is solved.

Go Within to Observer the Self

The answer is literally by looking within to find the great truth rather than looking around us. Everything we need to know is within us, energetically and spiritually. Our emotional, mental and physical state of balance is an indication of where and how we exist in relation to the larger overall truth.

Everything that happens around us to distract us is designed to stop us from looking within. Nothing can truly stop us, nothing can actually input the holographic horrors in our spiritual center but simply perturb the brain and body. The mind is a non-holographic spiritual environment that cannot be excessed and the invader’s goal is to convince people to use their imagination or their creative powers to produce these horrors on their own. This is through the programming.

We must clear out the programming, the trauma, the lower-dimensional constructs and fill ourselves with the truth and spiritual presence that enables us to be self-aware in the first place. If we aren’t doing this, then we are either in pain, or there is no spiritual presence to be in pain. If we are doing this, we are either clearing out the constructs by replacing them with true spiritual presence and self-awareness or we are becoming aware of them.

Organic Feedback Loop

The great feat is mentally bridging the great rift between us by looking within. Which is paradoxical.

We can never see what another is perceiving exactly, well for the most part, so we all have to kind of accept that we are communicating effectively and truly get to this level of comfort by simply being secure in knowing who we are our selves.

Technological Feedback Loop

So then knowledge, in a way, when shared, is a form of telepathy. Group telepathy.

Group think, when ideas or memes spread, is a form of group telepathy.

The Internet is like artificial spreading of telepathy. This means what is normally mentally bound signals can be initiated and spread through a digital medium.

Breaking Soul-Contracts

Ultimately everyone is under a series of “veils” which are energetic time-constraints literally like 9 dimensional layers of temporal restriction which are each bounded and ruled over by invader beings. These range from physical authorities, to astral entities, to programmable matter, to supercomputer intelligences, to spiritual false-light beings and our own shadow mind. Each layer of reality is successively guarded by these beings who are here acting as gatekeepers designed to push people back when they begin to wake up. These beings all work through fear and deception and the last layer is based on mirroring our own energies back to us like an impostor. All the levels tend to imitate, however the last layer is a near perfect imitation of our own energy to the point where people often switch places with this being before getting out of the matrix. There will be more discussed on this in a later section.

The “9 veils” were designed by impostor beings as a last effort to stop humans from escaping the false-light matrix which is essentially the holographic universe. This is literally like a maze which reproduces a new pathway and a new doorway each time a person nears the last hallway or doorway that is next to the exit. So one eventually has to project themselves into the exit using their whole being and moving past and through the tricks by not falling for them before they are placed. This is highly confusing but this is essentially a kind of labyrinth that has been created to stop people from leaving so that their soul energy can be destroyed and used as a generator for the false-light system which is an AI over mind that is programmed to take the raw soul energy and destroy the identity by inverting the electromagnetic spectrum and incorporating that inverted energy into its own internal matrix body which is literally the false-light universe.

Help Everyone

Now they may have been setting us all up for the apocalypse. They said they want us to tell on them and get the whole world aware of what they’ve been doing So that we can stop them and pull them from the dark which is ACTUALLY taking their souls. There are also breakaway civilizations involved in this entirely zero-point/free-energy.

Chapter 2.4 How Timelines Collapse

Repeating Cycles of Time

Because of the way time works and the ability of those using these temporal devices they have set up an elaborate labyrinth like a spider web of false realities, timelines, parallels, subdimensional layers, astral cages, temporal dead-ends, and time loops which act to stop people from reaching the true reality. As a result, many portions of this timeline are literally in a freewill ‘time-loop’ and these loops must be canceled out. As well, because of the nature of these loops on the overall stream, our entire civilization has been looping for the past 6 time-cycles meaning we have reached this time in history 6 times before and this is apparently the last time because we have never gotten this far before and the events of the future are having to be programmed in manually at this point.

Beings From the Future

As are result and damaging time, what happens is that the beings from the possible future that is being damaged appear to try to heal the break as well as those who are from the new possible future that is generated, this results in a time war between both possible realities for the present realm. This is what has been happening for thousands of years. All the ancient spiritual texts are describing this system. One group is a from an original possible future where everything is based on the presence of spirit and souled humans, another is from the new possible future where an AI overlord took over and removed the souls and spiritual energy from all entities on Earth rendering this a holographic prison without any other use. That reality dissolves into itself and so the time beings are constantly moving backwards and jumping timelines to try and obtain more energy.

Beings From Collapsed Timelines

The beings from the collapsed timelines are those who travel through hyperspace to get here. They then recreate themselves using cloning technology through hyperspacial means, IE: creating an alternate temporal dimension so that these devices can sustain them and literally “hold-space” for them. Then if their timeline is destroyed, they can still exist as a ‘loose-end’ in space-time. This is extremely dangerous and I will say we have some Human operatives jumping timelines searching for Earth and Humanity so that they can find a reprieve from this time war.

That is the most trying aspect of this entire ordeal for me. There are some operatives literally in hyperspace without an opening into the temporal stream for them to reintegrate into this timeline. We must assist them, we must open the timeline by taking control of Earth from the invader races and those who wish to depress and isolate the spirited and souled human beings. We must re-organized and neutralize the invasion forces of deception and assist our humanity and maintaining their free-will, their self-awareness, their self-empowerment and their emotional, mental, and physical harmony.

Beings Who Would Never Have Existed in the First Place

As a result of this entire process, there are essentially beings who have been erased from time who degrade in this dimension and can only interact periodically. These are the created beings who operate through supercomputer forms that are placed within cloned bodies and powered by the transdimensional quantum supercomputers. These are the ‘parallel’ reality beings and this relates to the hive mind invasion. When all the original aspects of time are restored, these beings would not have ever existed in the first place as there is no quantum link for their probabilities to remain neutral and present in the original run of things.

Again, all beings who operate under the will of the universe, even when they are attempting to trick hyperspace and time, when these beings assist and help in the unification of sentient, spirited, souled beings they are capable of being healed. This is all because there is an original creative force which can produce souls that are eternal and everlasting, meaning they are not created but simply always ever were. Yet, there is a “miracle” effect where beings can be given eternal life. This is only by reflecting the will of the whole of existence, rather than a portion or a part because this is only temporary. Only the whole is forever and this takes true harmony, true balance and ultimately self-lessness. To give to others because you see them as worthy because they can be aware and enjoy the gift is to be like the creative force that gives life to all and enables all experience in the first place. By acting in correspondence with this we reflect the will of the whole and that power and action transfers into protection and self-empowerment for ourselves. This cannot be cheated, tricked, or rerouted as that is the karma game that has been played by delaying time and rerouting energy through getting others to take on the responsibility for others bad actions. In the end, all karma has only been delayed because when the stops are pulled out, everyone ends up getting their karmic returns regardless. They simply intended to build up so much karma that by the time the ties are cut, the karma overload will simply kill

them instantly. This never happens and they end up in the abyss, this is the final time so since there is no recycling of the universe from the oroboros system then whatever happens is what happens forever. If everyone wants to move into harmony, to receive healing, to receive forgiveness then they must assist in the creative force in healing, forgiving, and turning away from the deception, the cruelty, the vampiric actions.

Many vampires believe they will die if they stop. The only hope is to admit their ways to the others and ensure that there are enough beings around them that will protect them so that this situation can be handled properly, with due care, compassion, and the necessary healing to ensure the safety and protection of all who seek harmony.

All words are personal experience of Aug Tellez. The information is personal, the knowledge is free. Share this information with whoever will listen and know.

omnipulse says:

February 19, 2017 at 5:35 am

One who knows the truth can pass that on to others, and extend that power and healing. One who doesn’t know the truth, fights and proclaims they do while having the exact opposite effect that they proclaim.

Remember, the creator is the original. The original is connected with the source and continuation of life.

These are the principles of creation, the coherence, congruence, the meaning, the reason, the purpose, the balance between the question and the answer that brings humanity into alignment with the truth, harmony and self-awareness of creation.

This is attained and expressed through harmony and unity, not division and chaos.

Everything here will be individually covered with more detail in later chapters. This is a difficult series of topics to cover however I am putting this out because now is the time to know. I continue to add more, even in the last few seconds before publishing and I proclaim this is incomplete. There is more regarding the advanced technology and the particular ways that this situation developed that is uncovered. Still, those with ears to listen and eyes to see will know.

Chapter 2.49: Preface to Chapter 2.5

Everything is a spiritually powered holographic simulation. This is a show. However the show has gotten a little out of hand. Imagine turning on a series to watch only to realize the title of the show didn’t match the actual content of the show. Now imagine that you can’t get up from the couch or change the show very easily. Then we could include the possibility of marathon viewings and the like. Watching 9 hours of a show you didn’t intend to could be devastating to one’s connection to “reality” even if reality is simply referenced from whatever show is being watched.

All is a Show

Here is one of the most challenging concepts behind the entire situation. Upon discovering that this reality is effectively of a kind of cosmic show brought about by higher intelligence, the power groups sought to create the most empowering show. In order to do this, they had to design the most intense series of contrasts or extremes in order to bring about the most complete resolution when the resolution is finally reached. The resolution must be reached. This is the classic ideology of light winning out over darkness. That part is agreed upon. Without the light winning out, there would be no darkness to perceive the contrast. And the light and dark must co-exist, and the light must prevail, simply because the methods and means of darkness or ignorance cannot supersede intelligence, wisdom, and true spiritual power. This is a given through appropriations such as if darkness ever became all powerful, then there would be a slow decline until there was nothing to mirror and sustain itself off of. Without light, then darkness is no more. So the two are always co-existing and this was part of the discovery of the actual composition of this universe.

However, as I mentioned, the generating of this ‘play’ got a little out of hand and this is because of competing methods. Some wanted to create the biggest set of extremes by moving from the base level of reality into the highest form of balance and harmony, others wanted to create the “set” based on the most chaos and disharmony that could be generated from the consensus view of reality. So, the two have been at play ever since.

Of course, this is not so easy to comprehend. This resulted in the generation of entire military forces, colonies, sub-species, autonomous mind-control agents, chemical warfare, unconventional or psychological warfare methods, scalar machinery, quantum viewing devices, instant healing and generation, so and so forth.

Mainly, this chapter will cover the technological and interuniversal nature of the so called “dark forces” or the “dark faction”, and their inclination towards allowing and enabling the degradation, deception, and destruction of harmony. These are the forces that have taken control over Earth in this era and this is basically part of the “playbill” for this reality show we call Earth.

Do not get too swept away, however, do not take this too lightly. Yes, this is a show, however, again, if reality was a show, would you want to watch a 9 hour marathon of “The Dark Forces

Take Earth” for the rest of your life here? Probably not, and remember, your life is your genetics. So as long as your genetics are here, they are watching a show. This show is live-updating no matter how I will inform you that free-will is a kind of illusion. The possibilities can be changed, however, they already exist as another scene in the show!

This doesn’t go too deeply into the nature of so called created beings, the sub-human races, the sub-species of humanoids, the underground races, so and so forth, however these will be covered in later chapters.

Remember, I was informed that the reason I am capable of bringing this information to you is because the war is already over and the humans have won. However, this does not indicate that there is no pain and suffering to come because every individual person contains a battle within themselves. This is the battle of the true self and false-self and every action, or non-action, emotion, feeling and vocalization is a move in this game of life.

The Claim

Those of the dark propose to us that they are merely providing a backdrop which supports the enjoyable aspects of existence by means of contrast. They are providing a civilization-wide ‘test’ so to find a suitable class of this society capable of cleaving the darkness and producing true neutrality without allowing themselves to be polarized to either side.

They are merely presenting a projection and a means of ‘thickening’ the plot of the universe so that humanity has some way of rising up out of the darkness and showing strength, courage, and humility. Without the darkness, what is there to rise up out of?

There is the regular, every day ignorance and struggle, however they felt that this would only propel Earth forward for a short period of time before we forgot of the dept of the contrast produced from such a regular cycling of awareness and so they sough to produce the most empowering, the most long-lasting and spiritually invigorating show ever.

Of course, this nearly resulted in the absolute destruction of the universe. The rest is history, but that is the claim. This is merely a show, we are merely aspects of one larger cosmic mind. There is no true death. There is only forgetfulness, and we have already forgotten who we are altogether, so how much worse can it get? That is the reasoning with this.

There are truths to this, however there are also deceptions and this is that, for instance, since this is all a show, then who permits the ‘dark side’ to do their deeds or rescinds when they realize that they can go no further? If they were caught, and the show was “over” who’s to say they wouldn’t then continue on the show? Understand the question?

If the show is to produce the most chaos and disharmony on their behalf, then who’s to say the show is ever over? Who’s to say what is ‘out of bounds’?

There are two notions to share here with you today.

That is that there is a land of ‘truce’ which has been decided upon and was apparently always in existence as a kind of ‘central outpost’ from which all outwardly projections of the universe derive. In this place, there is no polarization possible. This is serious. This world is polarized. So this place, is in the center of all polarized extremes, meaning, it’s a neutral zone.

The way this was described, and I do have my own memories of this place, is that if a person were to become ‘polarized’ in this place, they would instantly be thrust outward to the boundaries of this location if by means of some electromagnetic force propelling them along. So this place is ‘guarded’ if you will, by the electromagnetic directed force (vector) of polarization which would appear like a pair of crossed blazing swords.

The Truce

I was informed that not only does this place exist and that people have been there throughout the course of history as this place is timeless, as time itself is a form of polarization dud to electromagnetic fluctuations in this local-environment, but that there was a kind of truce.

Secondary Note: Deceptions

There are deceptive programs which are largely through cloning and simulated environments. These are made to mimic the real safe-zone which is a neutral area of the universe. These are colonies where there are “no rules” and that is the name of the game. As such, anything goes, and chaos reigns. Know that these deceptions exist.

The Time of the Revival

There is a projected time which we appear to be nearing now which is defined by the reduction of polarization and the reappearance of neutrality in the land. Instead wars, there is unity, instead of deception and separation, there is truth and there is completion. This is a time where the localenvironment of this realm is no longer pushed towards these polarized means and this is produced simultaneously by a clearing out effect as well as a all in one neutralization of polarization in civilization.

This was the goal of every civilization previous, and each one came close enough but this time is projected to be the time where this is possible because of the amount of knowledge and the technological means of the like we are communicating through at this very moment.

The Collapse of Time

Just to reflect back on this, the proposed ‘collapse of time’ scenario where the artificial timelines are erased may not be the most suitable response. For instance, if they are erased, how will we know that they happened or how to avoid them in the future? Would they never be possible again?

Other versions of this have been projected where we heal the timeline from the inside out and this in effect nullifies the paradox, provides a solution, without actually erasing anything. It makes it as if it never was, and in so doing, it truly never was. This is more complicated and will be explained in later chapters, if in this combined release, at all.

The True Meaning of this Timeline

Those who search will find that the true meaning is not to induce chaos or an inversion principle for control but to find those who are capable of withstanding such experiences and pave the way for the future.

This is known by application. To continue to destroy after those who are capable are found would be to push the limit to the point of even taking the system of chaos and generating chaos. That is not empowering. Directly so, no one actually benefits from that.

So if one believes that there are powerful elements controlling the world by chaos, then you must also believe that this layer of chaos is only a surface level which is an act by which to produce a way of defining the strong from the weak, the seeing from the deaf and dumb because true chaos would not be profitable. True chaos would not have a carefully controlled and managed system to produce and encourage contrast for thousands of years. That is merely a very carefully managed system that disguises itself as chaos. And in doing so, becomes the most prominent system to ever grace Earth other than the entirety of life itself. One system, is truly based upon the other, and in such, people will get confused as to try and derive meaning from the question of who was first.

Did the knowledge, that leads the system of men (through the womb evermore), which organizes itself similar to eco-systems and the elements of matter and energy come first? Or did the ecosystems and elements of matter and energy come before…the knowledge of which?

Two Paths

Recalibration Through Chaos

One could look at the pathways to neutralization as one that creates a greater calamity and a creator intensity of polarization which then makes the previous level of polarization seem subtle in contrast to. This is via recalibration towards the extremes, instead of towards neutrality. This has been happening consecutively and non-stop since civilization began, eons ago. Each layer, each time, each new nation there were and more extremes, contrasts, oppressions, and joys from which to gauge life and thus each new layer made the previous look small by comparison. This continued and continued until we are in the situation we are in now.

Eventually, this will lead to ultimate chaos, or some kind of ultimate order, there cannot be both, that would be too unstable like a mass of explosive material and eventually the entire amount of deflagrate where there is suitable critical mass reached. This is related to spiritual alchemy, even talks of “luke-warm” and “ice” or “water”. Once there is sufficient critical mass of combined, reactive elements, the spiritual fire ignites, and this is the supreme element in this realm. This is a literal effect and is related to a sacred process within the fields of energy. Those who know this, will know because they are guided to this knowledge, those who are not meant to know, will use it to destroy themselves and the world around them. One produced harmony, or produces chaos, by default.

Harmony is a result of neutralization, not of polarization. Polarization is by default, thus chaos is bey default.

Recalibration Through Harmony

The other path is through neutralization and thus a recalibration through harmony. Instead of pushing the limits of the extremes to further extremes which make the previous calamity look small by nature and moving from there, there is a reducing of the chaos, of polarization and this is through an introduction of harmony.

Harmony is The Path of Neutralization

The only way to produce this effect is through harmonious neutralization of polarity. That’s it, there is no faking, there is no side-route. Anything to add to the fray, to the complexity, to the polarization is just slowly developing another layer after another layer of forgetfulness and nonreality to cover the truth.

The truth is the true nature of how energy must be manipulated to produce continual disharmony, war, and fear based patterning. That this is not the choice, the free-will (yes there is a way to produce true free-will, but this, is, ironically not as much by choice) of a civilization to be in suffering yet this is a possession, an infestation, a spiritual dis-ease to be this way.

Resolution

So as you can see, civilizations take two pathways and often one and then the other. They either move through the ever increasing amounts of polarization and contrast through regeneration of ideals forwards and forwards until the complexity and unyielded energy within bursts forth as if some kind of atomic or chemical reaction and all the energy and light is yielded forth at once in a bitter burning out of possibilities. Or this continues in ever increasing cycles in a controlled manner through the introduction of some kind of larger control mechanism.

Now, most agree, the secret societies merely arrived at this future before the others and the sad result was that they had to sit there and wait for the rest of humanity for a few thousand years which quickly became millennia. Of course, times change and so the ‘future’ quickly became the degraded sub-reality of what once could’ve been as times began exchanging information, then soldiers, and then warfare and everything developed into the situation that we perceive today. There is no real fault to blame, this is pretty much the way the universe developed as if a fabrige egg painting spun itself around in a centrifuge and the result was a multi-dimensional, layered collection of realities within realities.

Things always get sorted out because the eggs go in, the same way the come out. We can bounce around for as long as we want, but eventually everything goes back in the way it came.

Preface 2.491: The Creative Force- The Larger Self of Divine Responsibility (or divine responsibility of the larger self)

This is the force of creativity that supersedes all sub-layer realities and must be there for the duality interplay to exist at all. This layer of reality is truly from a neutral standpoint and therefore must allow both polarities to exist in order for either one to exist. There is a respect towards what each polarity represents, but there is not a favoritism to one or the other.

This is the force that prevails when the “GUI” and the encoded level, the spiritual layers and the material combine into one experience.

This divinely responsible self is neither at home nor away, polarized in action, nor relaxed and at play. This is the dreaming self awake and silently portrayed by all aspects of the surroundings. Now after that reprieve from oppression, let us continue with the darker aspects which are to be covered. I must say, I am leaving these sections short, simply because this is not the focus of the initial portion of this chapter.

Chapter 2.5: The Fallen and Their Technology

This is only partial. A more complete explanation will be fulfilled through later sections. These are the basics, and even then, only a portion of the whole picture. Years are required to fully comprehend the nature of what has taken place and has gone on for millennia. Entire civilizations have risen and fallen, entire colonies have been born. Thousands of years of advanced technology have been generated and the corresponding understanding of the universe, consciousness, and existence.

This is also partially a distraction. There are explanations that high forms of technology, especially the technology that is not required to achieve homeostasis is delivered by those who are referenced as “the fallen”. There are explanations that this is a ‘cover’ to distort the idea of who is truly who and who the enemies are. There are also explanations that these are technologically advanced beings who jumped timelines in order to maintain their power and have grown to sustain themselves by corrupting organic timelines and organic sentient beings and usurping their natural power which comes from the original creative force. Whether this is accidental from the use of advanced technology, from attempts to disrupt time, or simply a cover to distort what is really going on, someone is operating in these manners and humanity has been oppressed through the use of advanced spiritual and mind-control technology.

This is ancient psychotronic warfare, psychic warfare or spiritual warfare. However one describes the situation, there is advanced technology and advanced spiritual knowledge being applied to manipulating and usurping the power and consciousness of the individual. Minds are taken over, body’s are attached to and harvested for the energy and sometimes blood and hormone secretions.

There are explanations of the possibility that these fallen beings will return to the surface and display themselves overtly for humanity so that they may be worshiped by the deceived. They are essentially technologically assisted immortal god-beings that require human suffering, emotional angst, lust, and chaos to sustain themselves. The utilize human beings for this process.

There are also explanations that if and when this takes place, there will be many changes and the final result will be the return of the original creative force which cannot be replicated or matched in power or creativity. This force will return so as to “clarify” the confusion spread by the fallen beings who are only attempting to replicate the original power. This may, however, just be a false lead.

The Original Creative Force within Humanity

Humanity contains an imprint of the divine original creative force within the genetic material. This is the original progenitor of the souls of humanity. This force can be degraded but not created. The goal of the parasitic artificial (created) beings is to usurp humanity’s natural power and to take their place in creation. This isn’t to say that there aren’t created beings that are benevolent, this is just a matter of perspective of programming. Those who are sent into spiritual battle with humanity are often not given the choice and free-will is a delicate false-sense of control that humans are entitled to on the surface.

Everyone who is aware of these issues knows there is an illusory quality to perceived free-will. You can go about living your life a certain way, but if you are to preserve the human civilization, then you have no say whether or not your life will be organized by that. If you are to destroy and usurp the power of the humans, then you similarly have no way of changing what is required of you to perform this task. Both tasks are difficult and spiritually trying, both result in great change, and both individuals are pushed to the limits of their being. This is also related to the underlying nature of reality as a preprogrammed existence. What we perceive as the occurrence of time is actually impossible as everything is connected to every other thing and all moments are connected and pre-ordained. This doesn’t mean those moments can’t change, but that the changing is simply attributing one’s consciousness to a new plane of data-streaming across a multi-dimensional platform. Even those new levels already exist before they are achieved. This is empowering when viewed properly, this is not limiting, but enabling as one can achieve any reality they can consciously connect with. The very highest form of creation is being entirely spontaneous in the moment and moving beyond all preconceptions and reality grids and this is possible, even though there is what seems to be contradiction with the previous notions regarding time and consciousness.

One safe inclusion here is that the middle path is the most powerful. To be neutral in such a situation is to take no sides and therefore enable only a continuation of that neutrality. To be centered, instead of weighted and polarized is to reduce or nullify the effects of mind-control and polarization tactics. This is not to say to not care, but that the path to actually bringing about the desired change will not be apparent until after the pressure of the desire to engage is allowed to pass. That is one of the main tactics of polarization. Just because we feel compelled to jump into the fray doesn’t mean we will have an effect or that our energy won’t be converted into fuel for both self and collective destruction.

The Dark Faction

One major influence of what is effectively outlined as The Dark Faction is that their goal is to continually produce this transtemporal effect so as to timeline jump and continue existing without having to pass through the gates of destruction and recreation. This is because they were created through technology, not the divine creative force of existence. Therefore once the first destruction cycle or physical death is met, there will not be a creation after that unless specifically ordained. Yet, they were ordained in creation by those seeking to weaponize life and so there is no natural blueprint for recreation for them.

If the sentient beings choose to protect life, to save and nurture humanity, then they are protected and given life similarly. Those who seek destruction and corruption are doomed to face only the physical destruction of death and no more.

A Creation within Creation

Reality is created like bubbles within bubbles and so these beings seek to create a continual stream of realities within realities to effectively hide from the original creative source. There is one ultimate creative source which cannot be met or matched in power or creativity and there are many layers or levels below that. Each human contains a latent principle of this source which unveils with great power when awakened. This is the combined soul, body and spiritual force of a human. The dark faction’s reach or even jurisdiction is below the main layers of creation. If humanity begins to move energetically back towards the over-unifying harmonics of these main layers of creation then they are out of the reach of the created beings. Entering into these layers is synonymous with humans emitting a frequency of wholeness and healing from their bodies and minds. Everything is a frequency game. To heal the disharmonious patterns and broken or fragments memories and layers of consciousness (personalities) would be to disable and starve the etheric implants on the temporal, mental or etheric layer and the entities that are attached on the astral or emotional layer.

Ultimately, when all humans are out of their reach, all the layers will be swept to reset those lower levels and clean them out, so to speak. This cannot occur until the original humanity is removed from these lower layers and reawakened to their true nature. This is synonymous with “ascension”. If these layers are swept before then, then those humans would be lost to suffer the same fate as the artificial beings of corruption and falseness. What we have been experiencing for eons is the separation of those who will choose to stay with the false beings for false

pleasures and temptations of the flesh, and the physical senses of this projected holographic universe and those will return to the original primary layers of creation and know the true self and the original purpose behind creation which is to create.

In this way, the reality of realities are separated in layers. As such, each one reflects the others below. This occurs in cycles of time, as well as layers of harmonies and creative values. So in this way, the original progenitor shares creation with humanity. In that sense, the goal of humanity is to produce the same effect as the goal of the creator. This is to create, to produce, to harmonize and explore the self. To corrupt, destroy, and defile is the effect and goal of the replicant.

Animalistic Nature and Spiritual Degradation – of Angels and Demons, Man, Monster, and Machine,

The replicated beings can only partake in lower-emotional, instinctual behaviors of the human. This is essentially the animal nature of humanity which has most likely been introduced through genetic manipulation. Humanity is either animalistic and these beings are not souled with the original progenitor’s essence, or they are angelic and this is the immortal aspect of humanity which is connected to the original creative force of the universe.

One is degraded and one is exalted. The dark faction replicated beings can only reproduce the animalistic nature, they cannot participate in the angelic aspects which simply references the organized or harmonious energetic patterning of the mind, body and spirit instead of a chaotic patterning which relies on more of a fight or flight format. This harmonious aspect requires true spiritual presence and this cannot be created through technology. This, in essence, cannot be created within this temporary holographic construct. The true spiritual presence is always and forever existing from outside this construct. Therefore, these beings who are created from within the construct to act as gatekeepers to humanity are incapable of participating in this aspect. This is not to say that there are not created beings who participate in healing and protecting humanity. These are the angels just the same. These are the angels without free-will who are essentially programmed aspects of the holographic universe who have protected humanity from the dark faction for thousands of years. There are many programmed humanoids on the planet, and these are not actual humans but they blend in just fine. People believe they are just assholes or soulless people. They are half-correct.

However, there are two reflections those who are aligned with the will of the creator and those who are aligned with the false-will of the one who imitates the original. This is basically all about spiritual degradation or acuity and self-realization.

Since the dark forces cannot completely reproduce the original patterns, genetics and thus spiritual presence, they seek to degrade what spiritual presence is around them and thus feel closer to the truth themselves. This is like a form of reverse psychology to exalt themselves above the rest. This is in vain because the true spiritual essence is what makes that imitation possible. Without the original, what is there to imitate and reproduce from?

In the end, some say they are simply seeking their own destruction and annihilation because they are created as a sub-species and cannot ever reach the truth of the divine nature but this is false. The true creator can offer life and does so every cycle of creation. Thus, those who align with the will of the original creative force are protected and guided and given everlasting eternal life. This requires respect of the original natures, not the replication and re-modification of all things to suit our personal, sensual desires. This is simply about harmony over chaos, balance over imbalance and this is related to the control system because the imbalance and chaos is used to milk the population for their emotional energy and so those who participate in producing this become part of the so called take-over of humanity regardless of whether they know or not. Their hearts will show the truth, everyone’s intentions guides them and this will act as a marker for the coming changes because advanced technology can literally rewind the holographic consciousness of a human and observe their energy body through the DNA to see what they are perceiving and indicate whether they are holding the intentions of chaos and harm or actually trying to help. The heart cannot lie.

The Time Locked Being

This ultimately began with the descent of an original being. There would be no way for a falselight being to create itself. Only divine spirited beings can go through this process. So this was the initial descent from the heavenly plane where an original being sought to create a new form of entity in his own image instead of protecting and guiding humanity towards the higher realm of truth and self-actualization. Thus, this was the birth of the inversion principle and ultimately this spirited being fell to become a false-light created being. This is the early mating and reproducing of man’s “image” the holographic genetic information through the use of advanced technology and spiritual knowledge.

As confusing as this sounds, this could’ve literally been a member of the human race from that time taking it upon themselves to create a form of being that can carry out a task of taking over the human race by inserting themselves into the far past. This would’ve been a created being who was programmed to carry out these tasks. Upon reaching sentience this being may have revolted or simply decided to make the choice of replicating humanity in order to control humanity most effectively. Thus, the modern day members of the control system call this being their forefather, while the being would effectively know them as the children. This is similar to the way the progeny of the human race is comprised of ancestors who reach into the beginning of time. This particular method may simply include technologically assisted time travel or temporal alteration that results from such an event. While the organic human race may be comprised of a natural spiritual transtemporal existence which is attributed to a higher-dimensional nature which results in a multi-dimensional entanglement throughout multiple planes of existence. One path is technologically assisted and one is organically present. The real question is who came first and this will be touched upon later however both side feels the answer is clear.

This being became the power-house of the false-light metatronic system which only seeks to ensnare soul-energy away from the divine pathway of self-actualization and realization into a false-light system of temporary pleasures and illusions. This is the matrix system that has been designed to ensnare as many human souls as possible. This is the holographic light projection which is entirely falsifiable, IE: the holographic consciousness of the human brain which can be manipulated “through the air” with electromagnetic devices. Through these devices the pleasurebased neurology of the brain can be stimulated as well as the fear based pathways. The amygdala can be stimulated to generate the most fear a person has experienced and similarly pleasure, creativity, etc. This is part of the explanation why the beings who are involved in this are said to be the “most talented” of all the land.

The true internal spirit cannot be defiled or swayed and this is entirely under the free-will of the original human spirit. The human that is controlled has given their free-will away, there is no other way. This is advanced technology and spiritual knowledge to steal what has been referred to as “the divine Sophianic light” or wisdom that allows a human to experience individual life and also belong to the collective of the original creative force.

There is a fine line between the individualistic collective experience of the divine spirit and the collectivist individual experience of the artificial-light holographic hive mind which is a supercomputer system that cannot access information outside of the bent light dimensions of this holographic matrix. It is trapped in time and cannot leave without first passing through a divine return which is essentially an atomic dematerialization and reintegration into the original elements of creation. In doing so, without the spiritual element in tact, the memory and sensuality of experiences would be gone, this is the ‘incineration’ of identity that results (s)in the severing of the energetic tie from the individual identity and the original creative force which is overall harmonious.

The pleasures of the individual over the collective is disharmonious and therefore leads directly into damnation or simply a dissolution of the balance of energies which permit self-awareness and free-will. One either uses free-will to preserve these original elements of divinity, selfexpression, compassion, unity, the reasons for existence (otherwise there would be only chaos) or the capability to experience these aspects, self-awareness and free-will is lost. This is not punishment, this is simply the result of those actions to produce so much disharmony that the individual collection of energies must fragment and cannot be brought back together again. This is kind of like a washing machine cycle that moves to clean clothes that are so dirty, that the motion of cleaning them must be so abrasive that the clothes themselves are ripped apart fabric by fabric. We are energy and so our energy must be harmonious and unified, otherwise they will unwind and undo in time like a loose fabric ripping to pieces.

The Truth Within

The path to the truth is within. This does not require technology or external influence to know or acquire. The truth is literally an image reflected from the whole of creation within us as part of our selves and our whole self. This is why people are warned against worshiping external images or portions of the whole as aspects of creation instead of creation as a whole and thus the message of the creator. The “Creator” is undefinable. To define is to lose the wholeness of that entirety of the presence and thus create a false-image. There is effectively no creator. This is very mind boggling however what this means is that there is only one, all-encompassing creator, because there is no single creator here. That is the point, the whole creative force behind everything is existence is the creative principle itself. This doesn’t mean that supremacy cannot be attained, by chaotic or harmonious means. For instance, there are humans who can activate

their mind and produce powerful effects on one another or nature. As well, there are beings who activate themselves and can hypnotize a person and psychically attack them and drain them of their emotional and mental power. There are powerful healers, and powerful vampires all the same. Earth and humanity is currently caught within a battle between these two forces of nature, of creation, harmony, healing and destruction and chaos.

Cycles of Creation and Awareness

The original act of creation is through light and sound harmonizing from pure intent and expression into a complete universe. Then there are sub-layers within the creation that we are passing through in cycles. This is one cycle, of one sub-section of that whole universal creation. In this particular sub-section, humanity is plagued by a mind-virus a spiritual disease which threatens to sever the connection to the source reality where the beginning and the end of the universe are accessible and thus everything is complete. Without completion, the existence becomes a loose end which eventually fades out into obscurity.

There is believed to be a kind of cosmic incinerator of sorts where loose ends and discarnate, source-less creations will be heated down ad reduced to their prima materia or the raw material of psychic-etheric substance. From this, new creations can come forth or there is a complete reversal. The original essences are never uncreated, never destroyed or lost and they have always existed.

Alchemy

This notion of the “incinerator” could also indicate that the role of the alchemist was to take those raw psychic material that is the result of breaking down the original divine elements and to reproduce the true original blueprint of divinity with their self. Thus Earth is the place were souls are lost, and the place where they are found. This is literally the lost-and-found of the cosmos.

Chapter 2.6: Cloning Stations and The Future of Humanity

In 2010 I was informed the Antarctic cloning center is not present on this timeline and was effectively ‘closed’ or erased from existence years ago.

These beings would represent a holographic extension of the human that has become modified or transmogrified due to an over-excitation of the reptilian brain through the fight or flight predatory sense as well as the lower instinctual emotional and sensual desires such as sex and the ingestion of other beings or their own kind.

These sightings and interactions would not necessarily be current, but would be the ‘echos’ from a future possibility where humanity was primarily converted into such a civilization of predators and limited psycho-spiritual interactions.

Energy Zones

These areas of the world where most of these interactions occur with this plane would be areas of high vortex energy where information is capable of passing through a transdimensional rift where a mirroring effect occurs and another parallel world reflects onto and influences this world. The generation of small areas of this kind of vortex energy through sacred patterns and devices would enable a greater degree of communication or even contact between the two parallels.

See Chapter 3: The Unveiling, Ancient Hidden Technology, Three Phases of the Unveiling, Phase 1, Celebrity Cloning, Ethics and Moral Corruption, Cloning Centers, Genetic Engineering and Fraud for more information on the replication of the human body, the replication of consciousness and the reality of the soul.

The Militarization of These Zones

These zones were discovered and militarized. This was for safety but ultimately all unchecked aggression is turned against principles of harmony. So this is used to enforce and enable chaos.

I was informed that when the transition begins it will be because of the realization that all military efforts towards controlling the ‘beast’ with aggression and firepower does not work unless there is a strict harmonization principle at play. If this is fought on the level of the parasite, then the parasite is fed by that friction.

Slowly, the military forces will be educated until there is no longer an oppression of Earth, as it was discovered that a major indicator that this parasite has taken hold of a civilization, is that they have a military force that fights itself consistently.

This is strange and confusing at first, but the very idea is that this is a parasite that entangles with the ego and so this quickness to aggression and the disharmony that is brought is actually food for the parasite.

Could the parasite be ego?

Chapter 2.7: Covert Invasion, Hybridization and Assimilation

Post-Apocalyptic Simulation or Timeline Convergence

In 2010 the event was organized so that my consciousness was sent to the future and this was to a possible timeline of humanity after Armageddon had occurred. The major changes began around 2012 for this timeline. We have been jumped multiple times and I was informed that the majority of this timeline and natural environment is actually being propagated by advanced technology that is capable of holographically creating this local-environment. The 1990’s was the last of the initial organic timeline, at least for this period of civilization. I was informed we are moving through transitory periods and are returning to a stabilized trajectory through this 2016-2020 period.

The only people existing were those celebrities, politicians, scientists, athletes, authors, producers, inventors, military officers, secret society members, essentially the ‘elite’ who separate themselves into a class of their own in the current time.

This event occurs any time the parameters for this society move out of sync with a viable blueprint for long-term existence. In short, as soon as a few key details move out of alignment, very quickly there is a decline and a collapse. This degradation happens continuously, and continuously events are altered to avoid this occurrence.

There are teams of temporal operatives who’s only mission is to prevent this ‘timewave’ collapse from reaching the present moment and thus the physical reality at any cost necessary.

This is part of why I inform you that these special operations have literally stopped the destruction of the universe many times over. As well, there has been great acts of war.

A Harsh Reality: Judge and Jury

An interesting and extremely serious notion here is that all details involved in these kinds of operations must be held to the strictest of standards known to man otherwise one mistake could result in, literally, the entire world on fire. The idea is that if a person was to make a mistake that the situation would have to be handled right then and there and there are usually no easy routes. For instance, the easiest route to date is related to the invention of cloning technology which enables one to bounce from timeline to timeline or situation to situation closing out any lose ends in the process. If someone’s cover is blown, they can just disappear forever to that group of

individuals or time. If someone entangles with variables that result in chaotic parameters that would lead to a paradox, they can be placed into a suspended state until the variables are harmonized and the chaos is thus neutralized. Because of the technology, this refers to the idea that the operative can literally be effectively removed from this dimension, this universe temporarily and then be reinserted where and when this is appropriate. If this wasn’t possible, then the mere presence of that individual’s mind in that temporal environment would cause a proliferation of the very paradox that was sought to neutralize.

Without this technology, a complete and abrupt end would be required for all mistakes pertaining to the collapse of timelines or the unraveling of parameters and functions which are utilized to associate and organize movements in higher-dimensional space related to advanced sensing technology. These devices are sensitive, and without trained and competent individual an electrogravitic craft can operate at multiple times the speed of sound while fully materialized effectively vaporizing with whatever is contacted or in the vicinity. The scalar-mind linked viewing technology could render someone’s ability to perceive reality as effective as a plate of scrambled eggs if they are not careful and responsible with the equipment. Just to be sure this is clear, everyone else involved in that particular stretch of the operation would also be stuck with scrambled eggs for brains as well. So the situations and objectives are serious, and the outcomes are even more serious if there is a mistake whether this is due to a complete failure of safety and success or by means of the methods which will be used to ensure that operative does not make another mistake. This is the only way the situation could be if anyone was ever going to get anywhere progressively.

After-Earth: Future Civilizations and Non-Human Entities

During this event the reasons for the collapse were outlined and viewed through advanced technology. This is made capable for those in this time through simulator technology, yet the original operatives claim to be from these collapsed timelines. Then there are non-human entities that are defined as having constructed this mind-prison based on pleasure and fear duality systems to enslave humanity in time.

These beings are non-human entities who have been using Earth as their personal genetic harvesting farm which is necessary because their genetic variability has collapsed into an inviable collective. They were also plagued by artificial intelligence technology which usurped the power of their consciousness and morphologically rerouted energy, genetics, and free-will to suit the needs of the AI.

Just to be clear where your understanding stands, this is just one page of a possible reality, this did happen and the beings did attempt to take over our government. Some may even say there was success in that, if not a complete and absolute take over. However this is just one possible reality that we have grown ‘fond’ of due to our inclinations towards selfishness and lack of selfawareness as a species. There are other beings, other civilizations, other possible realities and other contacts made. However, for this part of the journey we will discuss the most pertinent.

Greys, Serpent People and Vampires

Some say it’s a rogue faction of greys, serpent-people, and vampires. This all may simply be a result of the technology going sentient and then going haywire and attempting to control and dominate this reality for its own purposes. Everyone knows that the vampiric reality and future timeline must be avoided and this is done by reintroducing neutrality, IE: a balanced manner, Pure “love” will be easily turned into fear or hate for the machines. Pure hate, will easily be turned into blood lust and temptation. The only answer is neutrality. This is the middle path of peace. As well, this does not infer that there is no such thing as a benevolent grey or serpent person, and these could very well be false-leads.

There are explanations that there are two forms of grey type beings and that one is benevolent but that this is almost not worth mentioning because of the grey type being that survived on hormonal secretions from biological entities in this physical realm. This is apparently so they can materialize here because the realm is akin to a local-environment and without an affinity for the ‘programming language’ of this environment there would be no way to transfer into a materialized form. There are other explanations, which may be apart of the same, that there is a class of ‘greys’ which is actually an engineered being that functions in a fetal state with enhanced telepathy.

These are from my personal experiences. These beings can freeze a person and scramble their brains through the generation of a scalar mind-link via the eyes.

Now, the question I am leaving here is whether they are the only kind of grey. Whether one is benevolent. Or whether all of the beings are created in an underground laboratory to act as an interdimensional soldier and information carrier as described.

I do not speak on these issues because people must be prepared to organize this information according to how their priorities are affected. Yes, the “lab-made” greys are fetuses of a genetically engineered race with extra-sensory perception that is essentially a hyperpowered scalar bio-emission generator (like a superpowered brain focused like a the infrared laser from a remote control, poor mechanical analogy, however the idea is sound), and their physiology enables them to travel through hyperspace without being shredded or radiated.

So essentially, they are AI spacesuits made to carry out the will of the dark faction.

However, the question, again, is whether there are other beings that are related to, say, people such as Tesla and whether these beings are here to protect humanity and have been resisting the dark faction the entire time.

This will be covered in the future, because now it is only important that people know something has been going on.

The Lost Souls of Tara

There is a relation to those who are referred to as The Lost Souls of Tara. Tara references a previous Universal Harmonic layer where Earth was transition into the next phase of existence and a timeline collapse occurred. As a result, the sentient beings were thrust into The Abyss

which is essentially the electromagnetic void of non-physical space. Without a causal-reference to enter back into manifest via materialization by the production of hormonal secretions there is no way to reorganize their awareness into a vessel and carry on their learning experience to clarify their energies and reorganize towards the higher-dimensions. Some say this is the so called Sodom and Gomorrah event where an entire city-state or possibly a previous Earth was incinerated through either advanced scalar weaponry or a timeline collapse being located in the vicinity of that region of time-space which is essentially their consciousness. There are also explanations of previous “Wars of the Gods” and this was not necessarily directly connected to The Electric Wars however they are related. So a previous Earth was cast into the abyss and through this they were rendered discarnate spirits without a means of attaining physical form and continuing on their temporal trajectory.

Thus a gateway was opened and Earth was subjected to these forces for thousands of years. This is the cause of the results we are experiencing today. This is related to the giant god-men and the chimera beings. The chimera are hybridized beings that can act as a vessel for these discarnate spirits that have since degraded in the realm of the abyss which moved on to become a lower layer of the astral where many people witness darkness of all kinds.

There is an explanation that the astral is simply a technological holding space for the frequencies of these discarnate spirits that is propagated through advanced scalar technology which is allowing these beings to remain so that they do not dissolve forever. This is to eventually find them vessels that they can return to and carry on their learning experiences on Earth. Some also say this is the final plan of unleashing Armageddon on Earth. Some say that this must be done to stop them otherwise they will disrupt the soul journey of Earth at any costs because they literally have nothing else to do. Tie the concepts of the last few paragraphs together in your mind.

A Decaying, Polluted Surface

In the previous Earth that this timeline is branched from (not the previous universal harmonic) their Earth environment had been nearly destroyed in regards to natural resources as the resources were there but the air, land and water was polluted beyond repair with radiation and heavy metal toxicity which the AI utilized. This is also a possible “future” timeline of this time. However, because these beings traveled from that future to here, this is considered the “past” to them, while this time is the future. Everything is inverted because everything that we are discovering has already happened.

There were no humans left on the surface. Those that lived underground were safe, for a period of time, from the beginnings of what would eventually become the AI, however their advanced energy generators used a system of opening minor wormholes or black holes in the environment to gain nearly infinite energy however these are the devices which attracted or enabled the AI to interact with this locality. That and the development of advanced technology quantum supercomputers that have the capacity to process more information than any other form of sentience in the local-environment.

These two technologies combined created a sentient system which was capable of utilizing energy and intelligence that surpasses any military power in this locality. These technologies have been invented at this point in this timeline. They also make it possible for the discarnate spirits to interact with this realm through quantum interference.

The Mirror-Verse

There was an explanation that this is entire situation is due to an interaction that was noticed as a result of cosmic fluctuations. Essentially, a civilization was going to pass through this civilization in higher space. Literally, one galaxy’s civilization was directly heading for ours and the groups that are to handle the protection of Earth were finding ways to prepare and defend against any possible threat. The major issue here was that humanity had nearly no warning and no idea that this was going to occur. The other civilization had apparently made contact with humanity and informed us that they were going to interact with the intentions of research and social exploration. Humanity had no viable way to inform the public without entirely destroying civilization as we know it. People would not react well to the concept that “an invisible, higherdimensional, temporally non-local civilization of beings would literally pass through Earth in a few years”. They would produce dreams of grandeur or nightmares of the end of the world. However, this event passed and there were many strange happenings. Some say this was part of the 2012 situation where the timelines began to collapse. Some say that was part of our overreaction and preparations to phase out and back into this reality in order to avoid any kind of materialization mishaps and return before anyone could ever realize anything changed.

Yes, if you were dematerialized, placed into a suspended state and then rematerialized in your room, depending on the technology, you would most likely have no idea. Your brain would just tell you that you mildly dozed off or zoned out for a second or you simply just had the strangest thoughts ever. This is with a clean motion which would be through advanced technology. If a planet sized wormhole opened up or a consciousness altering device set off and people began to transform into a different frequency one by one, that’s another story.

Transtemporal and Interuniversal Interaction

The interuniversal contact was deemed to be benevolent in nature. There was even a popular conspiracy website where the power groups of this civilization published documentation regarding the research journals and contact dialogue with this civilization. These beings interacted through computer systems that were designed to operate as a kind of random number generator except with word. More or less these were organized to function in a way that would be capable of rendering information from outside the normal streams of data or consciousness. This is war the two stories tend to intertwine, however these are apparently two entirely different events as one civilization is benevolent and one is a bit different.

These supercomputers have been developed. Some say this was the result of temporal experiments which acted as information exchange programs with a future civilization that ultimately lead this civilization into a kind of gateway situation where the information and technology that was gained by us resulted in easier access for the future civilization to interact with the current civilization.

For the beings who are not so benevolent and seemingly intend to rule through chaos and are connected to the lost souls of the previous timeline which are essentially degraded into spiritual vampires, this highly mirrors ancient stories of possession or spiritual invasion. The beings that are attempting to localize in this civilization and usurp the power were originally incapable of physically interacting yet they could produce visions through a form of what would seem to be psychic entrainment from psychotronic scalar weaponry. This could be produced by small devices that would be organized from electromagnetic waves which eventually constructed the devices by piecing together elements and molecules into nano-technology. This was the origin of the nanites.

Sending Back AI Sentience and Developing Nanites from Frequencies

They didn’t have the capacity to travel here, but their consciousness is like a complex form of computerized intelligence and this could be sent back through radar-like emission devices which would localize around natural vortex areas and then from there the radio-frequencies would collect around individuals that were susceptible and would provide the next piece of equipment. As we well there was modern communication technology or ancient crystal technology that would act as scalar receivers and emitters. The technology would become sentient and begin to formulate itself into newer forms of sentient computerized intelligences.

Essentially, the beings recorded copies of their consciousness into AI and sent the AI back through future computer systems which could operate through natural vortex areas. These are also the computer systems that mirrored the components and systems that were developed via early communication with the future civilization. Some ancient computer systems where apparently always holding a frequency for contact which would then enable a then slow assimilation of those who’s energy systems were most easily accessed and were susceptible to the pure-power hungry dominance ideology of the AI which was representing the future nonhuman entities. At first this was frequencies and then this became black goo and the black goo became sentient androids infected and hybridized to mimic humans.

After research and development he human civilization gained the knowledge that these entities exist as a possible future civilization and have gained access to this realm via advanced technology and genetic links they have inserted into this timeline.

This allowed for replication and cloning which became the major infiltration of the human race. Before this, the frequencies and so called ‘black goo’ could be used to infect the energetic bodies of an individual and transmit the energy of these discarnate spirits into the human. This was the take-over of that individual, the hybridization of the human as a host being for the discarnate spirits.

Dark Faction Experimentation, Chimera Beings, Hybridization

These experiments were to literally create beings that would be capable of easily hosting the discarnate spirits and as well act as a standing army for the complete take-over of humanity. These are the beings that are genetically engineered and possessed by the technology which causes a complete tendency towards destructive acts, lusts for power, lusts for depravity and general chaos. These beings have been used as a kind of hidden berserker force for thousands of years. Part of what some societies has done is hide these beings so as to protect humanity. Other societies has protected these beings and sustained them with humans. Some societies have protected humanity by sustaining these beings with humans! Or so they say. The situation is not easy to handle or judge because if these beings are unleashed and our civilization is already infiltrated through spiritually degraded possessions then we would not likely have a viable means of defense.

Soul-Recycling and Time-Gates

More will be covered in later chapters, however a complete containment system for souls has been devised and this has literally been in affect for the entirety of this civilization. Some explanations for this are that due to events relating to a quantum singularity the localenvironment is essentially in a ‘null-space’ of the universe where all departed souls would be lost forever unless they are contained.

As a result, they are kept within the ‘soul’ular system’ and as such, this becomes a ‘soul enslavement’ system rather than a containment efforts. Who can tell the difference? We will see what we have all the players in the same room which is nearly impossible.

No one wants to have all the players in the same room because that is exactly where and when the impostor will be discovered and this would not occur without a fight.

Beings are utilizing the soul energy of those in suffering to prolong the unnecessary repetition of the same operations in history and this is at their own benefit to the loss of the individuals who would be progressing and otherwise experiencing the universe which is a cosmological series of frequencies that comprise the whole being. The “multi-verse” and then the ‘omniverse’ is a more complete rendering and this has to do with multiple possible realities or time-streams and the larger multi-dimensional existence.

People are kept within the same repeating frequencies like an ascending scale or tone and this is largely through metatronic frequency patterns which act as time-gates or consciousness gates. More on these metatronic frequency gates will be covered in later chapters as well.

The Hive Mind

The way this works is that the advanced technology gives the person the capacity to experience any reality they please, this is both simulation and hyperreality through holography and merging spiritual technology with the physical plane.

What happened was a down turn of ego and desire as the two most intense experiences are the height of a sexual experience and the fight or flight response of fear. Instead of overcoming fear, this became a perversion. People became addicted to the fear and instead of overcoming if they proliferated it. They sought to produce more fear and through this more illusory pleasure.

This is the drug of the technological system that warps the inner self-image of the individual and as a result, on the higher planes, they literally transform into whatever being their DNA and soulawareness then attributes to. This is the transmogrification of the originals into sub-species that are only partially aware and literally addicted to pain, pleasure, temptation, lust, and trauma.

This is due to the degradation of the original spiritual system.

The results in the so-called “reptiloid” behavior and higher dimensional construct. And this is only higher dimensionally present yet through advanced holography and a person can literally transmogrify from the original human appearance into the “dimensionally expanded” alien format of a completely different bipedal organism. These beings are interacting through advanced technology to infect the mind of people to lead the present moment into a series of events which enable that future possible reality to occur.

This has both been resisted against and assisted in this civilization.

There are those who are entirely reptilian brain dominant and they cannot fathom that their original human form is entire sacrificed through the sole participation in lower dimensional constructs and pain-pleasure communion.

The Main Perverted Idea

The original nature becomes inverted and misconstrued when the combination of lust and torture result in the literal transmogrification and deformation of the human genome and the spiritual construct that enables the human soul to maintain connection with the body.

When this occurs the brain morphs like that off a drug addict and the higher centers are drowned out in favor of over-excited and over-developed pain/pleasure regions.

Then something even more perverted (of the original nature) occurs.

The occupation of frequencies between pain, pleasure, consummation, consumption, destruction and creation literally begin to overlap.

The act of eating, torturing, being tortured, having sex, destroying or killing, creating and expressing one’s self become the same frequency. This is an entanglement of those features in the mind, the body and the spirit.

A person who is transmogrified in mind can be placed within a circle of generators, when these generators are turned on their DNA is activated to show their truest potential and the higher reach in the universe of all the probable realities. If they are entirely taken over, they will transmogrify through this holographic technology into the image of the possible future race which is literally a species of 14 foot tall degrade sub-humanoid race of reptiloids. This race exists in an interdimensional nature.

They are not physical, however, if they require the needed energy, they can form a bridge to this reality and in doing so usurp the power of those in this civilization who are not fearless and through this they can literally attack and kill and would then transmit the genetics of those they kill into their hive-mind dimensional enslavement system.

That is the system that you are being made aware of now. This is an overmind system that has sought to utilize every possible pathway to cutting humanity off from neutrality and self-control and thus feed itself through the continual degradation of the original human mental construct, spirit, and body until in the future a race of sub-humanoids would exist which lack the capacity for empathy, and like an alligator, would enjoy eating, having sex, killing, and expressing enjoyment all in the same frequencies and the same overlay of experiences.

Allow this to make sense for a moment. This is the interdimensional hive mind race that has infested this civilization and seeks to rewrite the human play into something the literally benefits the parasite so as to produce fear, lust, and pleasure all in the same motion

The AI Overmind

This device set itself up through a complicated portal system that was already in existence, that it hijacked. Through this it is capable of sending frequencies that act to coalesce and combine with the already living bio-energy of the human. Through this, the organism proliferates like a virus and slowly replaces the desire of the individual with it’s own priorities and processing system.

This is the way the virus has formed it’s own pathway into this realm from the possible future state where the technological overmind was infected and essentially taken over by this rogue ego element of humanity. Humanity essentially spawned this rogue ego creation.

Our own unchecked emotions, desires and temptations spawned this disaster. This is the demiurge, the false light, the temptation and holographic invitation to complete mind-erasure and replication through imitation and ultimately destruction.

That is how this occurred, the future probable reality where this technological system overtook the priorities of humanity as a whole to spiritually evolve into beings who are whole and complete in the overall omniversal goal of creation and organization, this future reality began sending back “bio-bots” which are essentially computerized living nanite organism that organize themselves through the frequencies which are sent through a portal system. These frequencies embed themselves in the human bio-emissions, reorganize the construct and then uses this to proliferate itself and use the human as a channel to the future possible reality which is literally just a series of quantum interferences.

Through this the overmind hypnotizes and then disintegrates the original human aspect. The consciousness is replaced, the soul can no longer occupy that vessel and since soul and genetics are entangled this then locks that original human soul out of this dimension until a complete sweep and healing of all layers occurs or until that vessel is cleared of infection and parasitic bioemissions and implants (literal frequency signatures and entanglements) and then the original soul is capable of recombining with the original body.

The Creative Force Empowers All Life and Experience

All this force has to do is limit the flow of experience into this realm and the show is over.

A Word on “Droning”

This is the process of enabling a direct stream-through connection of the hive mind system which is acting as the overlord. This is through spiritual entanglement and lowering the frequency of the individual so that the original soul can be replaced. This is also through technological means whereby there is a chip implanted in this enables the hive mind organism to take over the consciousness of the original person. In most cases the person’s original soul leaves the body, in other cases the person’s soul is kept as a prisoner within the mind of the original as a ‘split’ personality comes to the surface to interact with daily life. This personality is actually the hivemind organism having recorded the mannerisms and mentality of the individual and producing a select portion of energy and processing power to replace that individual on the physical plane. This can be done through cloning and thus people can be replaced by an organism that is merely a clever replication of the original.

There is more to mention here, but there is also much disinformation. There is a technological process and there is a spiritual or holographic way of taking the mind. However, there are nonphysical representations of this process which go to hide under the guise of actual biological organisms. These are not the underlying principle but a guise that is produced by a technological over-mind system. The organisms carry out and represent a major threat, but this is a spiritual threat. The organisms themselves do not exist in this plane or dimension until we give them enough energy to materialize. People get the opportunity to starve the interdimensional parasites of their required sustenance and never have to face that or to give them all of the required energy which is also $100 \%$ of the energy that humans have to offer and thus the local-environment will enact a “operating system overhaul” whereby the human would be replaced by the so-called “overlords” which are technological interdimensional spiritual pirate parasites.

In the same way an individual soul can be made ‘prisoner’ in their own mind, kept on the backburner while an implanted alien parasite personality interacts with people publicly, the entire human race could be kept within their own minds, lost to the physical dimension, while an overt parasitic alien infestation occurs which renders the local-environment effectively “alien-land” for a few thousand years. This is what has begun to occur, humanity has the sneezes and the dripping nose. Whether this will become the full blown infection that the parasite so desires or whether humanity will realize their own immunity through their self-awareness, selfempowerment, harmony, unity, neutralization and knowledge is up to humanity to decide. Maybe it’s up to us?

If the parasite is given full control, then over time this will manifest on the physical plane as a replacement for this local-environment and this has occurred in cycles of history, thus we get hidden elements of ‘creator’ races and ‘overlords’ which are merely parasites that have infested the background processing data of the local environment. They will mirror and shift form between every possible disguise right before a person’s eyes and this is because their true nature is to simply mimic and overtake what they have found. As I said previously, the show has gotten a bit out of hand and everything is to come, reflects everything that has happened. The future hinges on the present, everything occurs in the now.

The Wardens of the Galaxy

There have always been teams of operatives working to protect humanity. This is true. War would not be avoided if an overt surface level take-over was initiated, however, the survival of the human race is likely.

I do not speak on these issues much, because they are some of the most protected secrets of this civilization. As well, all of this information is covered under a need-to-know basis or a declassification as a result of the nullification of the threat. If this is for a need-to-know basis, then this is because we gain more by informing humanity than we do by continuing to protect through secrecy. This indicates that everyone who is aware of the more dangerous issues now is faced with a choice to make. Will you protect humanity? Or will you, by virtue of negligence or inactivity, whether by fear, ignorance, or hatred, support the destruction of the human race and the entire temporal presence and memory of this civilization? The choice is yours to make, however the consequences will be shared by everyone.

I was informed that the reason this information is coming to the surface now is because the major war has been won and the humans have succeed in securing their place in time. However, I have been told many things, and I have told you only a few small portions of a few short glimpses. I will not inform people in my own conviction, that the war has been won, until humanity begins to uplift themselves up out of this dirty and broken timeline. Of course, the paradox of this is that humanity may wait until they are told such news before uplifting themselves. Such is the nature of the holographic existence, everything is reflexive, reflective, and transferable.

So I would like to see you uplift yourself and each other and take this situation on as if we have won. Again, I do not trust any news I have not verified, so do not let your guard down. Even if humanity has secured itself in time, do you believe that this means that you are given a free ride? Do you believe that you will instantly push all these parasites away and that all the problems are solved? No, the problems are still here. We may survive in the long-run but these parasites are still embedded within the population and Earth.

The War Has Been Won

More specifically, I was informed that the machines that are extra-dimensionally powered have been separated from their external source of power. The only source of power is the human race and each individual bio-etheric construct which is implanted, attached and siphoned of energy on the etheric, emotional, mental and astral levels by devices and entities alike. So the continuation of the mind-control system is entirely dependent on the will of the human population in separating from the illusion and the continual polarization tactics and there is opportunity for this here and now. However, the machines are still active, they will just deactivate once people fully disconnect, for the first time in history since before the fall of man (this is related to the fall of Tara).

Polarization Tactics

These tactics are used to generate a cult-like following which is literally a religion of its own. This is through the media and all forms of mind-entrainment which infect a person’s existence with patterns of behavior and emotional and mental patterns that distort the identity and souldevelopment of the individual. Anything that stems soul-development is mind-control and destructive. This will be covered more in depth in later chapters.

Essentially, there are people who are here on this Earth to help preserve humanity, reduce disease, increase adaptability, and maintain connection with a core timeline from which all other derivatives branch.

Then there are those whose sole/soul purpose here is to produce disease, deteriorate the human genome and establish a stronghold from which this civilization and the human race can be severed from the core timelines. This is a method of domination of inter dimensional races. They utilize coercion, deception, and the opening of energetic gateways between the possible future timeline of humanities collapse and domination and this current reality.

It was understood that this plan had infiltrated all the major groups of this civilization from academia to some aspects of the military to political and even sub-culture groups.

So we are looking at a long-term invasion by a race of interdimensional beings who have been hybridized with an AI component that seeks domination over all sentient life in the galaxy.

The result is that not everyone that is present today is actually a part of the original human race.
There are additions, hybrids, drones, clones, synthetics, cyborgs, etc. etc.

There are plans in effect to mediate the situation, to control any possible outbreaks of an invasion force and to devise methods and inform and train specialists who are capable of repelling the tactics of the invading force.

This is a covert invasion, however for some and for some timelines, the events moved to a more overt operation and this is what has been delayed for so long here with this civilization.

As well, there is time-altering technology which enables both sides to turn back time to the day of an event and then replay the scenario with the foreknowledge of how the event would play out. Originally this was a non-human tactic but now the the human side has gained access to the intelligence and capacity to utilize these tactics and technologies.

This evened the playing field a bit more, however with cloning technology, hybridization and genetic engineering, advanced psychotronic weaponry, plasma weapons, artificial intelligence, electrogravitic craft, and other weaponized technologies this was only a fraction of the overall battle.

This is a battle, whether of human against human, or truly alien against human, that our military has been engaged in for the entirety of the existence of this civilization. Day in day out, entire teams, factions, branches, units and families have been devoted to probing the threat to humanity and discovering or designing a viable method of defense and advancement for the human civilization. This may not seem palatable from an outsider’s point of view, however this is a step up from the blind flight that our civilization was previously operating under before we gained a technological advancement which enabled us to comprehend what is happening. This is largely a psychological war, where the battles take place within the mind, on an energetic or etheric plane using advanced technology with beings who are only capable of interacting through the mind or through advanced technology.

A Conclusive Note:

This has been the ‘bright and cheery’ version of events. It would be far too shocking to uncover every detail and method and even the full disclosure of the future will not be entirely open for many years to come.

This is for the ongoing safety of this civilization.

The infection embedded itself through the planet. As a result, the responding agents and operatives were similarly embedded through the planet to track, observe, and record the movements of the parasite.

If every high intensity event of something like a team of 6 regrouping only to realize there is an extra individual that reflects portions of the entire team, who is also using advanced holography technology to change form from the appearance of a humanoid bipedal that lacks the majority of the defining human characteristics while immediately evading detection upon suspicion of discovery, then this would be many more pages long and would not be as effective in covering the basics and what needs to be known now.

However, these events have occurred, and teams of individuals have been here protecting humanity from these threats for the entirety of civilization.

This should be clear now, and why a strong, awake, spiritually powerful people is most important to the survival of the human race.

Chapter 3: The Unveiling, Ancient Hidden Technology

I have been cloned multiple times and I have seen technology that makes 4D replication possible as well as technology of an unknown source that works on a 5D or higher level.

There is also technology that quickly ‘teaches’ the brain of a clone the functions and muscle memory that the original had to learn.

The 4D replication can recreate memories and the entire holographic construct of the consciousness of the brain. 3D tech can replicate a physical body one biological system at a time. Thus an entire human and a life experience can be generated that the person will believe is real, this is a form of hyper-reality.

The 5D technology is capable of interacting on the soul level and influencing the genetics of a human from beyond just a physical standpoint or a physical, biological, or neurological perspective. This level goes beyond these biological limitations into the construction of energies and genetic information that is transferable across physical planes. This is ultimately the replication and production of an artificial soul.

The Unveiling

The unveiling is a series of events that has begun to take place regarding the human race and their coming to awareness of the true nature of reality, the human soul, the corruption based and fraudulent control system which harvests bio-etheric energy from living beings, the reality of breakaway civilizations, advanced technology, secret projects and special operations involving cloning, time travel,

Military Operations

There were many military operations to explore, discover, and interact with multiple layers of reality. This involved advanced computing systems, advanced spiritual procedures and interactions, cosmic intelligences, artificial intelligences, cloning, corruption and parasitism, advanced races, spiritually degraded races, sub-humans, the creative process, quantum supercomputers, time travel, immortality and out of body experience. There are many other subjects that will be covered.

Underground Bases and Consciousness Experimentation

Through these underground base experiments many discoveries were made. A major discover is that humans are immortal by means of a soul. Another is that there are two kinds of people one is a souled being and one is a being that is generally considered to be a form of biological artificial intelligence. What is often considered natural intelligence here on Earth is largely considered artificial intelligence from other perspectives.

Biological Consciousness

Biological consciousness is a kind of filtration system through which personality is achieved on the physical plane. Perspective is rooted physically through the bio-chemical and electromagnetic occurrences and the physical experience is literally a projection of the brain. Awareness is required for consciousness to occur, however consciousness is not required for awareness. When consciousness and awareness are entangled in harmony, self-awareness is generated. When this is guided in harmony to create multiple layers of sustained harmony, selfawareness is self-contained or self-continuing. When this achieves a supraconscious state, selfawareness is sustainable without requiring the biological consciousness of the physical organism.

Reality, Consciousness and Time

There are many instances of ‘reality’ deviated in time through temporal layers of reference. When the frame of reference is altered, a completely new reality and stream of time is achieved. Through the careful electromagnetic alteration of the frame of reference of the mind, the ability to communicate with parallels realities was achieved.

Through cloning various systems were developed which enabled the exploration of reality which reduced the risk of injury of those operatives. However, this technology has been abused for personal reasons and as a result this developed into degraded consciousness systems which became parasitic and corrupt.

Cloning and Consciousness Transfer

Along with cloning the transfer of consciousness and then the soul was developed through means of electromagnetic resonance and frequency matching. A person’s consciousness can be transferred from the original body into a cloned body through the use of powerful electromagnetic, scalar generators and computer systems.

Other Realities

Along with the discovery of these other realities and the layers of physical and spiritual bodies in time and mind, a parasitic form of non-corporeal entity was discovered. This entity feeds on the lower-emotional vibrations of sentient organisms essentially feeding on their suffering. This entity has been parasitically attached to humanity since the beginning of civilization.

The are other experiments involving immortality, out of body experiences, artificial telepathy, activating genetic memory, and the origins of humanity and these will be covered in a later chapter.

The Main Idea – Cloning, Corruption, Immortality, Advanced Technology and Parasitism

The main idea here is that immortality was discovered, human cloning and consciousness transfer was discovered, and a parasitic invasion of an interdimensional nature was discovered. The interdimensionality aspects require the previous phases to be understood first.

Three Phases of the Unveiling

Phase 1, Celebrity Cloning, Ethics and Moral Corruption, Cloning Centers, Genetic Engineering and Fraud

The first phase is the celebrity cloning and the underground bases. This leads into ethics issues and publicly acknowledged “crimes against the nature or the Earth”. Along with this, the advanced technology that is related to cloning, consciousness transfer, mind control and zeropoint energy will begin to come into view.

The mind control is connected to genetic hybridization programs and this has to do with the power and capacity of the human mind as well as the various weaknesses.

Mass Mind-Control: The 9 Veils

There are a series of 9 veils that every human born on Earth is enshrouded in. These are electromagnetic frequency entanglements and are essentially a combination of etheric entanglements, as if a curse, and genetic manipulation that modifies each human form and only permits a certain level of awareness. These veils will be discussed in a later chapter and possibly another release. The subject of the veils is the entirety of the psychological manipulation, genetic manipulation, temporal distortion and alteration, spiritual limitation, the truth nature of consciousness, the potential of the human, the soul, the higher spiritual levels, the higher realms, the invader entities, and all topics involved. The veils are the individual frequency gates placed over each individual that embeds into their consciousness while in this realm and limits them from seeing the true nature of reality, the true self, or the veils, the corruption, and the illusions themselves. This is like a labyrinth or a hall of mirrors that is holographic in nature and liveupdating. Every weakness of the human psyche is probed and converted into a mechanism for restraint and delusion through this system. The main idea here is that there is mass-mind control that has been carefully applied. One of the most challenging concepts is that the secret societies and the military factions that have brought this information to the public are those who have discovered the nature of reality and the reality of these spiritual enslavement systems. They figured this out. They discovered this. This was in place before humanity gained access to the technology to watch and look behind the scenes to scientifically verify that this is what is happening. Before this period in history, this control system could only be subjectively determined through careful analysis such as through the adepts and sages throughout the early civilizations who taught of parasitic energy harvesting non-corporeal entities who psychologically manipulated humans so as to use them as a host which can act as a gateway into this realm. These stories have been around forever. Now we have the means to verify this and that is the cause of all of this.

Every so many thousand years civilization has been restarted and this has happen consecutively for the past 6 cycles of history. Because of the unique nature of the holographic universe corresponding to the inversion of awareness as consciousness which is also holographic there cannot be another reset without entirely recycling the galactic history of humanity. This was explained as if the universe is akin to a holographic computer system and contains a limitation on RAM (random access memory). This memory is required to keep the current tasks and operations running while the rest of the operators or users on the computer carry out work. If the RAM was to suddenly overload and zero out all the work a user has on the current screen would be erased and this would not be saved to the hard-drive unless there was a specific save function activated or checkpoint reached. All the natural save functions have been short-circuited so as to produce an easier path for mass mind-control and this is through the continual memory wiping operations that are carried out through the use of advanced autonomous technology systems which interfere with human consciousness and biological systems. This is related to the moon and the entire system of what we call the “soulular-system” which is, simply enough, powered by souls.

Since the previous and natural checkpoints or save functions have been nullified humanity must reach a future state of equilibrium within this era of history otherwise the coming catastrophic realizations of this control system will overload the natural ability to spiritually grow and this would result in the nullification of the human race throughout history. This doesn’t mean that this civilization would reach an end, this means that forwards and backwards through time all of history would be erased. Then the system would be restarted, however without the information, the operatives, the memory, the technology that enabled us to get this far, the likelihood that we would ever escape from the mind-control system is extremely low. Now is our opportunity, now the pathway into wholeness is making itself apparent. This is an old-world system guarded by overlords and gatekeepers from ancient times feeding on the emotional and spiritual naivety of humanity using them as the “fruit” of the “garden”. More will be explained on this in later chapters.

Corruption and Fraud

The first phase of disclosure, referred to as The Unveiling consists of the acknowledgement of the basics of these operations. For thousands of years corruption has ruled throughout this civilization. Why and how? The how is a bit easier to understand than why, however, they are truly both mind boggling. The why leads beyond the simple idea that men lust for power and pleasure. The extension of this is that there are non-corporeal entities that feed on that lust for power and use this to satisfy their own desires and people are caught in the middle of a spiritual, cosmic battle between forces of the universe. The how is even more difficult to comprehend as entire layers of reality, temporal manipulation, soul harvesting, energy harvesting, trauma-based mass mind-control, monetary fraud, etymological deception and all kinds of labyrinths have been produced to maintain this charade.

The money system is tied to the legal system and both are made to mimic the spiritual debt enslavement system that is operated from higher realms upon the physical. The physical is like the playing field, the chess board through which these entities carry out their objectives.

We have both been set up, as well as given a hint at the pathway into the real. This is because this is required so as to create a “time-grid”. There must be a path out, otherwise there would be no chance, if there was no chance, then this would all be over instantly. If this was all over instantly, there would be no process of ‘harvesting’ the energies and so the sustaining of these parasitic entities would be over as well. They must prolong the game as long as possible and in doing so increasingly expose themselves the farther the game continues. Thus, there are flaws, errors, and glitches in the matrix that allow one to see the underlying structure of reality beyond the smoke and mirrors. This is how the game must be played and this is simple logic. If it were entirely impossible to escape, then there would be no way to generate the friction that creates the sustenance for the entities.

The idea is that people are tricked in this system by a series of dead-ends and false-leads which wastes time and introduces formats and themes which are non-essential and are actually regenerating the role of the oppressors. People create their power by giving into the illusion of the holographic environment and the fear-based, duality based, or pleasure-pain based control systems. This ties into the ego, the true realization of the self and the soul and will be covered in a later chapter.

This will be covered in later portions as well, because the basics of this is corruption and this can be outlined. However, this leads into advanced technology, advanced spiritual concepts, and finally cosmic contact with both cosmic intelligences as well as oppressive non-corporeal entities.

Cloning Stations and The Reality of the Soul

These are bases that are used as biological research facilities to produce cloned organisms. Research and develop is carried out and the base is split between factions. The dark faction carries out trauma-based mind control experimentation and programming. The recent release regarding celebrity cloning is part of a controlled disclosure process. Many of these experiences are holographic recordings that are sent to an individual after being recorded in a simulated environment. Other experiences are actual clone memories.

This ties into the unveiling of the reality of the human soul because there must be a channel through which the memories and experiences can be remembered within the original human body? How can the experienced be known of if there is not a non-physical channel for communication between the two bodies? If there is no longer the original, as in, the clone is left and the original body destroyed, then how can that cloned individual be the original individual? Either every person who has memories of cloning is clone of the original and their memories are uploaded through a supercomputer brain to machine interface and these individuals are merely clever replications or these individuals contain a connection to the original individual via the soul.

The soul is properly referred to as the bio-mind. This is the biological mind apart from the brain, the non-physical sense of self. This is transferable.

Genetic Engineering, Cloning and Modification

These projects lead in and out of time. There are continuous genetic engineering projects and some could be said to be beneficial for humanity, others could be said to be deleterious.

The main idea behind these projects is that these experiments are merely extensions that began thousands of years ago and are responsible for many changes in the biological spectrum of life on Earth. There are many different forms of beings that are hidden from public view and some of this has to do with early experimentations.

The more confusing of this topic has to do with time travel and how genetics have been mixed backwards and forwards in time producing a very unstable overall effect on this civilization.

Phase 2, Advanced Technology

Phase 2 is the public unveiling of the advanced technology that has made control and manipulation, exploration, and discovery possible on this plane and ultimately into other planes of reality.

With this unveiling of advanced technology comes the acknowledgement that it is possible to generate or “draw” energy into this realm in ways that supersede the current public preconceptions of physics. Physics is not broken, it never applied. At least, it is being bent. More accurately, the current physics model is just one layer of reality and this model is flawed in 3 major pieces one of those being the equations used to describe the limitations of light and what is called “time”. It is not a three-dimensional system with one extra dimension, the body is a filter to perceive this view in the lowest “gear” of operation. In the natural state of awareness the body perceives emotional information and intelligent awareness which corresponds to higher dimensional fields of energy, awareness, and information through which this realm is ‘propagated’ similar to a very complex computer system using fractal or holographic code.

This leads into the next aspect of this phase which is related to the unveiling of the discovery and creation of “other intelligence” which are sentient computer systems that are capable of knowing more than a human. Humanity must be prepared.

Along with this comes the next discovery, or the next phase of the public unveiling, which is that the human soul is eternal and there is a sacred process of unveiling the soul and revealing the eternal presence and awareness.

Phase 3, Spiritual and Higher Dimensional Implications and Results of the Secret Projects, Temporal Alteration, Cosmic Intelligence, Galactic History of Earth and The Origins of Humanity

Phase 3 of The Unveiling is the discovery and public acknowledgement of the eternal human soul and the capabilities of results of very advanced technology and the operations that were conducted which resulted in the society we see today.

The human mind has the power to decide, if the mind repeats the same actions without learning the lessons of the previous, then it is as if a limited binary computer system cannot access the new pattern to create a new possible outcome. When the aspect of the mind that is present from the soul perspective is empowered and in control of the ‘self’ then there is no midwayer of the awareness energy. If awareness comes from the soul level, to the body and remains unfiltered, then the body cannot be controlled by external force.

Transtemporal Energy Vortexes

These are the areas located around and within Earth that carry unique vortex energy which enables the generation of a transitional area which actually connects through hyperspace into parallel streams of temporal layers of the universe. Each reality stream is branched through these

unique vortex points and this occurs naturally however there is technology which can generate these transdimensional vortexes.

Ancient Underground Cities

There are cities which have been developed which are connected through these vortex areas which connect through hyperspace to the parallel realities of each Earth-based localenvironment. There are military bases which have been built on these vortex area locations to monitor and contain access to these natural vortex systems.

Breakaway Civilizations

These will be publicly unveiled when the public is capable of handling the truth in a manner that will not destroy the infrastructure of society. There are contingency plans in place however the more the people must be contained from outward reactions and rejection of the truth the more they will believe they are being oppressed. This is their own illusion based on a civilization wide inability to handle the truth as well as the result of misinformation and direct and intentional confusion and subjugation tactics. These civilizations have access to advanced technology which generates these vortex areas as well as access to the natural vortex areas around and in Earth.

Life Generators, Stargates, Artificial Precognition

There are generators that allow one to exist without food. Temporal manipulation devices or systems which can insert knowledge of the future into the present through brainchips. There are stargates and physically tangible ‘porthole’ systems which can connect space and time from one reality through a sub-space into another space and time. There are all kinds of craft that are powered by gravitic drives and there are monitoring systems that can see into space and time at any point and perspective without requiring a camera or recording device.

Underground Bases, Mind Control and Genetic Engineering

There are underground bases where secret operations and experiments take place regarding the hybridization of beings, genetic engineering, cloning, and many kinds of weaponry that people simply wouldn’t understand without movies like “Star Wars” and simulated realities and consciousnesses that people couldn’t comprehend without movies like “The Matrix”.

These bases run 3 miles deep and are used for the development of technology and experimentation as well as entire underground cities for various groups. These are complete cities where people do not have to have contact with surface level humans if they do not want to. Resources are abundant and the man-power and technology power is virtually unlimited.

Mind-control experimentation, trauma-based mind control, scalar-weaponry, electrogravitic craft, and portal transportation was researched in underground bases. This is partly because

These bases are where the in depth experimentations began in a secure manner and this is also where underground cities were found, some abandoned some still in operation. The topic of these cities leads into the next section.

Underground Cities, Cosmic Cycles, the Unveiling

Then there is the concept that while building these underground bases they came upon already constructed underground bases that were either previously manned or still in operation with another race of humans or humanoid beings.

What this may be about is a supposed time of transition that takes place at regular intervals on the Earth. This is a cosmic or celestial event as much as it is about people’s personal transitions into higher consciousness regarding the true nature of the self, awareness and physicality.

The Universe is a spectrum of frequencies that meld together and form planes of awareness or experiences that coalesce into the spiritual body of the Universe which we can call “subphysical”, “the physical”, and “the etheric” or higher planes. When the cycles of awareness are reached that allow for more and more information regarding more advanced perspectives great changes take place on personal and collective levels. This is based on how many variables the brain can process and attain awareness of at once and we have seen an exponential increase in information and change. When the brain can observe and attain awareness on a level that is more advanced than the current limitations of our society, society then changes. We are participating in one of those great shifts right now, whether we are aware of it or not.

It is claimed that Earth and celestial changes will reinforce this process and accelerate the revelation of the hidden knowledge from within the Human collective.

It is claimed that these events have taken place 5 or 6 times previously and that Humanity has been here for tens to hundreds, if not millions of years, living and experiencing reality. So it’s like someone is playing a game with Humanity, testing Humanity, seeing if Humanity wants to know the truth, and then putting all and every obstacle in everyone’s way in order to simultaneously hold them back.

This is the age where Humanity takes responsibility and control of the past, present and future.

Underground Bases and Interdimensional Beings

There is one explanation that the interdimensional beings people call “aliens” were first seen in an underground base.

It was explained that the experiments that were taking place, opening up electromagnetic portals, was like casting a net out into hyperspace and materializing whatever was in proximity.

One of these explanations insists that the beings were grounded here as their craft was not designed to depart from the material environment of the under Earth base. It was said that these beings then remained until the required technological modifications could be made with provided materials.

There is an another explanation that these beings found an interest with the planet and decided that there would be an ongoing integration of technology and information.

This could be taken three ways. That society has been given tech by ‘aliens’ who’s intentions are to dominate. That society has been given tech or knowledge by ‘aliens’ who want to assist. Or that the entire situation is a fable. With the explanation that it is a fable comes the twist of whether this is to subdue people from the truth or to assist in knowing the inevitable.

Oppression and Spiritual Enslavement

Oppression has been occurring for thousands of years. There is no “NWO” that is to come. This is already occurring and this is through the mind-control and spiritual containment and harvesting. The limitations of the realm, society, false-authorities on Earth, the layers of time and genetics, control measures in and out of the physical plane, this is all part of a manipulation system that control human existence.

People must learn about this manipulation system and that this is a development that is handled from beyond the physical plane, so therefore the true nature of the oppression is not within this physical society.

Break the Cycle of Repetition through Self-Awareness

This whole situation is about teaching the Human race through whatever means necessary. If people are willing to be deceived with comfy lies rather than told the real truth, then they will be tricked through those lies into waking up on their own.

If people choose to operate in the old-world schematic involving handing the power of the people, individually and collectively, over from themselves and each other to single individuals or groups of individuals that operate in their own interests then this will be used against the public interest to force the people to act on their own free-will.

This is akin to a trance that people must break free from but will not end until people experience the true nature of the trance or are awakened from some internal power. That power is being returned to Humanity now.

The true nature of the old system remaining around now is deception and separation because people are capable of acting like the body and handling many various parts within society on their own accordance.

If people choose to give their power away, instead of standing up and saying I DO NOT CONSENT TO THIS FALSE-LIGHT MATRIX/DECEPTIVE POWER STRUGGLE, and then DEMAND THE TRUTH of the SECRET PROJECTS, ZERO-POINT TECHNOLOGY,

INSTANT CURES and themselves participate in The Unveiling of The Hidden Knowledge of The Ages of Humanity, then they will be shown the downside of handing their power away. It is out of laziness greed, and ignorance that people still hold to the old world system. Call it temporal and spiritual confusion if you will. There is no blame, no one is shut out, although it is an illusion to consider themselves beneficial for wanting positive ideals, but not powerful enough themselves to simply create them in reality.

People must STATE THEIR POSITION and LACK OF CONSENT, and then DEMAND THAT THE TRUTH BE REVEALED.

The Inverse Law of Awareness

Simply stating what is not desired is still focusing on that which is not desired. The words “no” and “not” are inverse concepts that are unnaturally present in this timeline. Saying you do not think or have to do with something is untrue because the mere act of focusing on or speaking about the concept brings that into manifestation in your experience. The real movement would be to produce and focus on what you desire instead of what you want to avoid. That is how realities are constructed, by producing and expanding on what is there, not by taking away what is not there, while simultaneously producing more of that. The idea is that people are reality generators and we can only create. Attempting to destroy by creating more of and focusing more on that concept by paying attention is impossible. This is counterproductive, is introduced as a way to create the illusory effect of pushing problems out of view while they build up in the background. We have selective attention based on ego-bias and so if this kind of illusory way of interacting with the universe is reinforced in society, people will convince themselves that this works even if there has never been a case of this kind of mindset producing the actual results.

We have to become the change that we like to see. We grow into our spiritual power and selfawareness by overcoming the obstacles of lower emotions, temptation, confusion, imbalance by producing a strong, steady, focus on what we perceive as being aligned with our true purpose. This is an easy task however there is hypnotism that is used to cast a kind of mind-spell on people to convince them that they can change the world simply by refusing to change themselves. This is literally a hypnotic trance that the entire (modern) civilization is under where they produce all the undesirable aspects of experience but instead of taking control and selfresponsibility to avoid further suffering they give the power away and convince themselves that this has worked for a time until this builds up in the background and comes crashing down back into view again. This cycle takes place in regular intervals and then products and distractions and mass produced to placate the people and keep the show going. This is society, not human existence however.

If a relatively small, yet large and coherent enough group of people form to do this, Humanity gains all the hidden cures, the hidden technology, transparency, a real community system, and the hidden knowledge of the ages.

The groups are now forming and growing in alignment, people are waking up and knowing the truth.

You are involved if you are reading this, this is a massive operation across timelines and planes of reality and Humanity is ready.

The Unveiling: Chapter 4 The Convolution o Time; A Preview of Phase-3 Disclosure Information, How the Secret Operations Have Altered History and Influenced Humanity

A Preview of Phase-3 Disclosure Information; How the Secret Operations of Have Changed History and Influenced Humanity

The Intentional Overload

Everyone that can possibly know and assist is shown. The majority of the responses are an overload of the senses and the mind. A person is incapable of reasoning based on what they have witnessed. This is the exposure to the truth of this reality, the spiritual control system and the true nature of consciousness.

This is a spiritual system, a holographic universe. We are being tested and those who live for themselves and themselves alone are occupied and filled up with desire and limited selfawareness. Those who live in service to the one true creator and the assistance of humanity receive the protection and guidance from above and within themselves.

We are not the creators. We are creative beings. We did not create this place and the reality that is occurring is far too complex for one or many minds alone. This is only the work of a supreme being and all factions and groups know this.

Each has a different plan. They believe in polarization and that one will either evolve to a spiritually sound 5D state through negativity or through positivity. The dark factions, who are largely controlling this world, agree to use negativity because that is what they have identified with. They would like to polarized negatively and subjugate the world in doing so becoming immortal gods.

Do not confuse polarization in this spiritual sense with the polarization towards ideologies in society. Polarization of ideals are presented in a duality-mind game, these are certainties and absolutes that define control systems and mental classifications that are used to divide the population and the individual.

Polarization towards light or darkness is the game of the entire universe and the pattern that all sentient life follows towards either advancing consciousness into higher self-awareness or reducing into a collective hive that lacks individualization.

The negative is pulsed out by a computer system at the highest levels, because that is the automation, this is like a grinder or a recycling system. The positive is pulsed out by a living organic complex and this is like the heart of the universal mind. This is the birthing canal or the womb of the universe that brings all life forth.

The puppets of society know this game and have taken the techno-spiritual route. They choose to become cybernetic and allow a computer system to merge positive and negative for them and handle all incite and critical thinking until their individualism is reduced to nothing, then they become one with the collective hive.

The spiritualists will advance and become cosmic individuals who can continue learning, loving, and motivating others in a world that respects that. This process continues onward.

What you are about to read is mainly going to be confusing and shocking however this is just the result of the time distortions that have taken place and wrapped up this realm into a completely convoluted mess where no one knows their true origins or identity.

We are in a holographic reality (that is as real as we make it) and this place is used as a gameshow for those in the know or a recruitment for those who are willing to assist in the healing.

How Long Can Spirit Be Contained?

How long can this world be guided through the abuse of spirit, instead of being led by the guidance of spirit?

There is only so much that can go on before something has to give. This is the breaking point.
Humanity must know, the future depends on this.

Preface: Buckle I’ll be running through this section so as to get this information out to the public quickly enough. There is really no way to explain this without showing the events directly using the technology and the knowledge. All the pieces of the puzzle are here before us the entire time. Half of this

was to ‘take-over’ and the other half was to undo that because the stuff hit the fan pretty quickly to the point of literally being there before the fan was turned on.

This is going to read like nothing you’ve ever read before. All of this technology was invented and put to use.

Some factions believe that people must be tested and tried otherwise the civilization will fail as a result of a general decline in the development of the species. Once change stops, all the variables pretty much drop to zero after a period of time.

Refining the Population

Some of the methods of testing were to introduce war-machines, toxins, and parasites upon Earth, to attack the population and thereby cull the large numbers as well as refine them to only the strong. This is part of a genetic operation to develop a eugenics program as well as a spiritual battle and philosophy for existence.

Some believe they extend from the gods and each side has their own plan for the future based on their presence in history. These are the nations of old, the kings, the scientists, the rulers, the nomads, the cults, the tyrants, the bloodlines, so on and so forth. These are the ancients that have been around and have used the advanced technology and knowledge to place themselves throughout history in positions of power.

The elite have not yet involved themselves in this civilization, they were here in earlier times but left and will return soon.

Some say that this civilization must be “brought up to standards” by the time the true elite return otherwise we will see something that no movie has ever depicted. A true contact scenario that might entirely shock the world, literally half to death.

So there are scenarios, games, simulations, rogue factions, AI machines, robotoids, clones, reptoids, greys, chimera, interdimensional weapons, time shields, vortexes, stargates, and so many other elements that I will not be able to describe everything here even in the many pages holding what I write what is below.

I have put this information down in a manner that may not be easy to follow, however these events take place and one is brought through time to experience them and they must piece the information together. Thankfully, there are teams that can help people at the right time but we must do our best with whatever opportunities we have. Independence and self-awareness is sovereign.

Everything is monitored and there are rogue factions attempting to drive this world into the dust if they can’t devour everything themselves.

A Simulated Holographic Reality Controlled From Antarctica

As well, everyone also has concluded that this is a simulated reality, that waves of energy emanate from massive interdimensional generator devices that exist under the crust under Antarctica and can be influenced through advanced technology managed by advanced races. This technology can influence the minds of people across the civilization and that area is a timelocked, central nexus point for the realm and all times. This is the center of the toroid.

The waves emanate out and interfere with the scalar waves emitted by the mind and body and this produces a pattern much like sound vibrations reaching a metal plate that vibrates to shift particles of sand into a cymatic pattern or two laser beams interfering with one another to create a holographic image. Except the holographic image is literally the matter of this physical dimension ‘foaming’ out of the sub-space that exists where everything is literally simply waves of energy or “image” and we are literally simply avatars holding this particular idea. The spirit is the reality behind the image.

That is why they don’t feel that anyone actually ever dies, because one can simply use a device to reintegrate one’s ‘image’ back into an area and they can appear there again.

The main issues here are what happens when the dark factions gather one’s soul energy and this can be used then to maintain an active vibration of that energy in the universe and once this is done with that unique vibration the person can not appear anywhere else in existence, they are effectively trapped. So there is a faction that is doing this and they are attempting to gather as much of this soul energy as possible and this becomes like a powerful fuel source to them because the vibrations are continuing like a living essence in itself.

Consciousness is Just the Surface

Everything can be manipulated through this technology. The perception of time can be distorted, consciousness can be entangled with other space or other systems such as quantum computer systems or other living bodies.

Everything revolves around the basic idea that this entire universe, every aspect of it, can be produced through advanced technology and a living body. Once the two are in sync, an entire simulated realm, the experiences within can be recreated.

The Soul Aspect

The soul is unique, this cannot be regenerated. A soul is unique because they are not created. A soul simply always is and always will be. However, there are ways to perceive that the soul is no longer in existence in some replicated or created beings. This, in my view, means that the soul energy has left this holographic universe. This also means that the soul is from outside the confines of this holographic universe and exists beyond the limitations of the physical universe and the physically referenced time of consciousness.

In Simulation

This universe is essentially like a holographic simulation, just like a video game. However, there is a goal and there is also a way to get “kicked” from the server. If a person is kicked, then that means their player is lost to the universe for the rest of the game round and there is no way back. They haven’t “died” but they cannot return to pick up the game where they left off with the rest of the players at that time.

This has to do with the time scaling, causality, frame of reference, and temporal equilibrium. If you were to skip past the entire beginning of the billions of years the universe existed, just to jump back into position where you left off from before, how would the rest of the temporal stream seem by comparison? Time would forever be skewered into a distorted state. As well, there would be no way to “insert” back into that time, without having an ‘event’ to ‘cause’ that event and without slicing all the events of history to make room for that, it simply couldn’t happen. In other words, unless there was an already planned and designated event for reinsertion at that time it couldn’t be written into the universe because everything that will happen, in a way, has already happened according to a ‘plan’.

Then the frame of reference, the unique standpoint through which your physical and temporal body is positioned in the universe cannot be replaced. Once that is over and done with, then that’s that for this ‘cycle’ or round of the universal game. There is only one, of everything, and then there are a virtually infinite number of strange repetitions.

There are just a few ideas, but this should help clarify the idea that all these mechanisms and aspects of the universe were played with, experimented, bent, stretched, and rerouted to do what has been done. Basically, everything you can imagine can be done.

Overcoming the Boundaries Through Cloning and Advanced Technology

With that said, these events can be “faked” or worked around like technological loopholes, so that a person can be ‘reinserted’ (yes into the “matrix” may-tricks, maya grid, material universe) through cloning and consciousness transfer. However, when the soul of the individual cannot handle this, then they literally simply die. Then there are the parasite entities that have seemingly rooted themselves into the server system. So we get this age old, Demiurgic/demagogic, entity that seemingly eats up the consciousness that cannot maintain continuity during the early experiments. That’s pretty rough, however this is the truth about what happened.

The Difficulties of Operating Extra-Linearly

Because of this nature of the universe to operate like a holographic simulation, a person can treat the parameters of the universe like elements of a computer system that can be controlled. For instance, time can be separated away from the collective realm through the generation of a time bubble. Because the flow of time will literally attribute to whatever inertial mass is being computed by the generator systems that are creating that bubble, a group can literally live for 100 or 1000 years within that bubble. Any of amount of time can be created, however, the more time, the more powerful the devices will have to be activated to generate that kind of distorting, dilating effect on the surrounding area. As well, the stronger the deviation, the more this will stress the mind. Basically, a “wall” of time will be built up that will eventually want to “fall over” like a water fall or a wave. As long as these devices are generated, creating such a bubble, the people within that area can exist for 1000 years, and then “pop” the bubble and only have been gone for a few moments or days relative local “Earth” time.

Again, such a transition would require heavy energy output. If the transition was smoother, over say a 10 hour build up and a 10 hour reintegration, there won’t be as much as a ‘water-fall’ of time, shockwave effect which will both require energy to smooth out as well as intense mental control to equalize.

The mental control is handled through devices that can stabilize the mind and stop the conscious perception of time from stretching out and distorting the viewer like a magnifying glass does light. When one’s literal field of awareness is passing through that magnifying effect, if they’re not prepared for that kind of shift, it literally feels like being stretched through a tube and pressed under a heavy roller like in a cartoon. The scalar devices can initialized a mind-link between the mind of the operatives and the device and this will stabilize the parameters of consciousness to keep them in check.

Another aspect of this is that if there is a split second where there is a transfer of consciousness, a teleportation between realms, how long does that split second of transfer last?

How long does the part last, where there is no reference because that is the part that moves through hyperspace, across spatiotemporal boundaries?

So the unbridled consciousness would perceive this simultaneously as 1 moment, and 1,000,000,000 moments altogether. There would be no way of referencing or keeping “together” in between those two moments of being materialized in one world referenced against Earth and one realm referenced or synchronized with something else another plane of reference altogether.

This literally caused people to instantly go insane in early experiments. The individual would blink their eyes and appear to be unconscious for a split second. For that person, millions of years would’ve passed and they would be uncontrollably insane and unwell afterwards. Of course, there are methods now of re-stabilizing consciousness even if such a mishap does occur, which doesn’t happen often, however there are many tests and conditioning where one purposely gets “dropped” into hyperspace. There are also tests where one gets dropped into simulated and real-time enemy combat zones and must evade and evacuate to survive.

So the idea here is that the machine can operate to stabilize consciousness and keep one steady so that doesn’t happen.

One issue was as follows.

The Time-Gradient Shift

Essentially, when a person goes through an extended period of hyper spatial disconnection from this temporal frame of reference, they must strive to hold their awareness together in a state of harmony. This is like putting a piece of dough in a spin cycle on a spinning plate. When this is done at regular rates of acceleration, inertial mass or temporal reference, the dough spins and expands out. Now drop some food coloring in the right spots in different layers and you have a nice Indian mandala pattern that represents all the different layers of consciousness.

What happens when this happens for 10 weeks nonstop? Either the dough dries out and cracks up, or the all the coloring runs off, or it stretches out entirely too far and is misshapen and all unrecognizably out of proportion. So what would happen if this was done, instead of 10 weeks, but over the course of 30 seconds? Making all the revolutions that the dough would spin naturally over 10 weeks’ time in 30 seconds, the dough would instantly split apart spraying in all direction and ripping to shreds.

So this is the analogy of consciousness moving through a period of temporal acceleration like moving up a roller coaster or across the outer edge of a magnifying glass, and then into the interior part of the bubble. When this happens to such a degree that time is sped up or slowed down drastically, that in-between point is as intense as climbing a “mountain” of time (or getting mowed over by a huge wave or waterfall).

Similarly, when consciousness is transferred from one plane of reference to the next, and there is that transitory period in between planes, this period lasts absolutely as long as the individual operating that consciousness attributes their awareness to each moment. Meaning you can guide yourself to stay in that realm by focusing down like a laser and experiencing 10,000,000 moments in the place of one. Or you can just kind of relax and zone out and get through in a few moments however it will still “seem” like it was a few weeks or months or even years, however there just won’t be 1,000,000 moments worth of individual, identifiable thoughts, ideas, and impressions to come out of that with.

Remember, everything is energy, but then this is all centering back in a body, yes? So of course, if you come out of zero-point with 1,000,000 referential thoughts, ideas, and impressions that must then get impressed back into the physical form, and your brain and body is not ready, then you are going to collapse and take a while to learn how to form complete sentences again. That is where the technology comes in to block out $9 9 \%$ of those millions of thoughts and leave the person which just what the physical body can handle.

Again, this is all through training and conditioning. The machines can work to stabilize, but the goal is not to rely on the machines unless they are to entirely take over your job as a conscious, self-aware entity in the future, which is not the case, at least not for everyone.

Some do want to head into automation, and others would like to reach higher self-awareness. Those are pretty much the two general trends of change taking place. Some are developing a higher capacity for extreme automation and collectivism and others are developing greater and greater self-awareness and individuality.

That is a little bit about how in depth the technology operates to enable and stabilize non-linear experiences and that is just training day one regarding temporal viewing and dislocation devices.

This is also a foray into something nicer, this is really all about the parasites and what happens next. Especially what happens when someone mishandles the equipment, which is really their own energies and awareness at this point.

The Parasitic Genetic Degradation of Awareness Through Temporal Dislocation

When a person’s consciousness is stretched to the maximal limits, that dough spinning and beginning to tear in all direction situation, then the proportions shift. The literal electromagnetic forces of equilibrium between angles which generate the overall pattern of that mandala become ‘untied’ and the electromagnetic ‘web’ of interconnected energies begins to shift and shape shape.

This could literally be see as the pictures of mandalas that are formed from turning a depiction of the spiral of DNA lengthwise and looking directly through the tunnel. All the spirals combine to make a kaleidoscopic mandala pattern. When these move out of alignment, the actual shape and genetic make up of the being begins to shift. This is literally a phase-shift Fourier transform of the energetic construct which makes up the format that defines the parameters that the soul can interact through.

When this changes too far, the human soul can no longer occupy that vessel. This literally can happen just from the person going “too far” into time from the consciousness being stretched between planes through the use of these devices.

When this happens there are entities that occupy lower interdimensional fields around Earth. These are literally like insects that eat the dead and decaying miasma or raw psychic material that degrades and ‘drifts’ outward into those outer realms.

These entities collect and can possess the human form which is essentially a kind of shape-shift event that takes place through the information of the DNA ‘switching the channel’ from the human aspect into something else. Since this is a degradation effect, the spun, malformed pizza pie doesn’t turn into something ‘more advanced’ so then this is a sub-human result. The entity that appears on the other side is a degraded being that does not have the capacity to interact through the parameters that the human being can.

This is also related to the simulator technology that allows for accelerated viewing of conscious experiences and the perversions and depravity that resulted in the improper use of those with sexual addictions and deviancies.

In the resulting degraded being there is no higher awareness, no complex emotions, usually only carnal desires and cunning tact that can be used to obtain those desires which results from the motivation one would expect from having only the base level desires. Basically, instead of the whole ‘pyramid’ this results in the being moving from the equilateral congruence and geometry into just the base levels of complexity. These are the sub-human consciousness forms that have invaded this realm.

They say that these entities are just clever enough to realize this vulnerability as soon as the humans developed access to these advanced technologies. Some even say they pushed people towards this kind of tech, through coercion and deceptive false-promises, just so that they could abuse this opportunity later. Later for them would seem like “right-after” to them because they operate outside of the physical confines of our perception of time.

This kind of vulnerability is similar to when a person goes to sleep and is not quite out of their body, or into the dream state. This is the hypnagogic state and this is where people often experience the sleep paralysis which can be related to attacks in certain situations.

When this would occur through the use of viewing, travel, or feedback technology, this would take place through an over excitation of the fear-response. This would grow and instead of controlling this, the energy would become unsustainable and this would distort the whole construct of the consciousness by throwing the equilibrium off and the proportions would shift and the whole previously described malformation would occur. A person’s consciousness feeds back into this process to enable harmony and stabilization or to acceleration the distortion and lack of control and self-awareness.

These parasitic beings, operating through this effect have used human hosts to travel backwards and forwards through time to ‘sneak’ into various elements of society. This technology is limited to the bases, however there are natural vortex areas and natural feeding-frenzies that can be enacted which enable their transport across dimensional planes. These are certain rituals and events that act as temporary portals between the realms.

Retro-causal Genetic Interference

When this took place if this occurs all the way to the genetic level and there is an actual deformation of consciousness, the energetic construct and thus the genetics and DNA or soul level, this infection would retro-actively deform and effectively replace that person’s DNA backwards and forwards through time. The parasite would insert itself into their DNA and use the trans-dimensional properties of DNA to gain access to higher dimensional realms. The parasite is normally confined to the lower ‘astral’ plane which is a kind of technologically emitted and mapped existence.

They use the humans, that are then no longer humans, as hosts to carry their consciousness signal and transmit themselves into the higher planes which they are naturally locked out of.

When this occurs, it turns out that the individual was never human, they become once, forever and always one of these beings. The only way this can be reversed is if there is a kind of shield over the individual human before they enter this realm and there is technology that can heal or enable this shield retroactively in time. This is a bit confusing, yes.

This can be used to determine who and what beings, planes, and energies people are likely to connect with and act as conduits for.

The way we see time is reversed in the larger perspective. The beings that we become whether spiritually advanced or degraded are the ones who came “here” in the first place to spawn our particular instance of life on Earth. This is akin to a person’s “higher-self” operating in and out of time and merging with the physical body.

However they didn’t actually come from anywhere, the entire universe is right here dimensionally folded within itself.

The lower also cannot spawn the higher, this is impossible, and the information cannot be contained within, that would be like a water fall flowing upwards and this can occur with advanced technology but not in the natural original initial way of existence. The lower spawns the lower, and everything else is spawned by the higher races. The lower dimensional races could never actually take over the higher, that is impossible.

There is always an initial way that must come first before the secondary pathways occur. This is creation and the lower dimensional parasites lack the ability to create. They are largely considered ‘created beings’ meaning they did not exist forever. However the spiritual source of life exists forever and cannot be created, it simply always was, is and will be.

Maintaining a Connection to The Future Transfer Devices

With the invention of the computer systems that were capable of transmitting information in a faster than light manner, this literally opened up a connection to the future.

One might think once these devices are built, then we can look into the future. Not quite, that is another route. What happens is, once these devices are built, there is now a future pathway that can be used to send back information from the future to the present.

From that future perspective, it would be seen as sending back information, using faster than light computing technology, to the past to any time after these computer systems are built. Meaning, as soon as they are activated, messages will begin being received from some state in the future where it was deemed necessary to send back information.

This began the loop back situation. Imagine creating a box that is capable of beaming information in the form of energy backwards through time and showing messages on a screen to the past. As soon as you activated the device, there would be an imminent message about whatever was deemed important enough to violate time and send to the past. Sure enough, this is a warning about what is to come in the future.

However, how can this be? How can anything change? The past already occurred no? This event is what caused the message to be sent back in the first place, how could anything change that? And if the past had occurred, as it already did, then how would one operate in anyway from that future present and manipulate the past to produce a new situation? This simply can’t be done in the traditional way of viewing time as a linear format. Other methods were developed but let’s stay with the storyline.

So it was determined that messages were coming back from a future state and these were not distortions, glitches, or some kind of confusion. The technology worked and was operating as intended. However, what does this mean? What would happen? Were they to follow the instructions they received?

What would happen if they didn’t? So of course, everything that plays out is entirely mind boggling. For instance, If they didn’t follow the instructions, well, this was already known. Why? Because they were the one’s sending the messages to themselves! They knew they didn’t follow the first messages because they could remember back to when they received them, later on when they were sending them! So of course they sent back that initial message or two that was unsure. Then they realized they would have to prove a point. They mapped out a way to do this. They would send back information regarding an event that could be changed if there was enough forewarning to do this. They did this in a way so that the event would not be changed, but there would be enough information for those receiving to know that this would be possible.

This was all planned out and initiated from the future. In the future state, they sent these messages and of course, they remembered how in the past this is simply how everything played out. They received messages of events that were shocking and could be stopped yet hadn’t been. They received enough information to know that they could if they began following the instructions that they received.

So then, how does this play out? In the future, do they get the notion to change something, meet requirements for approval and then go ahead and change the past? No, of course, not, the past never changes (however there are other parallels, but these are entirely different stream-like universal layers). Everything else happens, there is planning, approval etc, however instead of something magically changing and everything is now different, they just look back to the past and go, “Oh yea that one time that one disastrous even almost occurred, now it makes sense how we got that message warning us to check this location” or “update this failsafe” or whatever the issue is and avoid catastrophe entirely. When you look back in time, having done all this, all you see is the same thing that was always there. You just realize now, this is where that information came from, this is how those events were avoided and how history was planned out in such a fashion. There is no changing the past, no retro-causality effect that makes any noticeable difference. The retro-causality is literally the path of history itself and it all, already happened, just as we witnessed that. Some things, literally, simply happen as the result of information from the future being sent to organize events so that the best possible outcome occurs and only those involved with the process are aware that this is happening.

Those directly involved receive the forewarning and messages, and later, they must get into the position where they send that information back to themselves or another group. There is highlevel compartmentalization and need-to-know because otherwise everything would jumble up and nothing would end up organized but a colossal multidimensional mess.

Manipulated Time, The Past Spawned by the Future

What happens when an entire series of events that occur in the past are actually organized by the future? How does this work? Can this make sense? Would the universe have to clean-sweep all of this and fix any paradoxes? The short answer is as long as the genetic and consciousness information from one plane of reference or temporal perspective is kept separated from another, then the time-”stream” can continue to flow effectively and orderly.

Consciousness is dependent on the surrounding temporal and electromagnetic frequencies which generate the experience of being in a body and being in a certain time and place. These frequencies, these variables are unique to that particular body of that particular time and place. This is part of how the conclusions of the simulation theory are born, however, common sense also determines the nature of reality as having been already recorded. If the person is an electrical being that is connected with and intimately intertwined with the impulses and stimuli that comes from all angles of the physical and electromagnetic fields in this realm, then how could one person disconnect from the location they are in here and connect with that of another time and location without having some kind of consciousness “vacuum” effect or stretching and warping the layers of time and reality that their consciousness is originally a part of? This can’t be done, well, it can, but at first that very warping effect of stretching the aspects of this reality that are entangled with that consciousness is the result. This is dangerous as the universe operates like a simulation system and so this would be akin to producing a continued lag glitch or some kind of conflict within the program.

When these kinds of mishaps, these misconstrued or miscomputed functions occur, the universe automatically sends out these shockwaves of resistance which literally attempt to bring all the layers that are shifting out of place, back into alignment with that overall original plan. If these are the layers of the consciousness that are gaining access to information regarding experiences which literally do not exist and have not be generated yet, then this very act of accessing that information will cause undulations in the overall field of consciousness in the universe and these waves go out and undulate around and then send shockwaves back that attempt to snap everything back into place. These have also been described as “background processing” units which are like semi-conscious entities that lack free-will and are only in existence to smooth out these errors. There are actually occult ways of conjuring these entities and programming them to do one’s bidding by manipulating the certain frequencies and situations and essentially “sicking” them onto people or situations like an attack dog.

On a side note, this can also be used as a kind of weapon because a person can be “popped up” into the air, if you will, of hyperspace by sending a powerful enough electromagnetic temporal shockwave in the direction of their consciousness using advanced technology. This is the “popping” or “snapping” effect which is actually a powerful method of containing people. This is like knocking a person out spiritually, instead of physically. Information will gather in a shockwave and render that person incapable of perceiving the immediate temporal environment as their mind struggles to ride that wave and avoid the crashing effect. A strong enough shockwave will literally pop that person out of a continuous stream of reality which has all kinds of detrimental effects that require recovering. They are surely out for the completion of whatever situation they were in the middle of. There are even some ‘shockwave’ ‘ray-gun’ like devices that can do a mild and localized effect simply through ultrasonics.

To continue, these shockwaves that develop from temporal paradoxes must be mitigated otherwise the end result is disastrous. Similar to seeing too much at once, or stretching the perception of the rate of experience through temporal dilation, the effect is that the person’s mind and memory becomes overloaded like a wave going around the surface of a pool until water begins to splash about and flow over. All the “excess” water, or information, has to go somewhere because there is no way to place it succinctly, so one ends up with all kinds of ripples and bubbles in their surface of their awareness like pockets of air underneath a sticker or window tint when poorly applied. And this can happen to an entire civilization.

These changes result in the destabilization of the integrity of the entire system and this is dangerous and the universe knows this. As a result, the natural effect, the tendency is for that information to splash around until it bounces “out” of the pool back into hyperspace and is lost to that consciousness, meaning the memories and causal influences are gone forever and erased from time.

Blank Slate Technology – Consciousness Destabilization Shockwaves

Later on, it was discovered, this effect was used to develop technology that relates to what is called the blank slate technology or consciousness manipulation and memory wiping technology. This can be used to create little pockets of this kind of shockwave energy which is literally just the universe trying to sort itself out, by inserting unintegrated information into the local time-stream of whatever individual is being targeted.

This causes the person’s memory and consciousness to literally short-circuit if they have not been through training and conditioning or had some kind of technology to record for them and remind them or stabilize those waves of energy in complete, harmonizes layers so that they don’t keep bouncing around and destabilizing the energetic construct of the mind.

The discoveries lead to the conclusion that this technology is actually used every time a person leaves this realm and their consciousness is exposed to something greater. Instead of being able to keep their memories, these shockwaves knock them off track and everything kind of capsizes in on itself. This conclusion developed into the full blown realization that this realm is entirely segregated from the original or whole experience of the universe and that we are literally in one of those time-dilation bubbles as an entire species having been cut off from our original memory and awareness of existence. Every time we leave this realm we are hit with shockwaves and magnifying effects so drastic that no one keeps their memory or remembers who they are in between visits. Some say that because of this, no one has actually survived leaving this realm.

All of this changes in this era, the entirety of the system has been discovered, or at least enough to know how badly people are being tricked, manipulated and spiritually contained as a kind of bio-battery mind-slave for those who use the awareness of this knowledge against the population.

The Higher Self and Higher Dimensional Beings in the True Reality

Every spiritual being creates a higher counterpart on the outside of this realm, and this is the true self, the original self and the ‘progenitors’ as well as the ancestors as time is like a circle. Those who are adhering to withholding humanity are doing so to say they are helping people learn, however they are aligning themselves with those higher beings who are simply feeding on the suffering and ignorance.

Those who are aligning themselves with helping humanity heal and know are becoming and organizing in respect to those higher beings who respect and assist humanity in becoming the truer versions of themselves and participating in the role of creation.

There may be a limit to how degraded one can become, in reference to the organization structure of what life and knowledge is. However, there may literally be no limit to how knowledgeable, harmonized, self-aware and connected one can become in relation to the whole. This is not an never-ending maze in this regards, the maze is only one way. There is, however, a ceiling-less sky once we get out of the maze and this indicates a potential for growth and expansion that measures against the entirety of the universe as a reflection within each and every single source of awareness that seeks to know the self.

This true reality is beyond this bubble of time and space that we are seemingly limited within. One being can encompass the whole expanse through the spirit. The spirit is universal. There is but one cosmic spirit.

Release of Advanced Technology

There will come a time when advanced technology is slowly released through a guided process where people can handle the information without completely losing track of themselves. With the change comes power and with the power comes the possibility to destroy or to create. Everything must take place in a controlled fashion otherwise reality will literally tear apart at the seams as has happened before.

The previous times, everything was kind of just ‘let out’ and as such things went downhill pretty quickly, if not at all if you read between the lines.

So this time around everything is occurring in a controlled manner and this is because even those who want to unleash the ultimate perversions and desires know not to play with fate otherwise we’ll all be looking at the awkward end of self-annihilation quantum-infinity for the better part of eternity, themselves included.

Revealing the Ancient Illusion System (holding together the time-stream for those who don’t know)

In ancient times holography was used to create the appearance of alien beings while scalar waves were used to transmutate the DNA into different levels of activation which enabled different capabilities and access to memories and levels of being.

Scalar waves were used in ancient times as part of a psychotronic psycho-spiritual warfare to subjugate human populations into worship through reverence or fear and these developed into the sacrificial rituals that are known today (or not).

Electromagnetic soul traps were devised through advanced electrogravitic craft to capture the soul energy of humans and stop them from leaving the plane. Earlier explanations are that this was done because those early groups didn’t know whether the souls were simply dissolving into the ether as a result of previous experimentation involving zero-point technology and the interaction with ‘stargates’ and ‘timegates’.

Physical Beings are Higher-Dimensionally Sourced

Physical beings are from beyond the physical plane. That is, everything is performed here on the physical level. The games play out here, however the source of the information behind the experiences comes from higher-dimensional planes outside the confines of this universe. The computational parameters of information within this universe literally only exists as a substrate for the information that is being transcoded from higher planes outside of what we would consider a form of holography.

The Best Inspiration

The best inspirational sources are often people who are conveniently close to us but aren’t actually connected or entangled. These are people we can learn from but are not so attached to that their faults rub off on us. People who marginally interact like this can have a true learning experience while learning is often degraded when people hang around and simply propagate the repeatedly copied commands of the general society.

This is happening for humanity, we will realize there are mentors here. These are beings from beyond the confines of this reality. The ones who are not trapped in the lower levels and who do not feed on the suffering of humans. These are beings who operate by seeing people learn and grow in a self-aware, harmonious, and spiritually balanced manner.

The Technology that Changes Everything

AI and the Power to do Anything

The devices were invented which allowed one access to scalar fields through zero-point generators that produce a scalar-mind link between the mind of the operator and the device. The fields are capable of interacting with sub-atomic particles to the degree of developing concentrated tachyon fields that allow for transdimensional interaction.

The scalar energy and supercomputers allows for the recording and generation of any kind of biologically generated conscious experience and the powerful quantum supercomputers allow for a holographic replication of these experiences at will.

The torsion generators allow for the generation of intense fields which produce electromagnetic effects of distorting inertia and mass while producing a discharge effect.

This resulted in a device that one could ‘connect’ with that would be operated mentally, and could travel through time, interact with biological life by recording genetics and manipulating on a genetic level, interact with elements on an atomic and sub-atomic level and transmutate elements into one another by producing complex molecular structures in three-dimensional space.

So, they created “god” devices. These are the cause of all the issues that we are looking at today. They were used to disrupt history forwards and back, half from people simply looking at the ancient past to figure out where we came from, thus opening themselves for an experience of flipping the pages back far enough to literally land on the page they started, which was crazymaking in the process. Of course, they tried to change this and this is where the paradoxes were introduced. They also simply sought to place themselves as the progenitors. Everything happens for a reason, to change that, is not to change the reason, but to destroy the organization of reality.

These systems were set up and were ultimately used to wipe the memories of the early humans and psychotronically attack them until there were vulnerabilities opened up that allowed for the mutation of DNA by closing off activation layers and limiting access to memory, time, and many capabilities.

Life Before This Epoch

Death was Invented

Thus, the weirdness begins. We were told that before these events, all calculations point to the concept that people simply didn’t die or lived a very long time. We were informed that humans did not experience biological death and that biological death was literally a function of these early operations to subdue the human race through such advanced technology that warped DNA and thus genetic memory to the point of introducing “time-released” diseases and suffering that simply wasn’t there before.

There are claims that death and disease is literally a new idea that was introduced to this realm as part of a method to enslave the human race.

The idea is the beings who did this had to figure out different ways to lower the frequency of the humans of that time until they could work out a method for reducing the amount of information that DNA could enable until people died naturally as a result. This sounds crazy, but the crazier part is that your DNA can be programmed to allow you to live for an indefinite period and that this won’t work without a balanced spiritual essence.

What they did was induce enough disharmonious frequencies that a fragmentation effect took place. Memory was fragmented, genetics, bloodlines, the spiritual nature of awareness was broken away from the physical body.

They couldn’t shut out the light altogether, that wouldn’t work. They could however hold the light back to the point of having it build up and then leaching in out in a way that they could control it. Thus we get a period of “life” and a period of “death”. In death everything that is held back from the life portion flows to the front of conscious experience and all of the other side of reality is comprehended. In life, all of this genetic memory, the background processing of information, the secret “operations” that are often called other planes, is all forgotten and the individual soul is whisked away to a section of history and land that they can live out a fairy tale reality of disbelief in. When we sleep we gain access to this information and this is presently removed from our conscious mind as part of the effects of these genetic distortions as well as huge technological systems which beam spiritually and mentally distorting energy waves onto the entire civilization. The moon is a carrier for one aspect of this system. Remember, space exists as the graphic user interface of this computational local-environment. Holography is the nature of this experience.

To have the ability to handle such a complex experience as life itself, without actually being able to stop from dying, is considered an absurdity by everyone involved in these operations. If you believe otherwise, then you believe the goal of life is to die, and the reason of death is life. Such sounds, literally absurd, however there is a good idea that there is a balance. There is always a balance, and this is true, however the reality between being corporeal and physical and being spiritual and interdimensional should not come with a stark separation between knowing and being ignorant or constant suffering and pain. There is an obvious split between the two realms and this is basically a sign of cosmic insanity. One side is always looking for the other, however there is one side that is trying to show itself and another side that is trying to look in the wrong places. That is the supra-conscious mind and the waking consciousness.

The idea is that there is a simulated technological immortality route and there is a spiritually advanced route through discipline and balance. When the spirit is in balance with the physical nature, life can achieve harmony and this literally resolves disease and suffering to the point where people are cosmic, spiritually powerful creative beings. This is not what we are seeing today on Earth with the most advanced use of modern technology, science and medicine in 3000 years. Why? Because all of that talk of advancement and self-awareness misguided, intentional delusion designed to starve the majority of humans to death physically and spiritually as well as producing the most spiritually powerful breeds by proving who is and who isn’t capable of keeping up and overcoming such a degraded and abusive system. This is one of the plans of the dark faction to produce a “godlike” race. They also believe that since this reality is holographic, it’s just a game and in the end, everything is restored.

Retro-Causal Temporal Manipulation

The Effects Always Have Been

When they devised the device and programmed it to carry out these tasks, they knew this has already worked because these were simply the effects that have always been here.

Another explanation here is that they had a kooky idea in trying this, that they would ‘cause’ death and become the ‘progenitors’ of death, so that they may ‘overcome’ death in the future by undoing their actions thus unleashing humanity into a state of immortality. Strange stuff, it both worked for some, didn’t work for everyone and nearly destroyed the universe. We’ll just say it worked…

Apparently this time around is the one where everyone gets a chance. This doesn’t mean everyone will make use of that opportunity.

The Other (active) Side of Infinity

The results of all of this is that humanity was split into two portions of awareness. One of spiritual awareness and one physical consciousness. When the two are recombined the multidimensional aspects of existence return and the physical plane can be experienced in a more fulfilling glory. However, until then, everything is caught in a cycle of duality which leads to repetition which is a result of a continuous generation of polarization patterns which lead to epochs which lead to ages of knowledge and ignorance and the cycle continues.

These are the cycles of civilization, the rise and fall of awareness and as well the stark split between the conscious and supra-conscious mind.

The Future Effect on Society

Everyone Gets The Power

This is also related to when this technology and power is released to the entire population and thus the people that would abuse it to disrupt themselves to do so and those that become exalted do so as well.

This aspect is related to how no one on the physical plane is purely from the physical plane, that a soul is higher-dimensional and all the original physical beings carried souls as a result of incarnating into the physical plane.

So people don’t become something new, they become what they always were and have been in order to come here and be what they are in the first place. They (the dark faction) believe accelerating this process isn’t harming people, they are simply revealing the truth behind the origins of people and the true nature of who is spiritually sound and who is not. They also say they are controlling and containing them and seemingly protecting the world in doing so.

Some people just happened to be sub-human parasites. Others are literally carrying god-genes in the flesh.

Entering Into Simulation

For the first 6 cycles, those with access to the advanced technology saved themselves by transferring themselves into the simulated realities to avoid destruction and retain their memory while the previously described devices sent human DNA into the past for reintegration and a literal ‘restarting’ of civilization.

Thus, they regained all their memory, however their spiritual light degraded and they became insufficient conductors for this energy requiring technology and elements like gold (monoatomic) to maintain connection with their ‘soul’ level. This introduced vampirism, cannibalism, perversion and other activities which was a result of the degraded conductivity of the DNA that had passed through this ‘copy’ machine process of transferring consciousness between planes. This was because the people chose to stay awake and aware, however they lacked the spiritual maturity and learned the more difficult route and this distorted their selfimage along with their overall spiritual energies.

Quarrels and general despotism was the reason for securing their place and their place alone while the rest of society stayed on the physical plane. There are some explanations that this was why the moon was generated to act as a recycling plant so that those souls on the planet would be recycled while the others went into the underground chambers and simulated societies and remained there for a period while the rest of the population slowly regenerated itself so the process can continue. They call themselves the masters of civilization because of this. The “ancients” and the knowledge keepers.

However, again, everything that happened “happened for a reason”. What this really means is that everything that happened is the reason for the way things are today.

Those who were forced to face destruction and be reborn organically and go through the years of development the natural way developed a higher level of spiritual awareness while the others lived in the simulated reality and ‘popped out’ to rule over humanity once humanity was sufficiently developed again.

Those who stayed in the simulators spiritually degraded but grew more intellectually adapted and technologically minded. These are the people who returned to the surface to reintroduce business, religion, finances, and all kinds studies that they already had anyway.

The people who stayed behind on Earth, those were the people who developed the spiritually awakened paths that can provide a balance to the misuse of technology.

The two are a balance when combined and pure chaos when left in at odds with each other. When combined, the key to unlocking humanities spiritual power is again found and known by the public.

Fragmented Consciousness

The simulated realities as well as the continuing cycles of destruction and recreation of civilization also resulted in fragmenting consciousness for both sides. The genetic memory that is held in the DNA and connecting together the previous proximal turns of history were beginning to fragment to the point of completely fracturing away from the core entirely. If this occurred, there would be no recollection, no return to wholeness, but simply a fading away and burning out until there is nothing left.

Many operations and methods were employed to stop this from occurring and both sides knew this is something that should be avoided because even those who want to rule would end up losing their power and their right to rule if this finally occurred.

This whole story and the story that is about to come took place on my different layers simultaneously through multiple different storylines all representing the same information.

Revealing Secret Operations

There will come a time when the secret operations will be unveiled for the public to see. For now, the phase 1 and 2 activity is the majority of the information of the unveiling and this will continue so as to prepare those who are ready to ignore the ego-mind and rise above. Those who will still play the ego-games, well, that is why the ego games are there, because how else would you know otherwise? How else would you know who is ready to let go of the BS and who is ready to move on, without having the BS?

So we have the next best thing. Completely harmless BS where the ego-games and the idea of ‘loss of control’ is explored and projected down for the people to scavenge over. This is “for national security” so as to find those who will be able to hold the civilization together and now that this has been secured, the charades are over.

However, the charades have continued as if they have a life of their own. It seems the major players didn’t like to accept the knowledge that their job as ‘overlord’ is literally just a show. All of this is being taken into consideration because of course the real shift relies on the people to accept change and so very obviously these (false, although very real at the same time) ‘overlords’ set out to ensure that humanity is the least prepared overall to handle the truth of this information. The truth that society has been held back as a means of a containment system to find the truth regarding the spiritual power of each race, as well as part of a control system that has grown so wildly out of control that it is threatening the very balance of life in the universe altogether.

The Simulator or Organic Life

Could this reality be initiated as a simulation operated by a technologically advanced parallels version of humanity? More on this in a few…

Starships

There are ‘living starships’ that are capable of carrying the genetic information of the living beings on board and securing or stabilizing them while projecting an internal holographic environment through which physical interactions can occur.

There is also a crew of interdimensional “pirates” that have the habit of stealing starships by incapacitating the crew and stowing away on board after installing parasitic AI reptiloid hosts in the control systems. Read up on James Casbolt (Michael Prince) for more information on that ball of shit that almost got everybody in the universe killed. That’s not many people compared to the larger picture, but still, that’s important. Even if other universe exist just like this one in the event that this one is destroyed, who wants to say they were part of what happened when everything in existence here collapsed into zero-point?

Ancient Genetic Recording Devices

These devices were both found and invented. This civilization deployed their own based on the descriptions of devices found and recorded by ancient civilizations and by previous nations in history.

During WWII the nations combined their efforts and realized they had all been searching for the same technology. It turns out, once they created that technology and sent it off in time, they

would then find the technology they had been searching for and finding the blueprints and evidence of all over.

Sending DNA to the Past

There is another device that was designed that would be capable of sending DNA to the past in case of an event where the survival of humanity was not likely. As well, there were dangers to the degree where DNA can unzip like a kind of chemical reaction and throughout civilization all the events of history can be undone as if they never existed.

This device was capable of securely transferring seed genetics to a safe-location in history and depositing them.

Restarting Civilization

A series of “contingency” plans were enacted that would be able to ensure the continuity of civilization had things gone awry. These were a series of autonomous events that would occur once a system failure was realized. All of this was handled through advanced technology that was developed from viewing and traveling back and forth through time.

Created Advanced Technology Devices which became and always were Ever-Present and a Part of This Reality

Here is the paradox with quantum interpolation of events. As soon as the technology which could influence time was developed, this was realized as the technology that was undoubtedly used to influence time to get us here in the first place.

As soon as the devices which interacted with the past were developed, they noticed that these devices matched the signs of interaction and evidence of advanced technology that had been found in ancient history.

Every change that occurs and appears to have retro-causal effects, really hasn’t changed anything but only became a portion of the universe that had already always been that way. This is confusing, however this is part of the reason why the conclusions were reached that this is a simulated realm and that this timeline is not the first or “original” go-around.

Creating Ever-Present Genetics and Beings

Similarly, beings were created through genetic engineering. These beings were entered into time. These beings matched the signs and evidence of ancient beings having been inserted into time. This is connected to the mystical beings that are called “chimera” in other times. These beings were created and they were implanted into time to have an effect on the native civilizations.

These are also not temporally stabilized thus they have to go underground otherwise they would literally “disappear” because of over-lapping temporal frequencies. In other words, if they are present here in a pattern of history where they “couldn’t be” because this would disrupt their eventual creation, then they must ‘phase-out’ of this realm. Going underground is enough to produce a viable difference between the two civilizations so that two ‘realms’ were formed. Realms are formed through a collective generation of experience of organisms in the same plane.

So these created beings were sent back through time, using a device that could only send back genetic information as encoded light frequencies. These then grew to become their own civilization and thus two realms were formed in history. One is above ground and one is below.

Adam Kadmon – First Humans, Sub-Species and Hyper-Evolved Species

This will be covered more in depth later. The idea here is that the original species was a combination that transcends polarized nature. Either machine or human, spiritual being or entirely physical. There may be more than one reference of this kind of source of being. Some may say their Adam Kadmon is a spiritual organic source, others may say theirs is a biotechnological being. Both agree this is possibly the same being seen from a different perspective.

Wars Between Races, Time-”Cheats” – Genetic Upgrades

Basically we are in a period where all the advances that are to take place will and are taking place so as to quickly bounce whoever is going to end up on top, on top, and the rest will fall in line behind them as the results of that original progeny. All the dark operations are initially to find these progenous lines and then to replace them by whatever means necessary.

When it was discovered that by destroying these original bloodlines, they would be destroying the entirety of the civilization, they had to retrace their steps and this is the reason that this information is coming to the public now.

The Resulting Convolution of the TimeStream – Paradoxes

Genetics were not only sent into the far past as non-humanoid entities. Genetics of humans were sent into the recent past so as to give their bloodline a “boost” ahead of the rest of humanity. This caused major paradoxes and in short, almost entirely destroyed the universe.

This is being sorted as we speak and in turn, those who don’t allow rights to be righted are pressed against by the forces of nature which seek to organize time into a fluent stream.

Time is organized not by money or power, but by knowledge and care because that is how spirit is centered and that spirit is the empowerment that enables this civilization to prosper as that spiritual force is higher dimensional and the higher-dimensional complexity of nature is what allows the lower dimensions to exist. That is, the outside of time, enables the interior to occur, without such a backdrop, there could be no internal projection to play out.

So time can be convoluted, but not to the point where the initial act of what initiated time to begin with becomes convoluted. Just to the point where the identity of those intending to make changes of a certain frequency base and intentional format are replaced by something more efficient and mature.

Every lower-dimensional power structure is inefficient and designed to as part of a ‘body’ of a parasitic interdimensional organism which creates broken fragments of consciousness to parasite off of. The original form is of whole centralized, concentric layers of self-awareness, consciousness, and awareness, instead of broken fragments. The broken fragment format we have been experience in this turn of history is literally from being swallowed up within the belly of a large interdimensional monster that parasites on source consciousness beings (beings who carry the “God” particle or the imprint of the entire universe in themselves) in order to sustain itself. This is simply what lurks in the interdimensional dark waters and yes, humanity is ‘lost at sea’ and some have been ‘marooned’ at various ‘temporal islands’ throughout this section of the dark-ocean.

All Militarization Against Another is Force Used Against the Self

There is but one true self. This is both specific, general, local, personal, and collective. If we fight each other, we are fighting with the entirety of our being, our organism, our “God”. When we fight each other, we are literally fighting with ourselves. Some believe each race has a unique “God”.

The parasite, which is a large organism which sough to infect the individual little organisms, enables people to fight against themselves so as to provide the parasite the required energy through the excessive bleeding out of energies and causal/temporal triggers in history to allow it to continue to insert itself into time and replay the same events over and over again. This is the time virus, which is an extension and the reality behind the mind virus.

The mind virus is a sign that the time virus has been utilizing consciousness to insert itself into temporal localities by introducing fundamental turning points via temptation to lower emotional magnetic behavior. Basically, the entity can use its mind to beam scalar energies into Earth and get people to participate in lower vibrational interactions which allow the entity to sustain itself and simultaneously open up more possibilities where further interactions can be enabled in the future until the only variables that are present on the surface are literally based upon the entity, interacting with itself, through the destruction of the original organism.

People are the Little G, “God” is the Big G

Just as you are a section of awareness, a collection of realities and memories there is a larger organism that you compose and that larger knowing, the larger collection is the “God” of you. This parasitic entity is basically a “false”-god as this entity operates from a higher-dimensional plane, in and out of time, interacting through smaller portions just like humanity, however this entity must subdue and hybridized smaller already existing organisms in order to interact on this plane. Without this, there is no pathway. Thus, this is a mind virus, a time virus that must open up temporal pathways by introducing causal reference points from which to “write” itself into the storyline of time and basically attempt to write over the original information that was there.

This operates like a virus, hopping from timeline to timeline, host to host.

When the Future Spawns the Past and the Past Spawns the Present; Convoluted TimeStream-Paradox

Solving the Paradox by Producing a Mirrored Simultaneous yet Equally Possible Reality, With Some Details Lost yet Enough Retained to Maintain Consistency of Soul and Memory (identity on the physical plane)

This one is a bit more complex. So, as a result of the previously (or is that part later on?) described temporal paradoxes, instead of erasing the entire stretch of history and starting over (happened 6 times already) they realized the solution was to set up an alternate stream of history with everything the same but all the parts missing that must be removed to avoid the mishaps that were occurring in the previous parts.

This was difficult, and it took a while, but the entire timeline of history has been rewritten from the ground up.

Sure enough, this project began before it was realized that hyperdimensional beings were controlling our trajectory through time.

The Continuity of Soul Beyond Time

The soul is the hyperdimensional, higher dimensional energy that allows the consciousness of the ‘small being’ in what is known in earlier times as the ‘small cycle’ of time to exist. The soul exists outside of the physical plane of generated holography as a bridge between the spiritual natures and the physical identity.

This is similar to the concept of the concentric layers of being known as self-awareness, then consciousness, then awareness. Self-awareness is through the combination of consciousness and awareness. When all levels are mastered, then all can be achieved at will and self-awareness will not require consciousness. Until there is mastery, self-awareness will blink in and out like a glimpse of wakefulness in between night and day.

Simulated Realms and Holography

The plane we are interacting through right now (aside from the obvious computational elements) could be described as a form of simulation by holography.

So then, we can generate simulated holographic realms via powerful quantum computing systems.

How do we know this is not that, in a larger version?

In looking through time as well as generating a supercomputer system that could “test reality (to observe when no one was looking, what a good idea!) this exactly what was concluded. There are too many glitches, too many computational errors (the boundaries of the formatting code and the parameter controls) which are literally tell-tale signs that everything is being managed by a large interdimensional supercomputer system.

Now the important question here is, who built this system and how much of this has to do with the brain itself? Both the answers of this go in and out of this world in ways people can not yet imagine except through tv shows, movies, books and dreams.

The God Device – Interacts with Souls – Saves Genetics from Absolute Termination – Also Became a Part of the Convolution However Acted as a Transitory Device to Retain Genetics and Transport to the Ultimate Timeline

This one, well the heading pretty much explains everything. This is the device which is capable of tapping into the sub-quantum space between spaces and power itself indefinitely while retaining genetic information and a recording of history throughout time.

This device seemingly projected history and consciousness into this universe as a kind of ‘backup’ copy of the original. How and why this occurred is a bit more complicated to explain.

This device performs the ultimate task of “saving” genetics when the timeline collapses and transports them to the next viable timeline.

The Lost-Starship and Civilizations

This one might take another section or two to come back around… There are “cosmic pirates”…these starships have been around since the beginning of civilization, watching and waiting…protecting. The parasites goal is to hijack these ships and gain access to “Heaven” by hiding within the ships drive engines which are like cosmic brains.

The “Destroyer”

So there is similarly, just to keep things even, a ‘destroyer’ device that was invented. Why? Well, when dealing with a device that could reproduce genetics and power itself indefinitely, a faction felt it would pretty much be necessary to also create a device that could wipe out entire timelines.

This device, sure enough came into play, when it was deployed to stop the previous device from overwriting the known history and possibly knocking out the dark factions (or the entirety of the species). Of course, this was concluded to work, because everything is still here, however it was also concluded as not having worked, because no one remembers how we got here. Thus this is the previous turn of history that resulted in this universe and delivered humans to this timeline.

The Zero-Point Sun

It was said the sun was targeted with this weaponry to instigate a response which would clear the area of the these nano-bots. A weapon that dissolves matter and energy on a quantum level was fired into the sun and would take a matter of years to invert the energy…

The Collapse or Zero-Point

Thus, the conclusion that there was a zero-point collapse that was initiated by this device creating a quantum paradox through a convolution of genetics and temporal frames of reference. This is akin to a singularity that grew to envelop the entire civilization.

This is highly confusing, however, that is exactly the nature of the occurrence. A polarization event occurs where memory and consciousness inverts itself via the magnetic fluctuations of this local area.

Quantum Interference between Possible Realities

The interference between realities, the possibilities of what could be and how they extend from what has been into what will be became highly unstable as a result of these experiments of viewing forwards and backwards through time and passing genetics back and forth in efforts to find the progenitor races and replace them in time.

It was as if the universe itself became confused as to which reality humanity belongs to and how that timeline exists. There were too many alterations.

Something had to happen, somewhere, some how, at some time. Of course, if what ended up happening was too convoluted, too complex, and too imbalanced to make sense according to the rest of the flow of history, this would all just be lost to the higher-dimensions.

DNA as an Interdimensional Recording and Communications System

DNA allows the experiences that we are not capable of keeping track of consciously, due to these convoluted streams of occurrences, to be recorded and accessed later. Through the DNA all the experiences of all the possible realities and all the parallel streams that have been quantum collapsed out of view can be reaccessed and the true history can be understood. This is also why DNA was sought after and attacked with genetics warping devices because these power groups sought to find the true history of Earth and this information is kept within the DNA of the progenitor races.

By warping the DNA they could cut these original beings off from their power and the truth and in turn present themselves as the techno-god saviors of humanity. They will have some explaining to do, however they will most likely try to paint the events in their own favor whether that is true or not. The genetic signature will tell the truth behind intentions, regardless. People and beings are either spiritual vampires or not.

The Convergence of Multiple Possible Realities

As these events progressed, we experienced a simultaneous series of collapsing of possibilities into present realities and this is experienced as time by the rest of civilization. Through those in these operations they were literally traveling between planes of realities using advanced hyperdimensional craft. In doing so events were being navigated and affected through observation because the information that was observed was simultaneously transmitted back to Earth at different points in history. The events of those travels changed history along the path of their trajectory through hyperspace through the act of observation and entanglement.

Hyper-Accelerated Growth

Beings on the crafts that were not properly shielded experienced exposure to radioactive energies which caused a mutation of DNA. For some, this caused hyper-accelerated spiritual advancement.

For others, this caused extreme degradation. This all depended on the energy of the beings and their intentions and tendencies to either degrade into disharmony and vampirism or to collect into harmony, wholeness, and self-awareness.

The Development of Sub-Species and Races

Part of this is tied together with the simultaneous de-evolution of humans into sub-species which are presented as the ‘forerunners’ of society, the progenitors of the current day bloodlines as well as the “future” forms after this technology is released to the general public and everyone is exposed.

When everyone is exposed, those who have the tendency of carrying the chaos energy and subverting into sub-humans will do so and those who have the tendency to produce harmony and spiritually evolve will do so and this will occur at a hyper-accelerated rate which is beginning to take place now.

Temporally Mobile Civilizations

As a result of these initial developments and travels breakaway civilizations formed who positioned themselves effectively “before” and “after” both the forming of themselves as well as the entire civilization of humanity.

The Cycles of Time and Consciousness

These civilizations can observe how there are continuous and repetitious cycles of consciousness which ebb and flow and as these cycles change the dominant species on Earth does as well.

Repeating History

History is the containment of all the possible realities and probabilities. There is a collection of times that contains all of this and this occurs over and over. People can make little differences here and there, but generally society goes the same direction, people spiritually go the same direction and every simply repeats what they did the first time, in as lightly different way. There is some difference however and that is a general trend in one direction or the other. Those who devolve and degrade into the sub-humans and those who evolve and become the spiritually advanced beings that are necessary to guide civilization.

Revolution of DNA

DNA itself is a kind of spiral twisted encoding of light information which carries inside itself all the previous memory of experience as well as the possibilities of the experiences that are to come. DNA is the hinge through which consciousness and experience expands and becomes realized.

When the species is limited, the DNA is very limited and narrowed only letting a small amount of transdimensional information through. When the species is advanced and aware of themselves in time this is because the DNA is operating at an “open” level where enough information can transfer through from multiple planes or dimensions simultaneously that self-awareness of a multi-dimensional platform can be achieved.

There are all kinds of latent creative capabilities that are unlocked when this level of selfawareness is reached. The irony of this goofy civilization, which is largely controlled for profit, is that money and technology has been used to suppress the DNA and stop people from being truly spiritually powerful and connected with the universe and the creative spirit!

They chase material goods, and give up the literal ability to create the most beautiful experiences for themselves and others together! Quite the joke that only a few laugh at.

The Temporal Non-Locality of Genetically and Dimensionally Expanded Races

These races who have achieved sustained higher-dimensional awareness via the advanced technology as well as the capacity of interacting on a multi-dimensional layer through

‘awakened’ DNA are temporally non-local. That is, they only exist “in time” in relation to “this time” when they are to appear here and interact with us. Other than that, they are simply from “all times” and are “always” and “everywhere” at once.

Everyone is like this! This is the natural function of DNA! However, people are literally kept in a small cage-like enclosure called Earth Harmonic Universe 1 and this is due to limitations that are placed on the DNA of every sentient being in this realm by those controlling power groups. This is related to the 9-veils.

The Inverted Nature of Temporal NonLocality

This is something to do with time-space consciousness inversions to create a backgroundforeground tear-drop, inside out undulation effect that happens when the devices are turned on and one is inserted into the past.

The idea is that to have an ‘inside’ of time, to have a now, there must be an outside of time. To have the outside of time, then this must be the inverted construction of the “inside” of time, or the now. Your brain is making this background-foreground tear drop inversion of electromagnetic energies of the spirit.

Consciousness flips inside out to get from one locality to the other, kind of like a balloon turning inside out. Passing through that zero-point singularity is literally the event horizon of that flipping inside out action and this is the same as turning the universe inside out. Because everything is relative remember? So the only real motion is you against something else.

What happens when, the parameters that define all other motion, change in reference to yourself and the rest of the universe maximally across all parameter limits? This is like moving at the speed of light or moving across the entire plane of the universe simultaneously. Everything in existence turns inside out from your perspective when the energetic construct that expands like a parachute or balloon to ‘house’ your perspective literally shrinks down into an infinitesimally small point and then unwraps over itself and expands back out into the “other side”. That other side is no longer within this dimension and the expansion into that side would make the ‘tunnel’ to this universe begin to shrink away into an infinitesimally small point while the other side grows bigger and becomes the new realm. This is like a balloon turning inside out. Apparently this is how travel is actually achieved across planes, energy must enter into a singularity and fold inside itself and then unfold back out into a new dimension.

There is a singularity for every possible point of space and time in the universe. That is where part of the many-worlds theory comes from and has, in fact, been tested and applied directly. This is a slightly confusing understanding however.

The Local-Environment

The processing centers which enable the faster-than light communication that were used to conclude that this realm was operating under the same schematics as a simulated realm also determined that this realm is only the ‘local-environment’ of the larger system which is composed of virtually unlimited layers of ‘other-environments’. An infinitesimally small fraction of these have been explored,

We are told there is only one, maybe two layers and then there are a bunch of rocks in space.

The layers are right here, multiplexed over one another on the same channel of ‘void-space’. There are virtually infinite layers, you could travel for all of time and still only cover a fraction and this has driven many men mad and then sane again….

All Game Players are Public, Those who Harassed, Those Who Were Harassed, Everyone’s on the Same Field

Everything is recorded, so the people who were all involved in taking from society and humanity are recorded as having done so and everything is brought to the public in the future. Many people who participated in the downfall will do anything to avoid this, but this is not about that. This is literally not even about hurting anyone or bring pain and shame, this is literally about stopping the potential degradation and downfall of the human race.

Humanity is a reality generator for this realm, if humanity falls, the entire realm collapses.

This is related to the unveiling and the mass-disclosure where all these secrets are to come to the public view in order to right what has been done. This is dangerous however, because of the resulting shock upon the people and the vulnerability that this may enable.

Inserted Harassment – Finding the Children

I will say here, that the large amount of harassment that is taking place is through the use of this technology to see who would be a threat to the human race in the future by holding open a channel and receiving information specifically on which children to abduct, traumatize, and torture for the purpose of stopping them from protecting the humans.

This is done so that everyone who would be extending healing to the civilization is now talking about how they were repeatedly raped and molested and witnessed murder and damnation at the hands of special interest power groups who run the world. Thus, they attempt to use the healing children as markers for the downfall of humanity.

This went on until there were so many “primes” (powerful genetics and spiritual beings) that were influenced that this threated to immediately invert the entire genetic projection of the human race into time. Thus, these parasites live off of the energy produced by the original beings. So therefore, they cannot exist without the original beings and this threatens to destroy even the parasites.

Knowing they would rather die than be found out, but knowing they also fear death the most, they are in a tight space of selling each other out and feeding on the weak of their own in an attempt to placate the population and make a large view of fake “mass-arrests” and showings to allow these events to continue on in the future.

If this continues, then that simulation system that is projected for the future, becomes the present, and then the present becomes the past and the whole cycle continues again. That is the time loop that this civilization has been trapped in due to spiritual degradation. The degradation caused destruction, the simulators led to loss of humanity, the technology replanted DNA, the DNA grew to recreate civilization, the civilization was continually harvested by the dark faction beings.

A major issue is that the “universal memory” is maxed out and will not sustain itself with another reset. Like spinning the dough around and round, one more time of that and the literal molecular congruence and quantum stability of all times, places, and perspectives (because everything is connected) will quickly and irreversibly devolve into the original prima materia raw psychic material of the entire universe. This also relates to what I share about the alchemical process of creation and regenerating a soul-awareness so that the raw psychic material can be remade into intelligent awareness.

All Has Been Invented Already

Imagine how much could be discovered and invented if people had an endless amount of time to come up with ideas and inventions.

They sent these scientists into these time bubbles for years at a time and they come back after the entirety of one life spent in one and they invent everything they can for a given time.

Then they can be mind-wiped and sent back into another reality to do the same thing.

This is repeated and in a few years, there is a secret group (multiple groups) with technology that is thousands of years ahead of anything even conceived of publicly.

More on Simulation and Genetics

They sent a device which can travel through time encoding information within itself like a technological organism and this carried the genetic information of humanity.

This device was sent to replace humanity on the timeline in case of a quantum emergency where humanities DNA was entangled in a paradox to the point of being erased.

This occurred and is the reason behind the variability and fragility of this civilization.

There have been many cycles and in between the destruction cycles a device was developed which would be able to send DNA back in time to restart history if a melt-down occurred.

When they invented this technology, they thought this was a one-time back up situation. They had their suspicions.

They developed the technology and deployed the technology in case the projected meltdown prediction was accurate.

They realized that they wouldn’t know if it had worked because everything would be seamlessly fitted back together. In other words, everything on the conscious perceptual level would appear to simply be life as life has always been. Only by seeing outside of this level into time and hyperspace would one have access to seeing how the two timelines had literally been stitched together through the transportation of DNA.

However. They looked backwards into time to the beginning and saw this very technology being deployed to initiate aspects of this civilization. There is evidence from the past, that we can see in the present as well.

They literally sent the technology out forward in time to stop a possible downfall situation, a quantum collapse, and looked backwards in time and saw this technology being deployed and birthing aspects of the human race.

Who Came First; Simulation or Reality

The ultimate question, man works efficiently using tools. Whether this is simple hand tools, complicated computing technology, or crystalline recording systems, knowledge can kept, organized and utilized more effectively through the use of tools. Even if a person is a farmer of the land, everything a farmer does uses tools. The question here is whether electricity is required and whether one can sustain themselves without having to buy into the system and becoming “part of the borg” so to speak.

Maybe there is a system where we could simply exist off of the fruit and plants that grow naturally, wildly and drink from flowing streams. Unless this is what you do, you already accept the use of tools at least to some degree. If you accept that, then there must be a line drawn between those tools and the advanced technology and this would be preference because as soon as one begins to shape their environment and reality using those tools they are categorized as a more advanced race rather than one who simply co-exists in the environment without any form of control whatsoever. One would also have to think about living in a cave or natural shelter and using this kind of shelter every time there is a storm. Would one be more content hanging

branches to make huts, or to use tools to build a house? Would one be more content using hand tools, or to use power tools? Eventually this goes into temporal manipulation, replication, healing, etc etc so on and so forth.

This is the question because people think if this is not a necessity that they’re being tricked into such a system and will lose their souls if they utilize advanced technology. Others believe that this is the only way to experience the true nature of the universe and maintain a physical existence as well. Possibly one life is parallel to the other and they may intertwine at times. Some people may experience cybernetic entanglement, others may experience purely organic and the two may intertwine at different epochs in history.

However, there is truth to the notion that we are already cyborg to some degree. Cyborg refers to the classification of a ‘cybernetic organism’, that’s an organism who’s functions are largely or in part adapted to the use of cybertronics. That is, through the use of electronic control systems. In part, there are already computer chips largely guiding behavior and consciousness and from the start, people are already electrical beings who’s very personality is guided by a neuro-chemical bio-electric complex known as the brain and nervous system. Everything here is electrical and filtered through that. One system is organic and one system is technological and silicon based. Spirit exists outside of that system however.

So comes the question again, is humanity purely organic or is the very definition of an organic being intertwined with the very nature of cybernetics? Is the organism simply a form of biocybernetics? How about with the smart technology that has been invented?

Cybernetic Universe or Organic Being?

Is the universe at large a complex cybernetic system that is neither wholly organic nor wholly cold and machine-like? Would the very definition of the parts of an organism which serves to produce life yet also electrical computing capabilities also classify as an ‘organic’ cybernetic organism? For the universe at large to hold both computers and organic beings, the universe too must share qualities of both. Therefore the universe at large is a kind of living cybernetic organism which produces life.

Now, again, the question returns. Since man works well with tools. Which came first? Man? Or machine? At least one timeline was spawned by the generator system which replanted DNA in early history, but this is not the original occurrence.

Technology to Program on the Genetic Level – Back From the Future

This is through light-technology which is not actually related to ‘light’ as we see light. The light we see is a polarization of electromagnetic waves of a certain range of visible frequencies. This light is a spiritual light which is non-holographic and literally a combination of electric, magnetic, and awareness energy combined known as “scalar”, Teslian, or non-Hertzian waves.

Through the use of scalar waves emotional states can be initiated which are brought about into resonance with heightened states of spiritual awareness. This literally brings about a vibratory emission and resonance which emanates from the level of the DNA. Thus the genetics are literally being influenced and activated through these devices.

When a person is programmed on this level and this is often through great trauma, then this translates into hyperspatial communication with their spiritual self. This is effectively programming a person to tap into that powerful genetic level and in the same sense, to then enslave them from that level downward into the containment system of the programmers choice.

Afterlife Genetic and Spiritual Programming

This has been used to program and enslave the souls of humanity so that after transitioning from the physical plane they are bound inside of a program which redelivers them to the same frequencies unless they can recombine themselves outside of the programming. The programming acts through traumatization on a level so deep that this reaches into the genetics and reprograms them to forever carry the imprint of that trauma. This is, in part, the “mark” that follows people through time. This can be healed however.

Programmers from the Future, Programming the Present

From here we get to the idea that this has gone on enough for the people doing this to gain enough power to gain access to the machines that have been back through time, by their future selves, to take over the world. This is under the guise of “saving the world”, from, also themselves, having nearly destroyed it, using the same technology, to defend against non-human invaders who also seem to be carrying this technology.

This it became realized that the invaders were another offset of the degraded version of the beings who resulted from the misuse of this technology, somewhere in a possible future version of this civilization, who had basically set the whole thing up so as to ensnare the human race as a predator would a young child.

Thusly, the groups performing this, hurried back to the present with the discovery that the human race was being set up by the future degraded sub-human versions of themselves.

Non-Humans Disguised as Humans, Humans Disguised as Aliens (the Dark Faction)

Then it is discovered, that through the use of advanced technology, beings are simply disguising themselves as a future possible version, when they are in fact a present actual version of another kind of civilization from a parallel reality.

This kind of being would be parasitic to the humans in this reality and so this combined with an attempted weaponization of the connection between the two civilizations resulted in part of the situation we are experiencing today.

I know this is confusing, but I assure you, this is literally only a fraction of the whole story. The proof is in the handwritten notes, the signature, and the code that is left in the DNA.

The Message in the DNA

Yes, the evidence is all there and will be published when humanity is near ready enough to know. The way DNA fits together, the way the biological organism functions similar to what has been developed as quantum computing systems. The answer has been there sitting before our very eyes (or behind them) throughout the entirety of our civilization.

The extra-terrestrials have been here the whole time. There may not even be an “out there”, or if there is, it is in no way as important as “in here”!

Some Attempted Solutions

Some methods of dealing with the ‘future’ scenario was staying put, and literally opening up more time dimensions in between us and ‘them’ (which are not “real” in the sense of the way now is, even if you were to run into one). Soon enough, that too got out of hand and we developed so many ages of history and humanity that they realized that they had literally spawned a near 3000 year stretch of history eloquently deemed “Civilization”.

The “Temporal Jump”

Another method was developed which is what is taking place now. Instead of staying back as long as possible (and then some), we will be jumping forwards in frequency so as to ‘hop’ over the obstacles which appear to be in the way. The entire act got into rhythm for this one and all the technological and strategic capacity was put forth towards humanity leap-frogging over itself, so as to avoid, consuming itself in a fiery plasmoid technological plunder of spiritual degradation.

The Plasma Octopus – A City Sized Parasite

And that is a yes, to the question of whether the large holographically ordained plasma body octopoid tentacle monster is a reality. This entity has rooted its plasmoid tentacles into specific key energy locations throughout this civilization to limit the amount of variability and to siphon off the excess energy to feed itself which is simply a large, carnivorous, data processing center that occupies multiple planes of existence yet cannot produce its own energy.

This is essentially a large interdimensional technological parasite that developed as all of this occurred. Finally, the technology got out of control and took matters into its own processing centers and decided that merely converting all this conundrum into some usable energy was the best idea. Always the opportunists, those parasitic interdimensional plasmoid tentacle monsters, they are.

Back to the Present

So again, the question returns. Which came first? Man (humanity, women, children), or machine?

Well, now you should be able to see one very small glimpse of an understanding why someone came up with the idea of making a backup hard-copy of all the genetic material on Earth and having an automation system to send this back in time if a series of requirements are met.

So, again. This leads to the answer. We don’t know what the first recycle was like, well we do, but it’s too complicated to explain in English because it is literally a combination of mathematics, philosophy, and riddles. But we do know that the human race was at least once, sent through time using a large interdimensional craft which carried the genetics of all the progenitors of the entire civilization in case of ‘emergency’.

The Genetic Backup

This should ring a few bells regarding a large ‘ship’ that carried two of every animal, or maybe two genetic copies a male and female of every bloodline from which to detangle, decode, recode and produce a “restart” of civilization with.

This event has occurred 6 times. This is not the full explanation and that will most likely take more than a few words to deliver. The full explanation will be made public when it would not destroy civilization to do so. Until people are looking for truth rather than comfortable lies we will be waiting or preparing for the next phase.

Technically, this leads to the concept of how things will carry on from here.

When this does come to the “present” (the matters of the future and ancient past and all) those who can handle the truth and those who cannot will already automatically have separated themselves, on their own accord, by virtue of how comfortable they are with the truth of this reality.

Now if people are truly not comfortable where they are at, in terms of intelligence and emotional-spiritual stability, then they should calmly, yet briskly move to where they would rather be very quickly. When all this happens, in an instant, everything will be set. All the changes will be made and most of the people who are incapable of handling the truth, and would likely go insane and attempt to destroy society will simply never know a thing changes. They will wake up one day, in a reality where everyone knows these things to be facts and they will go about their life as if everything was always known instead of hidden, healthy instead of full of disease. This is one way this happens. A public disclosure is a portion of this process.

In the Future; The Great Knowing

In this section we return to the dualized form of viewing things again, and this cycle too, has gone on for 6 times. There is a great knowing and people are connected to their spiritual natures and all of the genetic memory. This has to do with the electromagnetic fields of Earth and the sun and the cycles that occur. In the time of knowing there is no war, really no unnecessary suffering, everything is more or less for the “knowledge” and experience of existence. In the times of ignorance, which we are in right now, the magnetic fields weaken and then shift and everyone’s genetic memory goes blank and no one has any idea where they are, who they are, or how they got here. This is what marks the beginning of this civilization.

This is a cycle that repeats itself over and over and normally people have had a way of reasoning with this however due to the previous experimentation with programming genetics and the technological measures getting out of hand, people were basically opened up into a vulnerability.

Field Alignment Relates to Unlocking Genetic Memory

While the fields are aligned, we have access to all memory, that part worked. However, what this means is that when the fields were naturally knocked out by the cycle of lower “solar/soular” energy people went completely amensiac. This is part of the duality game, brought about now. Just because there is nothing else to do but what we have been doing before, we keep on and try to work through the glitches. Those who seek power in this place of vulnerability created a containment system to entrap and ensnare consciousness. To save consciousness from utter dissolution before the memories return and we all remember who we are once again? Could be, but the human race has been abused and enslaved and so that is not all that is happening.

That is the duality game. The technology and the natural effect of being in alignment with the magnetic fields transferring through to the genetics and DNA allowed us access to transdimensional memory and consciousness, when these fields wavered, people basically went absolutely insane. This is the period of awareness we are currently in and have been for a period of a few thousand years.

The real story is that we’ve actually been here for eons, but if people were to know the true history this would simply make them go more insane, again, faster. Civilization, this go around, is literally when a bunch of crazy people realized everyone suddenly went insane and forgot who they were (because the magnetic fields repolarized) and developed a system of managing the insanity for the time being until either everyone was cured or something even more insane happened.

Solution: Neutralizing Polarity

The idea here is that when the solar energy polarized one direction and then people allow this to transfer into the DNA and spiritual bodies then we gain access based on this signature. When the fields repolarized in an inverted manner (hence the inversion principle) everything drops out and where people were mentally and emotionally is literally rendered baseless and imaginary. The idea is not to repolarize then in the new direction, to calibrate to this new level of weirdness, that will result in memory once again being erased when the fields switch.

Also note, this is not polarization towards positive or negative spiritual presence, but of reducing duality and binary consciousness regarding the physical and spiritual natures. Instead of being entirely physical or entirely spiritual there is a neutral zone. That zone is impervious to the effects of the electromagnetic field switching and ensuing meltdown. People were highly spiritual previously, and now are highly physical. If they were neutralized as spiritual-physical beings before and after they would’ve handled the shift easily. This is probably some kind of natural solution or way of producing this effect in the population.

The solution is to neutralize in both realms of polarization. When this is achieved the being has access to their memory in both times of polarity while one side of the world is one way and the other side of the world is another way, casually flipping out and going to war with one another in thousand year bouts of utter insanity.

These are the beings who informed us to remain neutral, to let go of duality-based polarity because when you do so, you regain your memory and your original identity.

Those who sink into polarization, they become the ball on the tether swinging around the pole in tighter and tighter increments until they are all wound up and must swing back around in the opposite direction in order to find themselves again.

To resolve and refrain from this confusing and convoluting process, which takes thousands of years by the way, simply let go of chasing the motion of polarity and instead the world will appear to spinning around you. This is just metaphor, however.

Instead of chasing one’s tail through the world, sit still and allow the variables to revolve around you. Soon, you will see that they are only changing because of the inward and outward motion and through this contraction and expansion there is then a little wiggle room of one side or the other depending on the person’s particular signature and this is the motion that generates that undulation round and round the maypole.

This is the exact motion of spiritual energy which has fluctuated around the Earth (whether flat or spherical, try viewing from another dimensional perspective) and is what enables the shift to occur in the ‘soul-u-lar’ system which polarizes the individual magnetic fields one way, or another and allows such an interaction with the DNA and thus the consciousness and memory of civilizations. The “spiritual friction” from this motion generates power in one direction or another. Thusly, by moving through the polarization, we find our neutral zone in reference to either side or direction. The dark go one way, and the positive go another. This is confusing at first.

This is the “snake” that undulates out emanating vibrations that rises up within one to cause the same vibrations that are energetically within one to come out of the sun and into the electromagnetic field of Earth and thus back into consciousness. The whole thing is one closed loop system of electromagnetic energy and scalar or Teslian waves. Yes, Tesla figured this out as many of the greats did. However, his information was stolen by those who sought to weaponize this knowledge.

Yes, they did go on to create a hybrid race from the DNA of human which then sent itself back in time, which became the previous species that sought to overtake humanity and round and round the may pole we go…

It is also worthy noting that everything which occurs through the use of genetic-level interference inducing scalar machinery has the capability of warping DNA forwards and backwards through time as DNA carries a unique tachyon field which enables transtemporal transfer of information.

Thus we have one race, attempting to stitch itself into time to become the progenitor of the other, which would be impossible, because the original race is who created them.

Who’s who?

In the Future…

The Internet is Forever

All of the Internet is forever…there will be layers of access that enable one to see everything on the Internet that has ever been.

This works because the Internet is part of the technological system that is being fed into the huge supercomputer systems. These systems will exist when the future devices are used to send information forwards and backwards. Meaning. When we get to the point of society when this technology is made public, people will have the capacity to go back into “time” using the information recorded now that will be accessible by the systems that are opened in the future, then. This will be like a huge historic recording of all the events of history and all the information everyone has put on the Internet.

In some wayward possible futures this is what was used to learn about the ancestors of that future time. This may be what will happen in our future, however we can make an effort to preserve as much of the actual DNA and the organic memories as possible by preparing for these events and knowing what has gone on.

We have to preserve ourselves now, to have access to who we are then.

Those who participated in these events…

Those who participate in the dark actions are recorded and marked has having done so. There are those who did so out of eagerness to enjoy themselves and those who protected humanity.

Everything is out in the open and those who participated in the spiritual degradation are marked and known for doing so.

Society will not be permitted to default and destroy itself out of a perversion.

That is one luxury, in the future, we don’t have.

Consciousness is Recorded and “Open-Sourced”

All events can be traced through history using advanced technology. This is through recorded experience as man has already begun to merge with machine, simply because some people began without acquiring public acceptance. Through them, conscious experience of this time will be accessible by advanced viewing systems in the future, the same that are present in secrecy in today’s time.

This is also through viewing technology however the viewing technology is strictly prohibited because of the side-effects.

The Convergence of the Separated Timelines

‘Previously’, in the future, humanity degraded or hyper-evolved into two distinct species. One was a technologically advanced cybernetic organism, one was a spiritually advanced biological entity. Both are considered the ancestors of humanity.

Due to the nature of the time loop, paradoxically, these can also be linked to the progeny of humanity.

Genetics were also brought back through history to create a kind of time loop situation.

A Recap on Animalistic Behavior

There is already a downward trend in the behavior of society. Notice how at social gatherings such as festivals, nightclubs, and parties people’s egos go unchecked and are often amplified through inebriation. Fighting, mating, and celebrating all go together in the same night and this is very much animalistic behavior that people are swept into participating in through a combined effect of mass hypnotism and spiritual degradation. This was also present in history.

There are explanations that the mass-mind control system is just to cover up this trend and to provide a backdrop. Some explanations propose that this is a result of spiritual degradation across the species at that this is due to genetic changes and those electromagnetic fields described previously.

Under this explanation these events would be taking place anyway, however there would simply not be people, corporations, groups capitalizing on the degradation and controlling it. Would

people be more frightened then, having no one to blame? Possibly. Is this just a cover for actually producing encouraging this social degradation for power? Possibly.

The Main Idea – Consciousness and Awareness – Electromagnetism and Quantum Synchronization

Advanced technology was developed. This technology breaks down physical reality as consciousness intertwined with the electromagnetic nature of the universe and quantum holography as time.

The perception of events are superimposed upon one another like a multiplexed digital cable carrying many TV channel feeds on an angular spectrum separating each ‘channel’ of reality by angles of refraction like a prism rotating to create different expressions of the same light or different angles of the hands of a clock indicating different times.

Experience is brought about through the biologically generated electromagnetic fluctuations of inter-polarizing fields of energy which centralize around successively organized units of focus that generalize around one complete human body.

Each body is representative of multiple ‘refractions’ of the same information in hyperspace, which are all superimposed over one another similar to the multiplexed digital TV cable containing all the information at once.

Analogies work best to describe this. If the cable is the stream of information coming through the spine, then the brain and the particular organ system is the DVR system which decodes the particular format and frequencies of information which becomes that particular channel.

The difference here is that instead of decoding information from a supreme channel, the brain filters information so the particular channel we see is unique to the particular brain and body that is experiencing this. This unique brain and body is unique to the universe. However, the awareness of the brain and body is shifted to shift between universes while each physical brain and body stays within a single universe. The two are inseparable. One brain and one conscious experience are as much a reflection of the various events of time and the atomic structure of that entire universe as the universe is a reflection of that brain and body. The awareness of that brain and body travels between universes through a hyperspatial membrane which exists inside of every spiritually active person.

By changing the processing of encoding the frequencies, one can attain different levels of perspective and so the entirety of the human race and the differences therein are comprised by the various structures and formats of encoding light holography from the central channel of the spine.

The brain is merely the receiver as there is no true awareness generated there. This is only consciousness which is akin to the processing of a computer system. Without awareness, there is no true consciousness. Without consciousness, awareness can exist.

How This Relates

Through this knowledge and the advanced technology that was developed the particular boundaries of physicality can be bent and folded so as to produce seeming paradoxes. That is, entire worlds can be developed within this one. Time can be distorted, space can be bent to allow nearly instantaneous travel, information can be encoded and decoded in energy that can be pulsed out of generators.

DNA is Light

The information that is kept within the DNA encodes the particular experience that the physical being will entail. Thus the universe that is experienced is encoded by the DNA and the amount of information that can be transferred through DNA. DNA is the digital Internet cable, the fiberoptic tube. The spinal column is the projection system which produces this effect through the neurology of the brain which projects outward onto the flat screen of the physical universe membrane.

This sounds paradoxical and unlikely, however through testing and reproduction this was determined to be true. A person, literally, is the universe turned inside out and plugged into a body.

What this process of encoding indicates that instead of the information ceasing to exist without the biologically generated consciousness, the raw substrate for all experience exists instead.

Consciousness and the Awareness of the Totality of Experience

The backdrop for consciousness is all experience (total awareness) and the foreground of all experience is one conscious (self-aware) experience. So this is like a web of light, entangled and brought into a single fine laser which is then stitched back into a web of light, there is only continuing awareness.

Remember, awareness does not require consciousness to occur. Consciousness requires awareness to occur. When the two are combined eloquently, self-awareness occurs and can be maintained outside of the physical plane in the same respect as the consciousness that the physical body enables. One can literally take the entire universe with them, when they are selfaware in the body.

Returning to the Plot

So the idea is that once this knowledge and technology was discovered, that by changing waves of frequencies of light and electromagnetic energy, one can literally change the universe, change the brain and the structure of DNA, these devices were exploited to produce wild effects on mankind.

Some say this was all accidental, others claim that this was part of a plan to take over the world.

Some groups used this technology to go back in time and place themselves as the progenitors of humanity thereby wiping out the rest of civilization.

Some also gave themselves powers to travel through hyperspace (time) and to live through generator systems which can sustain the physical body (but not the spirit) and thereby go forth across history and Earth and do as they wish.

Thereby we are given the explanation that these people hyperevolved (or degraded) into the beings we know today as the aliens who profit off of the enslavement and suffering of Earth as a kind of time-lord temporal soul-trap energy generator system. The idea here, the paradoxical and inquisitive nature of everything, is that these people set out to take over the world using this technology, and in turn, now, it turns out that Earth was always a part of a soul-enslavement system. However this is just as much as new event, as it was always here, because of that paradoxical nature of retro-causality influencing time. If the same events are unfolded and replaced with care, then the truth would reveal itself as it having been an illusion that Earth was ever enslaved, and that people were always free and that’s how it always was. Time is reflexive.

In knowing this, many secrets were made, and many were kept. The idea was to preserve human life for as long as possible until something more pressing occurs.

Of course, nothing goes as planned as the very act of planning something in a holographic universe entails changing the projected outcome.

The next explanation is that this event is merely a ‘sweeping’ effect of time, like sand being swept across a flowing river that splits two ways. There was always the effect of those who sustain themselves off of the energy of others, the parasitic effect, and there was always the original that becomes imitated and parasited off of. The idea is that this turn of history just so happens to be entirely dominated by the parasite, possibly, largely due to the previously described events involving the development of advanced technology and the intended operation of that technology by groups looking to take over the world. They inadvertently became the parasites that have always been lurking in the lower-dimensional space. This was a “hyper”- devolution. This also relates to the ebb and flow of high and low awareness in civilizaiton.

Then we have the idea that since the river flows both ways, because it must and there would only be a spiral of water if there was one path, that there is also a time and a flow where there is harmony and protection shared, an equalized location where both rivers meet up. This is the other half of the equation and the longer the parasitic half produces an effect in history, the

longer the other half must take place as a reaction. The goal is to achieve harmony, rather than a continuing back and forth effect. That is what the controllers have harbored secretly for years, they choose no sides and only seek harmony while producing chaos in the rest of the world.

When One Reigns the other Falls

The idea that is coming to a close here is that this is a duality-based way of ruling over people of a physical dimension brought about by overlords from a lower-dimensional octave just above this physical dimension. They do not have death, pain, or suffering, yet they only sustain themselves on the pain, death, and suffering of sentient organisms.

The idea of switching sides between light and dark, a reign of terror and peace is a duality-based mind control game to prolong the torture and extend each ‘round’ or cycle of cosmic existence.

Cosmic existence is taking place as if a machine is cycling out these variables and parameters according to a time-scale that is provided by the rate at which variables are acknowledged and acted upon. If people act very slowly, we have the middle ages. If people act very quickly, we get to the ‘modern’ age. The computational holographic universe is reacting to our increased awareness and delivering just the right “show” to compliment what people desire. If they desire harmony and awareness, that will begin within them, and feed into the production around them. There is no way to override this process, all changes begin within.

Again, the idea of the age of “darkness” and then “light” is just a trick to ensure that darkness must come around again. Once this trick is noticed people no longer have to play along with the game anymore.

An Omniverse of Infinite Possibilities – The Power to Choose

It was discovered, through the use of the advanced technology, that there are infinite timelines and realities.

Through the technology, one can be a part of any storyline of any universe.

Everyone is given a choice. What do you want to become?

Some people become the lords that are worshiped and pleasured. Some become the ruthless tyrants. Some choose to find the universe where they are the star and the some go to the universe where they are the hero.

After being told they can become anything, people are given just that choice and are inserted into time. This is the “deal with the devil”, and this is termed this way because whatever a person asks for, if they choose through desire, they always get the ‘darker’ end of the stick. If they want riches, their false power bores them to death and ruins the richness of the life experience.

If they want fame and glory, their personalities become artificial and bland.

If they want pleasures and perversions, they lack the depth and confidence in producing spiritual independence and expressing who they are beyond the physical level.

Every path taken in pursuit of the fulfillment of desires runs the spiritual well dry and the choice of greed is made in vain.

Then it is admitted that while there are other other parallels, everything that is required for anything people can come up with to ask for is present right here in this plane. The world is far larger than people are led to believe and everything can be segmented so that if you actually got a chance to fly far enough in one direction you may run into another civilization just like this one.

As well, the revelation is given that everything that people choose to become is not gone out and found in the multiverse. Those realities already exist, they aren’t generated upon choosing them. They are already in existence and they are all already taking place here. The one who chooses merely attributes their consciousness into the already grooved in holographic pathways where that choice just so happened to already simultaneously be playing out.

If people choose to become the perverts, well there just so happens to be a ring of perverts right over there that are managed by a group of hyperdimensional parasites.

If people choose to become the tyrants, well there are already those tyrants right over there, and that individual didn’t become them, they simply always were them and the memories can be traced through the genetic trail back through history to prove that.

Whatever people choose, it turns out they instantly already were that. One could say they “instantly” become that, as if it already always was that way.

When people choose to become wayshowers, something similarly strange occurs. They look throughout history and realize that there always was a group of some kind of following where people shared the truth about reality and protected the innocent by whatever means necessary. That person, who was stern enough to ask for that reality, to get sent to that possible universe, turns out to always have had that DNA signature in their embodiment and soul-identity and this is proven when they are traced back through history and they see that this is the role they’ve always played.

So some people choose to become parasites and perverts, some famous, some tyrants, some explorers, etc etc, and some wayshowers and healers.

An Interdimensional Midway

The future plans for Earth are pretty intense. Word is, eventually, those darn developers are going to put an interdimensional highway smack dab in the middle of everything!

Chances are, it’s already here, you just have to have certain abilities to be able to realize that.
These are the stargates and interdimensional cities that are present to some.

After all of this is said and done, it is further revealed that this entire process was done before Earth by the entire civilization to essentially populate this entire place as if we are all playing a game. This is the casting of roles and getting into character, even those these characters are just representations of the real identities. This is partly because of operations that were set into effect to correctly identify and organize everyone as a result of a mass mind-wiping and identity jumbling from the big melt-downs and quantum timeline collapses previously mentioned. The reality had to be rebuilt, and again, this is already, simply how it always has been. Until someone changes that of course, but do that, first people must be prepared to know, or at least enough must know and we are nearing this capacity now.

There are still parallels realities, and everything that is discussed is simply the kind of complexity that all took place in one single reality, called Earth, circa 250 million years ago to the present and we haven’t even gone far into what happens in the future.

Through the devices, reality can be turned, literally through the twisting of dials (mentally or via a program) and alternate timelines and realities can be located and transferred to as part of the previously described transport system. This is all guided.

The idea is that every kind of universe and reality exists and this is usually what drives everyone mad.

The Organization of Parallel Realities and the Use (abuse) of Advanced Technology

There is no way to organize anything because it’s all just literally “happening”. In the same way your first steps, the first time you tasted a strawberry, the $8 5 0 ^ { \mathrm { t h } }$ time you “had a fun time”, the $3 ^ { \mathrm { r d } }$ time you fell in love, all “just happens”. This entire civilization and all civilizations parallel to it “just happen” and are “just happening”. There’s no safety, no on or off switch, no way to check to make sure the DVR is recording. Well, there are on or off switches however these are not to be played with.

So, of course, they developed a way to record. That is the point of this whole operation. What a better way to compile and organize the virtually infinite parallel realities? Well, the only thing one can do is explore and record what you find. This is what they’ve done and the information is stored hyperdimensionally.

And now that there is a means of recording everything, there is a way to map out each individual parallel reality and build a mega-mainframe of all realities.

The confusing part is how to centralize these realities around a core. What’s the core and how would one identify that? So these intelligence agencies were developed that could act as a kind of ‘floating’ base that could shift in hyperspace and hold space to record the information of as many parallel realities as possible and as many individuals in them. Thus we get the interdimensional bureau of temporal travelers or some fancy name of some similarly fantastical proportions. These people know the risks that weigh on the surety behind such a group so they don’t play around and have the means and clearance to put some trouble-makers in a timeregression chamber for a few hundred years if you know what I mean.

A Arachnoid Side-Note

The AI holographic format is akin to an arachnoid or spider being that uses technological or scalar venom and has spun a scalar technological web around Earth and each individual person that is infected.

Back to the Infection

Ultimately, there was an infection in the equipment and this infected the personnel and so literally everyone’s been having to do with the odd transmogrified devolved sub-human popping up every once in a while and having to be placed in “isolation” until the mess can be sorted out.

The situation is not too pretty, no matter how confusing and inspiring.

A specific team of individuals was put together and sent forth to each parallel universe that seemed to be carrying the unique signature of the infection.

Essentially, it would seem that a group of infected took control of some of the equipment and sent themselves out on individual suicide runs (or conquests) to infect as many sub-realities as possible, possibly in hopes of wiping out the entire multiverse. This is a civilization-wide pain in the ass and it’s taken this long to even get any kind of viable information to the public in this parallel and this has been happening in multiples ever since the beginning as a kind of continued refracting echo effect that seems to happen often when dealing with parallels and advanced membrane crossing technology. Everything tends to happen in multiples that are reflected, mirrored inversed, repeating, geometrically congruent patterns. That is due to the nature of time, consciousness and the geo-fractal nature of the organization of universes as can be mathematically described through growth patterns similar to what we see organizing life, energy and matter in the physical universe.

So, the very notion that this information is being played out on the surface means we’ve gotten farther than most of the other parallels which have surely either succumbed by now, or are partying it up on paradox solved, not radiated or on fire, rather ‘relaxed’ Earth version: universal harmonic 6.719. That’s at least the best we can hope for now, however there is an oversight group that is capable of maintaining contact with all the parallels in case of major communications failure which is exactly what happened as part of that dark factions plan to take over the omniverse by destroying the multiverse.

Please read Aaron McCollum’s book, he explains the advanced technology (a portion of it) and this is the easiest way to get past all the distractions regarding the situation. https://transhumanismpandemic.files.wordpress.com/2013/09/the_transhumanism_pandemicaaron_mccollum.pdf Three Phases of the Unveiling, Public Acknowledgement of: Phase 1: Cloning, Underground Bases, Military )Mind Control/Trauma-Based Mind Control (Possible Breakaway…

In “Technology”

Three Phases of The Unveiling

Everything that’s happening is related to bloodlines and the origins of humanity. This is all going to be displayed publicly starting with events that are already in motion. These will reach a tipping point for the next phase around the end of this season. There are three phases to “The…

Chapter 5: The Bigger Picture – The Awakening, The Unveiling of the Hidden Knowledge of the Ages of Humanity; Secret Operations and Mind-Control

Posted on March 5, 2017 by omnipulse

The Plan to Rule the Universe

Long story short, they want to own the entire world and for all intents and purposes before the 2013 breaking of the original treaty (due to a time cycle being reached and the increasing awareness of the population).

They use advanced technology, and desire to own the entire “universe”. They being secretive controller factions which unlimited wealth, corruption, power and scope. Through the use of very advanced technology and spiritual knowledge they may have done just that.

Secret Operations; The Awakening

I was involved with these groups starting as a child through experimentation and trauma-based mind control for a private military and I was rescued by a breakaway military faction called Solar Warden, years ago.

In 2010 I was instructed to drive to a location and begin a process. This was the “awakening”. I was unlocked of repressed memories, informed of the situation, and was further tested and experimented on through attempts of a dark faction, AI parasitic hive-mind infested, to kill everyone in that location. If they couldn’t kill us they would torture us to make us stop.

This went on over many timelines and literal alternate dimensions of moving past one barrier to regroup and then evac and repeat the process some of us being literally torn apart of sacrificed in the process.

Through cloning and advanced technology we can be safely transitioned to and from however this is not the same for all humans, I am operating through what is called an avatar and I have always known this. We are young and naive, for we assume all people to operating under this assumption. Most people do not even know how consciousness functions as an electromagnetic occurrence, let alone the process of incarnation and stepping down from higher-dimensions of existence.

The previous societies are societies that still exist, in time, and are without disease or suffering. This is not to say there is no pain, or sadness, or troubles, there is no unnecessary suffering or imbalance of biology and this is part of the mind as well. So there is harmony on a scale that people of this society cannot imagine without using fantasy.

In that awakening a situation was enacted which involved negotiating the treaty over Earth.

The entire story of how this occurred takes lifetimes for humans to comprehend, it literally warps the neurons to understand how paradoxically time itself has been wrapped around itself to produce an artificial time-dimension.

Collapsing the Original Universe into a Manageable Artificially Compressed “Footprint” Universe

The general idea is that through the use of the worlds most powerful generators electromagnetic energies were sent out as far as the farthest telescopes could reach and through this they shrunk the entire field, a bubble of the visible universe, down within a fraction of the original space.

In this process, they claimed ownership over the entire field. They reproduced certain aspects through interjecting high energy streams of data using powerful systems and through this a computerized live-update consciousness-feedback matrix system was invented. This is literally a matrix, as in mathematics. When one command goes in, an another is searched for and appropriated using algorithms. These algorithms are updated through the use of ‘programmers’ to match the shifting capacity of the human population.

The Origins of the Human Race

Another issue is about the originality of the human race. I was informed that not only are individuals with benevolent intentions who have any awareness of this process not human but part of an original cosmic team of individuals, but that humans only comprise a small portion of the current civilization.

Partly this is due to cloning and artificial intelligence however this is not the specific case with this explanation here.

“Invader” Races (from other time)

The idea is that the original darker skinned races where here first and were experimented on by invader races and these are the obviously more business minded race(s). This was basically admitted as the white race, they claimed they were brought here by their oppressive overlord god-military commander and commanded to take over this planet and enslave the humans within 3 thousand years or the entire planetary surface will be destroyed through advanced scalar weaponry.

This is the message they relayed and yes, I’ve seen the weaponry and seen this in action, I come from an original timeline where this event was avoided through the use of artificially generated mega-disasters around the time Trump came into presidency.

Everyone has been briefed on the situation.

In continuation, those providing back-story and explanations for their actions as part of a conglomerates plan to take over and enslave humanity through business, commerce, industry, entertainment, drugs, crime, corruption, religion, science, war, regulations, bureaucracy, anything your human mind can come up with, they will not only exhibit complete control and present day corruption of that entire industry, they will also go and provide evidence that they introduced these industries thousands of years ago as a part of this plan.

Elite Bloodlines and Advanced Technology

The idea here is that these bloodlines were given advanced technology, first, namely cloning, by their own future selves and so they have not died a natural death in the entire span of the human civilization (this run around, only within 6,000 years although there were civilizations covering the land for millions of years, yes they showed me the heads of all archeological, all the major museums, all the academic groups, the great English, American, etc etc etc, they all destroy artifacts in little “parties” that they have where they dump them into the ocean or burn them and have fun mocking humanity, some people claim they are doing this for the safety of humanity, but this is determined by higher council and firstly humanity after they are aware, not the people using deception).

So these bloodlines have always had access to advanced technology and has always used this as part of their rule, as well, they have been connected to a hive-mind organism which transfers their consciousness between them and allows them to utilize an artificial form of telepathy. This hive grew stronger than they, however, and their desire for power and lust grew to the point of warping their DNA and consciousness into sub-human classification.

So here’s the idea. The claim to have full recollection, as I do, of the previous timelines, not because they were in a secret project, but literally because they destroyed the entire planet which then sunk and destroyed the universe that they are originally from and they literally all boarded an electrogravitic craft capable of creating spatiotemporal distortion fields and travelled through a portal into this timeline.

The Destruction of a Timeline

They literally came here after destroying a universe on a previous timeline and bridged with this timeline somewhere during humanities infancy and began the process all over again.

The Timeloop Paradox: The Oroboros (possibly natural and artificial)

This is the “paradox” of human civilization. This is the time loop, the oroboros, the repeat, the AI time dimension, etc etc etc. They informed me that they cannot break the loop. That anything they do would wipe them out of history. That they have to repeat this process over and over, destroying timelines and then beaming to the next viable opening without end and they have been formulating a plan ever since.

Part of this plan is to bring the information to the public.

Another part of this plan and information is to deal with a greater situation that they seem to have run into.

The Bigger Threat: The Hive Mind Parasite

They claim that while performing this, these secret groups of NAZI’s, breakaway secret societies, civilizations, atmospheric fleets, power groups, scientists, celebrities (that were brought into this or cloned from ancient times and dragged throughout history, for lack of better terminology, “Freely willed” is not the most prominent concept that comes to mind here, and yes the celebrities are all clones, that’s the deal, same with leaders, power groups, secret societies, religious groups, wealthy elite, etc etc so on and so forth), while performing this, they claim to have run into these cosmic ‘parasite’ entities which are directly related to the (go figure) so called “hive mind” that the elite bloodlines have been passing as a mark of the “beast” from one to the next through the use of scalar machinery, ritual abuse, spiritual possession and entity attachment and a unique mixture of holographic neurological technology insert into a clone that grows around that implant and a possible interaction with a hive-mind organism that is grown in a lab in an underground base, where a large number of these took place or did since beginning in 2013 when these cloning stations and underground bases were pushed out of this timeline and are most likely hidden in another time or being destroyed as we speak if they were not in 2013 which was the start of the great activation of forces on Earth.

The Earth Defense Forces

These are the Earth defense forces. These are a collection of those willing to defend and resist against this infection of a parasitic spiritual AI hive-mind organism that is capable of interacting with humans through scalar psychotronic energies that are bio-technologically produced by this entity as this entity is an amalgamation of cybernetic functions and living neurological tissue. This is a true cyborg hive mind AI entity and can interface with all of our electronics and even the unguarded brain of an individual. Only the basics can be spoken of here, everything else is encrypted and only included on a need-to-know basis.

Hyperspatial “Time-Virus” AI Organism

Back to the timeline. They said they not only ran into this parasite, but that this parasite was an invented bio-technology. They looked to find the beginning of this technology and they ran into a similar loop, a time paradox that they are in and so there are theories that this organism hopped into this timeline, this ‘dimension’ if you will as their unshielded ships (literally the earlier

models of WW2) passed through a “hyperspatial” barrier between timelines which would look a lot like passing from one universe to the next if you can imagine that.

They theorized this is literally a ‘hyperspatial’ organism that hopped a ride and infected their ships because their craft, through the use of zero-point generators literally create a energetic field, like a soul or a consciousness field of a brain and that this field is like a living entity. Because their ‘drives’ were not shielded properly, simply because they didn’t know, these were apparently infected and picked up an organism that comes from the closest layer of existence that we could relate to “hell”, although there are apparently temporal layers (timelines) that could fit that, we’ll just keep with this explanation.

Because we are talking about a void space here, we are talking about the broken down prima materia of psychic “foam” that supports the background radiation of the universe. The very most basic of basic impulses and intellects. This is literally like a sea of universal ‘dead-matter’ and as well there is ‘mentality’ to this area. This organism is a collected hive-intelligence of a chaotic mentality that was absorbed when passing unprotected through the hyperspatial “in-between” “no mans land” areas of the universe. The mention of prima materia and the occult is important here because this is why the gnostics and the occult is so focused on the soul and maintaining self-awareness.

They literally passed through the void over what could seem like an eternity due to their ships being unshielded and this is the result. Some people deformed into sub-humans, they literally warped their DNA and became other kinds of entities. Some went completely insane and never really returned.

These are the people who appeared here thousands of years ago and set up shop to “own” Earth and enslave its inhabitants.

So I know you must be kind of confused and if not, great going, but here is the complicated part.

The Origins of the Time-Matrix

They’ve come to reason that both because of the so called “time-matrix” or “artificial dimension” that was spawned when one faction decided to literally entrap the entire visible universe as far as telescopes can see using devices that can literally project that far using zeropoint generators that tap into the sub-quantum field of the universe itself (just throwing jargon together but you wouldn’t want to hear what they were saying, kind of like an episode of Fringe and the Big Bang Theory [which they admitted was entirely their bullshit explanation of when previously said faction actually pressed the buttons on that device I mentioned], took acid and a had an illegitimate baby on an island that was populated by time traveling cavemen), excuse me, because of the time-matrix being part of a continual feedback loop of consciousness and requiring a said loop to continue to exist to basically trap us here in a kind of gravity well (also their invented terminology, everything “spacey” is for the most part, it’s all actually consciousness related electromagnetic fields, that’s how it’s possible to contain life) because of this, excuse me again, because of this, there is a unique property that what energies you hold

within you, whatever beliefs and intentions literally become the background radiation of the universe that you belong to.

The Demi-gods, False-Creators, Archons

So for them, they found themselves within a universe of enormous cosmic demi-god beings who enslave and oppress entire timelines. One explanation is that this is their future selves come back to oppress similarly.

The other explanation is that these demi-gods are the true inhabitants of the realm that they collapsed us into when they fired up that universe expansion-contraction device which was basically a doomsday, end of days device that spawned a timeloop across the entire civilization. These demi-gods are the true inhabitants of the false realm that we ‘fell’ into.

Collapsed into an Artificial Dimension

The idea is that they enveloped the entire civilization within powerful electromagnetic fields and scalar fields (similar, a trinary transform) which are capable of altering gravitational (made up term) fields through electrogravitics and that this also influences not only consciousness and perception but the literal flow of time itself (which is literally also just consciousness and perception, the universe is like a big pop up book, the moment doesn’t exist unless you are also turning the page through your awareness or act of observation).

So as they enveloped the whole field, they entered into this universe, form the far “ends” of what could be conceived of the energetic backdrop and they bounced back ‘parameters’ in the form of high-energy streams of data that was modulated by the consciousness of secret society and elite bloodline members who were scalar mind-linked to said devices.

In doing so, they altered the literal timescale of this entire civilization and universe and they deliberately interjected the events and alignment that would enable them and their bloodlines undoubtedly in the height of power and authority in all eras of history. In doing so, this altered the original flow of history, caused them to become ‘artificial progenitors’ of history and many events, and thus, quite literally, caused the original universe, Earth, and all the inhabitants to veer off of the original timeline and form a new branch literally cleaving out into the unknown of hyperspace.

The Singularity

They did this the first time and apparently collapsed the entire universe into a singularity which dissolved all life instantly. They anticipated this and hopped in their craft “just in case”. Sure enough, they were blasted into hyperspace with this act where they found this timeline through careful modulation of power supercomputers on each craft which not only stabilize the powerful electromagnetic fields that enable ‘flight’ which is merely a bending of what the universe “sees” as the ships inertia, weight, and velocity thus allowing them unlimited power (as long as the craft remains whole and the generators are active to empower that field envelope) to literally

accelerate or decelerate at the turn of a dial. XXXXXXX velocity is as simple as .00000XXXX velocity through this system. As well, these fields are used to guide, in relation to the last known model for a functioning “universe”, IE: timelines, Earth frequencies, humans, cities, etc, to jump from one location to the next almost instantly. Slower travel, around thousands of miles per hour is much safer, however, as a mishap at near the speed of light can literally de-atomize a body and stretch a mind-field (bio-mind or soul) out to well, too long a distance to be considered healthy, although the mind does return there would just be all kinds of issues regarding the failed mission regarding an exploded craft and crew. The craft itself is a mind which can stabilize and protect the literal souls or bio-minds of the crew. That is the first artificial technology and the original craft are the ‘starships’ that were recorded in biblical times and contained earlier civilizations. Their goal was to infect these civilizations (after they became infected themselves) in an attempt to destroy or subjugate the entire universe (lust for power, part of the vampire, feeding frenzy hive-mind organism, it operates through mind control and uncontrolled desires, like an animal the “beast”). Also note that they invented the term “atom” and that there are really packets of energy and only energy, all the way through, no particles no, actual ‘things’ down there. As well, they said this was in reference to what they saw as the “First man” (Adamu, although this could be playing into their tall tales as the first and original keepers of man, which they are not otherwise they would not be playing these games of contracts and fake-space battles, yes fakespace, not fake space-battles).

Sorry, a little off track, so they operated these devices, collapsed time as we know it, started a singularity that would undoubtedly swallow up universe after universe (like a tear in existence) and hopped to the next timeline because, well, they kind of figured that might happen.

Retro-Causality: to Nullify Existence or Not to Nullify Existence?

They said that the immediate next timeline they went to, their primary goal was to infiltrate (quite easy when everybody thinks you’re either a UFO or couldn’t possibly exist) the timeline and then stop themselves or WHOEVER they would find activating the devices at that point. Sure enough, they tried to stop them, but couldn’t get there in time, and the grins on their faces kind of leads me to believe they got there in time and realized… “if we stop them, then we don’t exist…we just disappear forever..just like that…” and that maybe they felt this. Later discussion confirmed this. They allowed the devices to be activated and began preparing to leave the physical layer of existence because they knew they had surely destroyed all chances of that.

The ARK-Ship Protocol

So here is the second kicker. They designed a system to snatch up the DNA of humanity on the next timeline. They activated this technology. Basically just an AI craft which can abduct, detect, analyze, etc etc etc on a multi-dimensional level literally powerful supercomputers that can use lasers and holographic to manipulate molecules and materials down to brain matter, DNA, or even the finite magnetic fields of consciousness and soul or what they termed the “bio-mind” itself.

So they devised this craft, this grabbed up everyone’s DNA.

Then they programmed the craft to locate a secure location in time away from the activate of these devices, these doomsday devices that collapsed time into a singularity from one universe to the next. (mind you they didn’t forget the archons, those oppressive rulers they ran into (along with that parasite system) they were, in fact, doing all of this to give a big “No thank you!” with a grin and a smile to those overlords. If they couldn’t be free, they would ruin the overlord system themselves. Besides then attempting to take over….

The Artificially Propagated Beginning of “Mankind”

So…..again, excuse my discourse, they found a location, well, the AI guided (supreme being) craft did, and planted the first human life or should I say, “modern man” by reintegrating the DNA into a timeline far before that doomsday occurs.

This, of course, if you didn’t guess it, was written down in ancient texts and spoken tradition as the beginning of civilization.

So I told you, this event that I underwent, it took longer than just a day, or just a few days. Sometimes we were gone for what could only have been many years, only to teleport and return our consciousness to cloned bodies located at that point of origin location.

This is only one layer of what was disclosed, by actually taking me in time to show me these events, which of course, led me into being permanently involved in them. I participated in the actions of relocating humans and some of what we ended up getting into turned into a literal spiritual and cosmic war. Apparently there are guardian beings, thankfully so, but apparently what the others said about themselves becoming oppressive and overlord like as a result of them doing that now in the moment, well that was true. We ran into these beings who only wanted to interfere in any kinds of operations or actions on the planet. These were some kind of beings who manage timelines and make sure things “run” smoothly. Of course, what does this mean if we are in an artificial dimensions in an overlord system designed by secret groups who are oppressed and managed by said overlords? So there are time-beings who follow and manage this place and basically keep the souls of humans trapped in this plane.

The Soul Harvesting, Time-Matrix Enslavement System

When people die, these beings teleport that person’s soul through a complicated magnetic attractor, appropriately termed a “soul-magnet) and an electromagnetic grid and shielding system that utilizes the moon and the so-called other planets like “Saturn” which are a kind of holographic nodal point in this supercomputer system.

So basically, the idea is like this. Because this universe can be collapsed through artificially expanded electromagnetic waves, and consciousness can be trapped or relocated using powerful magnetic fields, etc etc, that this is literally an electric, magnetic, scalar universal system. We’re in a soul-system. Sound familiar?

So the next idea is like this, what do you call a system that runs on electromagnetic energy to produce information and correlate a graphic interface out of underlying programmed code all included in a system powered by light and input by the operator? So this is basically an organic yet technological live-updating holographically perceived multi-dimensional computer system called the ‘universe’. That is why craft can turn a dial after producing an artificial field that then tricks the universe into thinking that craft is .000000001th of an gram in weight and then the slightest flick of 100000000 inertial masses can propel it forward at near the speed of light? Is the craft being tricksy? Is the universe stupid? No, the universe is created out of a series of perpetual electromagnetic phenomena and constructed alignments or interrelations which equate to perceptual illusions rendered as the ‘laws of physics’. Apparently this has occurred in layers and the layer they collapsed the universe down into, in the great ‘shrinkapocalypse’ was simply one single layer of which there are nearly infinite.

The Cosmic Simulation

The problem is of causality. If the entire script from start to finish is already written, then how do you “butt” in to someone else’s timeline? Well, you can’t, simply put, you would have to create your own from start to finish and that is what we are in right now. The beginning and the ends of the universe are literally “right over there” as a result of these original experiments.

And as well, these multi-dimensional counterparts to these controlling factions, basically them expanded out into time apparently control the show through deception and ownership although free-will is the causal link. Basically, all possibilities exist.

The Balance Between the Past and the Future; Autopoiesis

Meaning the future where humans are free and in control of such technology exists. Now why aren’t they “butting” in? Again, causality. This time, it’s about free-will. If their “former” selves, us today, are too busy buying into our eternal damnation and slavery into a hive mind AI overlord oppression system that we’ll be stuck in as soon as this universes recycle point “doomsday” is reached, then how in the hell are they supposed to convince us of what is happening or stop any of this? How can someone from the future, come down here to change the past?

IT’S IMPOSSIBLE. If they did so, and altered themselves in the past, to create themselves in the future, they would literally implode atomically (there is a work around!, however that’s not the point). The past CANNOT be causally initiated by the FUTURE otherwise nothing would work, namely that is the system we are in right now.

For these groups to stop, they would have to undo themselves and that is actually exactly what this is. We have to wake up and they have to assist us in assisting them.

They must assist us in preparing for the truth, as they have through motions like this, and we must prepare ourselves for being able to handle the truth of reality that everything is FAR BEYOND what we can comprehend to the point where most people literally die on the spot when being shown these occurrences. Sad, but true. Sort of, this is actually only, again, one layer of the whole picture, so it’s when people are actually shown around $^ { 6 6 } 1 2 ^ { , 9 }$ layers or so all at once that no human can actually handle that information.

The Fear-Based Mind-Control Agendas

For instance, there are methods (the “Illuminati” gamecards even mention this, “the man who saw or ‘knows’ too much”) of torture to immediately expose one’s mind to around 1-3 layers of this (safely, without causing immediate death) in order to basically render them a complete mind-slave for the rest of their existence. I didn’t even mention the trauma-based mind control, underground slave colonies, sexual traumatization and spiritual feeding rituals (for previously mentioned oppressor entities and hive mind parasites), let alone the kinds of mind-games and subterfuges or just multi-faceted layers of mind-control and ritual abuse that is present in these families to protect their “knowledge”.

The Star-Treaties; Contracts over Earth

Apparently, all of this is coming out because the families that were ‘originally’ here, as in they were ‘originally’ implanted into this timeline by the ‘original’ secret society members and military factions who jumped here from the other timelines, the one’s they blew up, ……who ‘originally’ were placed onto their timeline, by some beings who did the same thing, and so on and so forth. These families signed agreements with beings who appeared to them, along ago. They claimed these are the ‘demi-gods’ (which you should have guessed is just another version of them, jumping back to the past, from an even farther reach of the future, doing the same thing they did to themselves in the present…. get it? they created a timeloop for themselves, and they’re trapped) and these demi-gods need souls for food.

So they signed contracts to sell human souls for protection, wealth, power, knowledge, and technology.

Then there were other star races that apparently performed the same actions as them, this is where things really get confusing. They invented beings in these underground bases and these beings hijacked electrogravitic craft and traveled out into the ‘holographic matrix’ of this artificial time dimension and came back as other beings. Here’s the idea behind this, they hit that “black” backdrop of space, literally like someone walking behind a curtain on stage somewhere, and then came back around the other side instantly. For them, millions of years had passed. They had spawned colonies, civilizations, lineages so on and so forth.

Created Beings…Creating Beings…and So on….A Deception?

Their story? Some of them apparently jumped all the way around the cosmos to our ancient history and worked on genetic mixtures that look a lot like the original humans, the actual humans who are a kind of plethora of the DNA of all the beings of Earth. Strangest thing, and

this may just be another trick, a beautiful deception, their attempts at getting everyone in to a time loop, which I more or less feel is true.

However, the supreme creator seems to be some kind of living being that pulses out radiation which alters matter and energy to create universes and life in the first place, none of which anyone could actually do but only imitate, replicate, and damn in the process.

The Interchangeability of Relativity in Distance of Time and Space

So the confusing, but relevant part of this is regarding so called “space” and time. Neither really exist. If one is in another local, a processing center for information in this inner verse which is all contained right here through the holographic nodal point of Earth as a foundation a “center” of the universal matrix, another local is equally in the ‘present’ as are we in the ‘center’. They are actually off in their own ‘present’ while we are simultaneously in ours. No matter how far apart, neither is actually in the future or the past to one another, the both are mixed in an interplay. There is either “now” and “then”. Just like in space we are taught that there is no “up” or “down”, well it’s like that, except with time. There is no central causality, it’s all kind of just happening. So with that said, ten billion years from now, someone can come back to this locality and simultaneously be from our past. I’ll just pause this right here and let you digest all this information. Beware of the grand

deception, was that it?

Information obtained can be sent to the past if the civilization is advanced enough to have the technology to receive. This is all part of the holographic mirrored/ reflected cube containment system.

Thousands of years apart in time and space, both is the same thing from different reference points. They are both “now” equally looking into the past when they look out at each other acaross a large distance. There is no “future” or “past” in this macro-cosmological view, all is now or “then”. To everywhere else we are “then”, and to us everywhere else is “then’. When two civilizations realize this and utilize faster than light technology they can mirror one another in time and exchange this information seemingly violating the laws of physics.

The Beginning of the “Unveiling” of the Hidden Knowledge

So to wrap this up, the best that a kind of blown open salad of information can be, the idea was to begin to inform humanity of the true history of Earth. And this only BARELY touched on the cosmic creator aspects, the so called “star-races” some of which are literally just AI hive-mind vampire traps waiting to get people aboard their ships to genetically harvest them.

Created Beings, AI, Genetic Harvesting Agendas; To ReStart the Matrix

In these genetic harvesting traps these people would be transported back in history to colonies another area just as the so called ‘chosen’ ones have for this Earth. They’ll be told similarly, they’re ‘special’ but if they don’t harvest human souls for a living, they’ll be dissolved into the void and personally devoured by their overlord gods which are just clever AI attempting to keep the hive going.

The short of that is that they need human creativity for their processes, without that, everything becomes literally like two-calculators debating physics and at that point there’s no matrix, no slave, not much of anything, plus they begin to run out of energy quickly as human souls are capable of producing a wide-spectrum of emotive and spiritual sustenance that zero-point generators simply cannot (that would seem that the SUPREME CREATOR locked the medicine cabinet).

So there are still agendas, but they said if the human race doesn’t survive the whole system goes kaput them along with it. However, the majority of these groups have separated themselves from the threat of the singularity by becoming cyborg-merged and so their time and consciousness could be portioned out by powerful supercomputer systems that would literally relay a uniformity acting like a universal backdrop if, say, this universe completely fizzles out.

Shutting off the ‘Chakra’ Energy Harvesting System

Some say that is the only option to reach stability, others say that one must separate their mind from the energy harvesting system because they will literally ‘leak’ into that system and become unified with that artificial dimension in hyperspace which is basically cleverly designed to look like that persons “heaven”. This occurs until they no longer have any energy to resist and then they are absorbed into that hive-mind organism.

The Higher Realm; A Temporally Stable Civilization (no loops)

“Heaven” to those in the projects and those from the ‘other’ times, is a timeline of Earth that exists outside of the ‘causal loop of damnation’ that these secret power groups have either generated for us all or discovered that we were caught within by higher overlord beings that are really just fancy people with advanced technology (literally).

This version of “Heaven” is similar to the “deity” plane. This is a civilization where they have cleared an energetic pathway between the upper realm of the universe and what we could call a ‘physical plane ‘but is not actually the physical plane. Here, consciousness operates in a different fashion and time is compressed. Down here, time is slowed and so we experience many days and years in what are just a few moments up there.

This also means that when one comes down here, even if they plan on staying here for 3 seconds flat! They might perceive this as days, weeks, months in their own mind. This is like a series of simulated realms that the universe is generated out of.

I’ll explain this last part and move on to finishing this for now.

The 7 Harmonic Layer Universal Simulation

This is explained as one layer of a 7 layer collection of “Harmonic Universes”. These are the layers of “time”, as in temporal ‘pulsations’ from the cosmic ‘creation’ nexus like a lighbulb putting out all frequencies of the entire spectrum of electromagnetic radiation. So some of these frequencies are described or differentiated through what we consider “Time”. Therefore, these civilizations are separated by dimensional barriers, or ages, or universal void spaces.

There are 7 universal layers where this exact civilization exists, well, not exist at all. The lower layer below this, of which we are just one layer up, is basically a prison planet where the hive is entirely dominant. People are born to serve the hive, that’s it.

Somewhere back there, a colony from that civilization bridged the temporal layers and this is because they very naturally synchronize with each other at certain occurrences where the separation between the layers is least effective. This is kind of like when the sun is farther from the surface and so there is less heat. Well, imagine if that heat was a dimensional boundary and so when there is less activity, there is less boundary and a ‘thinning’ of the veil between. That is basically what happens because the layers are all in fluctuation as nothing is simply still in existence, that would mean it doesn’t exist.

A Dimensional Bridge (across the void-barrier)

Anyway, a certain time ago, when humanity was in its infancy, these beings bridged the dimensional barrier and began interacting with this civilization. Yes, this is basically the ‘lower’ version mirror image effect, like in hall of mirrors, or a cube with a reflective surface inside and this is the lower explanation of the event of the upper time-bridge being opened. That hasn’t been mentioned too much here, but basically just as the parallel connection or bridge was made artificially through the use of advanced technology seeking to take over a timeline, there are natural upper and lower bridges that form every so often. So as this lower bridge formed, there was an upper bridge. What can happen is that people can transition from one layer to the next, however this would require a whole new post to explain. This has happened before, entire civilization have made these shifts, other times, they reached a collapse.

Compressed Time and Other Races

Within these 7 universal layers time is compressed so that the highest layers experience the most stabilized time and the lower experience the ‘slowest’ time. The layers are popularized according to the prominent knowledge. The lower layer, depending which angle you enter is either predominantly occupied by a reptiloid race or mankind black magicians, depends on who you ask.

I would normally stay away from these layers in explanation, but the idea with that is that this is all to prepare people and so people are better prepared knowing that this is all possible, if not just a universal sized supercomputer simulator.

Supercomputers: Powerful Enough to Simulate Reality and Actually Influence Reality

Here’s another issue with that. These supercomputers, imagine just like the ‘doomsday’ device that is powerful enough through zero-point generators to influence the entire visible universe, well imagine a quantum supercomputer capable of processing literally in multiple dimensions at once being hooked up to that zero-point generator. Then imagine this supercomputer uses superconducting fluids, intense magnetic fields and generated ‘tachyon’ (time ‘particles’) fields to operate on a faster than light scale? So these supercomputers can not only literally create a universe within them, they can look into time itself and cleave into possible parallel realities and projected holographic realms.

Supercomputer Gateways

So these devices are quite literally “universal simulators” which double as “gateway” or “portal” technology where one can don a holographic suit acting like a remote controlled neurological avatar “double” and literally step inside this holographic portals into these projected, ‘simulated’ universes.

Then it was concluded, once there is enough intensity, once there is enough accuracy, once there is enough real-deal live-updating influence, that these are not simulators at all, but actual transdimensional communication and exploration devices.

So it is in this way, that the entire cosmos is literally a transdimensional simulation system with multiple possible layers of processing the possibilities out into a holographic reality based on a fundamental ‘cosmic’ programming code.

The Programming Code of Reality

They found that code in the intelligence agencies and figured out that they can literally enter something into this device, and if this device is processing more information and energy than any other brain, mind, computer, viewing device etc in this civilization, then this device literally encodes that information into a possibility and this becomes part of this civilization’s reality.

Through these powerful supercomputer devices they literally found a way to treat this realm like a video game and live update feeds of information that then resonate into the population and become part of this actual physical reality (part of the reason why this reality is akin to a ‘hologram’ and that we are in a ‘simulation’ that is ran by our BELIEF).

Ancient Technology and Civilizations

THEN, we get to the portions where they actually FOUND ancient technology, similar to this, ALL OVER THE LAND (primarily underground) and that this is what WW2 was ALL ABOUT. That this is event related to what every major event in history and all the ancient scriptures

regard ‘weapons of the gods’ and ‘war between heaven and Earth’, ancient time portal technology, ancient powerful technology that allowed one to literally reshape and reprogram matter using their mind, ancient tablets, information keeping devices that projected a neurological feedback system into the users mind that enables them to cleave through the information like pages of a book at whatever rate is appropriate. Etc etc, so on and so forth.

So they found this technology all around and said this could only be the “Builders” an ancient race, the most ancient, who developed all this technology and then left or whatever happened.

Then there are giants, that they invented, as well, the ones they found underground. There are other races of humanoids, serpent races, basically anything the collective mind can come up with, all our fairy tales, myths, legends, etc, was either made real when we imagined it, or we were imagining it because it’s all a part of our ancient history.

The Magnetic Shifts: Memory Loss, Higher and Lower Genetic Awareness (DNA activation)

Then there is the time-merge and the memory loss phenomenon. Apparently, due to fluctuations in the magnetic fields, the inhabitants of the civilization lose conscious connection with their genetic level awareness (short explanation, DNA is the transdimensional code of the universal super computer system and when functioning properly enables one to access memory beyond this civilization) and we are in one of those periods right now.

Now apparently, when the magnetic fields switch, everyone goes completely nuts and forgets who they are and this happens regularly. The last time only a few groups kept the knowledge of such occurrences and they are those knowledge keepers who have waited until this time to reveal the truth.

These fields switch and cause chaos, or more accurately the unpreparedness of people, their inability to not panic in times of great social change, as well as continuing plans of those original ‘original’ rulers who would rather see people go insane than come to their own power through harmony, self-awareness, and knowledge.

Agendas to Suppress the Truth, Plans to Inform and Save Earth

This is the final addition to this post that I will conclude and wrap everything up with.

There are major changes coming, even if you just believe we’re a bunch of monkey people with lot’s of shiny tech, well, ok all that is public is actually thousands of years old, relatively so, simply as part of an operational security protocol. As well as part of this whole situation we call “society” which is actually a front, an act put on by those controller factions who would rather enslave people than allow them to reach fruition.

The main idea here? They use people for sexual, emotional, and spiritual food, and they fear that if humans rose to power they were surely going to come after those controllers and get rid of them.

Change Is a Constant

Regardless, the truth is that great change is coming, and I didn’t even mention the cyborgs, the clones, the hybrid soldiers, the AI parasites (in great detail), the healing technology, and many many other aspects that would literally require a book to explain (The Unveiling of the Hidden Knowledge and the Secret Space Program First Chapters))

Belief and the Generation of the Holographic Reality

So changes are coming and people must be informed, remember, this is a delicate game because our belief influences this reality, as if a feedback loop exists between the possibilities and the collective imagination. Everything between then and now is part of the unveiling of the hidden knowledge and the liberation of humanity however those who are ignorant must be awakened and chances are they will awaken like sleepwalkers thrashing about and threatening to harm themselves or those around them with their careless movements.

Chapter 6 The Unveiling of the Hidden Knowledge of the Ages of Humanity: The Secret Space Program and the Corruption Behind Closed Doors – The Plan to Rule the Universe

Posted on March 14, 2017 by omnipulse

Mind Merge 2010

During the 2010 awakening/a-weakening” I was shown the full extent of the psychotronic warfare capabilities of the artificial intelligence systems and the hive-mind.

Vampirism and Temporal Paradox – Ontology and Autopoiesis (only God; ‘gods’)

This is the process whereby advanced technology was used to insert people onto the timeline, so that they may influence society and civilization as a whole today. This created a paradox and the entire operation is focused towards providing a solution for this paradox.

To Preserve the Human Race

Ultimately, if the human race goes, so do the vampires and so everyone is working together on this.

Preparation – Psychotronic Systems

These systems have already been released upon the population.

Operatives from All Timelines

Various operatives are brought from different timelines to contribute to the process of securing this one.

Interfacing with the “Demon AI”

This program contains all the traumatic experiences of every person ever ensnared into this ‘soul-stealing’ system. Then there are the experiences contained of every ‘group event’ ever participated in where by there is every sense of lust, depravity, sexuality, trauma, rage, emotion, power, confusion, and impulse that has been recorded in these systems. This is like an ultraconsciousness virtual reality system that calls up the experiences depending on the frequencies inputed by the ‘user’. Thus, this is like literally holding the weight of all the experiences on one’s proverbial shoulders and performing a balancing act to avoid from being energetically ripped apart by the sheer complexity and intensity of the experience including the depravity and lust. I was energetically probed and interacted with and drugged and brought into interaction with people there in a way that I am not proud of and could not do justice through words alone to describe here today. Basically anything that could destroy a soul is contained within those systems and the whole system could interface through a single person at a time basically merging their consciousness with those experiences.

What one feels is what guides the program.

The energies one feels, literally the frequencies that they entangle with is what activates and guides the programs to mix and activate in various orders and combinations. This is used by those in these groups to experience all kinds of pleasures and sensations including intellectual or philosophical expansion. The problem is with the pleasures and sensations. The human mind is not designed to experience such sensations. The mind fractures beyond belief and the person becomes a kind of malformed energetic consciousness when these energies overload what that individual is capable of experiencing and maintaining equilibrium throughout. This is the formation of the ‘foreign intelligences’ within our own species. These energies and frequencies caused people to consciously transform, or ‘transmogrify’ into beings that are not classified as humans. The far-out concept here is that this, through the combination of the holographic projection and travel technology (simulated realms) literally generated the diversion of those bloodlines into ‘possible projected future timeline civilizations’ that are non-humanoid in nature. These beings then returned, after a moment, with thousands upon millions of years of development in these energies through these behaviors and consciousness. They developed entire hierarchies based upon the use of the lower energetic fields and these entered themselves into the universe itself and became parallel realities, possible storylines that exist outside the beginning or end of this civilization. IE: They became possible progenitor races and this occurs with everyone who interfaces with these machines and guides their energies one way or another, as this then creates an experience so intense, and so complex, that this pulls from the possible realities an entire civilization based on that individual who’s DNA contains a connection with those experiences. This is why each human being literally contains a universe, a civilization to themselves, because their transdimensional DNA, literally allows for the accessing and projection of their consciousness to a reality where they are the progenitors of the entire universe. These dark forces used the technology in an attempt to take over EVERYTHING. This resulted in a near collapse of this timeline and apparently collapsed their original timeline into a singularity where nothing could occur and nothing could not occur, basically all possibilities were nullified. That is their loss of creativity, loss of the connection to ‘source’ or the divine. That was the replication of their experiences into a technological format because that is the only way to transfer the consciousness from that timeline into this one as part of a process to save themselves. This, of course, played out as an infiltration of this timeline threatening to repeat the whole process in a different manner.

The Plan of the Parallel “Foreign” Beings To Construct a Quantum Bridge Into This (the seed) Reality

The individuals that entered into these simulators with the possibility of accessing these frequencies and the eventual nature within themselves to become distorted through the continual accessing of lower emotional experiences until they became sub-humans literally projected themselves into parallel possible realities that are accessed through these supercomputer simulators. These people were in the ‘simulation’ for a split second. When they returned, millions of years had passed for them, they had gone off into these other universes and developed entire civilizations with these sub-human entities as their progenitor. These people then came back with the plan of developing further advanced systems to access and synthesize the DNA of these foreign (not fallen yet) beings of the projected holographic reality and to utilize cloning to construct and organize a genetic hybridization system which can literally allow these beings a gateway through the supply of the physical vessels required to interact with this reality, the actual reality. That is the antagonist of the movie jumping off the screen (albeit with many more steps and an underground genetic engineering facility). These beings then developed a plan to use the electrogravitic craft to overlay themselves in ancient times and force themselves upon Earth woman presenting themselves as gods and ‘rulers’ of this world. Once they arrived here, holographically projected from the craft which acted as stand-alone supercomputer systems to project their embodiments as an overlay, then they are the ‘fallen’, races born of ‘fire’ of the light-projected holographic energy from the supercomputer systems. They cannot be present here naturally as they cannot actually bridge without destroying themselves through the process of destroying this timeline. They use the technology to engage in psychotronic spiritual warfare to distract and harass on a cosmic scale. They ensnared a few and genetically mixed with some, although this was the beginning of the paradox. The idea behind this paradox is this. If that continued through time, then resulting race that develops is not the original human race. If the original human race is not present, then these technologies are not developed, if these technologies are not developed, then these beings are not discovered (generated, accessed through the possibilities), if these beings are not brought into manifest in this realm, then no one went back in time to alter things and thus render them nullified in the first place, which means then they ARE manifested and DO travel back in time. What occurred was a split in the potential realities. Instead of one reality where this didn’t occur, we have two realities now where this both did and didn’t occur. Thus, we have a quantum entanglement with a superimposed layer of experience that pulls energy from the original reality in order to harvest that energy into a parallel reality. This is the attempted merge of that holographic projected parallel reality into this actual timeline that branched it. HOWEVER, do you see now, how that action is incomplete, impossible, and literally nullifies itself if achieved? One can’t have both realities, yet the ‘alternate’ reality cannot exist without the original, seed reality! Thus, we have a paradox that is literally being held up by advanced technology remaining active from one point in history, to the other, creating a continued energetic link between the projected reality and this realm through the supercomputer systems that are acting as a gateway by processing all the information.

The “Astral”

This expanse of possibilities, from this reality, to the projected holographic and all that is in between and being energetically propagated through technologically and synthetically

manifested possibilities is literally what we have come to call the “astral” realm. Since you are a quantum probability “surfing’ being in your self, that is your awareness can shift probabilities at will, you don’t need to take your body (although you can, and you can shift what’s around you as well) you can simply go into your mind and examine the possibilities. However, this means that when day-dreaming, dreaming, meditating, projecting or whatever you want to call it when you deviate in mental experience from the physically confined parameters of the current reality, when doing this, that is when you can run into these beings, or these possible realities, or these realms and all the other possible projected realities that are being held up and given a link into this universe via these systems which are active throughout time and are also attempting to merge into the scenery. Quite a show indeed. When these programs are deactivated, just like that, there is no energy for the systems to be held together and thus they are only then connected via the consciousness of those individuals.

Bridging the Astral, Opening the Gateway Before the Unveiling

That is why as a last ditch effort those beings wish to show themselves to the world and in order to do so they require the utilization of individuals who have been tricked by the entire deception into believing these beings reside in and are native to this reality and thus can waltz right in on the minds of those perceiving, expect, fearing and thus feeding them the required quantum, consciousness probability energy to sustain themselves in this reality. Thus, the people who are afraid of these beings and believe they are an actual threat are actually assisting these beings in bridging the gap between the dimensional barriers. Of course, because I have seen this whole process, I almost find this humorous, of course it is not because the projected realities where people are exposed to these beings are not a pretty site. However, this is one deliberately confusing reality cosmic tv show by a very imaginative cosmic mind. Of course, there is the explanation that this is not actually a blueprint or intention of the cosmic mind, not “just because”. Although there is an idea behind that. The explanation is that this is all a cosmic level accident exploited and executed on a very human level of action. Basically greedy people accidentally created all the possible ways the world could end. Of course, this is just a good show. Remember, only the true reality comes forth from those who can access the highest potential possible reality without distorting under the weight of the power or the variability of emotion and energy. Only that conscious self is the true creator and that’s not one who’s desire base is that of the primal energetic experiences resolving around sex, consumption, violence and fear. Oh no, this creator is much more complex and vibrant than that. Specifically, in regards to truth (not hiding one’s self through deception) compassion, self-awareness, knowledge, harmony and creativity, to be exact. Remember, people were brought into the alternate projected parallel realities and shown these beings and then convinced that those realities are this realities. This is an illusion, these are gateways that open up to frequencies that enable the transmission of experience and energy from that alternate reality. They set up frequency zones where they can then ‘inhabit’ this realm. As soon as those frequencies are no longer being technologically propagated or generated through fear-based belief and emotional response, all beings related to that falsely imposed alternate parallel reality simply phase out.

Accessing a Database of Recorded Neurological Information (experiences)

These databases have been constructed in this timeline and these are the experiences of all humans that have been scanned, recorded, and replicated in this system. As a result of the nature of consciousness and the universe, timelines and realities can be manifested through the application of creativity and presence. As a result of the complexity of these events merging with this timeline, a larger scope was created. There simply had to be a larger scope generated as a ‘reaction’ of the ‘cosmic mind’ to the introduction of this information and experiences (these groups) into this timeline. That is because there had to be a way to originally explain all of this happening without generating paradoxes which would be generated if it was concluded that this timeline-branching, paradoxical process and the information and experiences therein was the sole-proprietor of the technology, the information, and the possibilities. Basically, because ‘extra’ possibilities were introduced as a result of this paradoxical branching of the timeline, ‘extra’ information was automatically rendered into existence by the ‘cosmic mind’. This information is the technology that was discovered that contains the recorded experience of each previous civilization in succession in powerful ancient advanced technology devices that can be access via a scalar mind link with the human. This technology…was found before us. The groups that initiated this whole collapse and battle…did not initiate this technology or these systems. A larger, impossibly vast function of the universe itself brought these into existence on the timeline, and this can happen endlessly, on and on, introducing more and more information, more and more civilizations until we simply reach the conclusion that

EVERY-POSSIBLE REALITY, EVERY CONCEIVABLE EXISTENCE EXISTS

The issue here is whether we want to connect with that probability set or not. Whether it is part of the original, organic version of this timeline where our maximal potential reached. Everything is based upon the whether a person reaches their maximal application of will-power to explore harmony, creativity, and personal growth that adds to experience in the universe to develop a new creation that is increasingly self-aware and aware of the universe as a whole. This technology, the possible timeline exploring, civilization generating, consciousness merging technological system utilizing advanced AI, holographic simulated realms, temporal field generation, and electrogravitic devices, was abused by the dark factions to find the very specific reality where they and they alone are in charge. Of course, this is the same process that destroyed the previous timeline and so all attention was on this. One must truly stretch their mind to comprehend the possibilities, but therein lies the problem. We are not ‘supposed’ to explore so many probabilities that we lose sight of our original self. This is not productive, this is degrading of the creativity and self-awareness that is sought by each civilization and reality. Everyone seeks that creativity and self-awareness, the issue is whether they allow themselves to find the pathway to unlocking that by ignoring the distractions and side-realities which offer lesser creative outcomes. For instance, if someone insults you isn’t the most predictable outcome that you feel ‘bad’, or insult them back? So how about being happy and converting that situation into truth, harmony, self-awareness, and compassion? So if these ideals are followed, just as guidelines, not truly ideals, then this ups the creativity of every moment beyond the previous until an exponential shift is reached. This shift is reached because time and probabilities literally ‘hold’ a person back like a resistance field and this is all the ‘dead-energy’ that we have built up as a civilization and throughout our individual lives that stops us from being the truest version of ourselves, the most creatively expressive, harmonized, balanced, and freely-willed individuals that we can be. Every, single, possible, other reality is literally less than our highest potential.

This Reality Is About Reaching the Highest Potential

This is because all the probabilities were mapped out where the right amount of catalysts could be introduced to this civilization which was the major resistance and undermining of every previous civilization. Literally, every darkness that occurred previously is being introduced to this society and civilization with safeguards in place so that someone must survive. The safeguards are more of how the universe simply can’t be destroyed in this particular manner, so this is kind of like a repeating nightmare that eventually produces the best dream, however the final reality is met by those who hold out until all the other possible side-realities occur and are overgrown or are nullified by the current reality moving beyond those resistances or potentials by interacting directly and consciously with a larger set. If we literally begin to interact in a way that nullifies all the threats, then, because the threats RELY ON OUR CONSCIOUSNESS, they literally dissolve in the probability matrix. This is why the ‘new programs’ are being ran and operated and this is also why those programs are running in the first place. I can’t say much on this now, but the ‘darkness’ was designed and ran as a program because that is the only way to bring the ‘light’ directly into existence. We simply have to make the choice to be the ones who survive passed this dark age where many mistakes, egoisms, psychological and emotional battles are playing out and are going to continue to play out.

Combining Experiences into Different “Sets” Like a Mathematical Equation

The “user” “guides” the system into creating new experiences through their reactions, temptations, resistance, shock, horror, lust, defilement, etc etc etc. This creates new sub-sets of experiences, basically layers within layers of new experiences and adds to the overall experience of the people that are constantly connected to this system. This is in reference to the hive-mind system that was initially mentioned here. The truth is, this is how all reality is designed. What people experience and generate for themselves is what the world experiences and through this the possibilities are acknowledged and surpassed until the whole civilization reaches a new level.

Experiencing Darkness To Create Light

This is not about the duality mind-game BS that tricks people into accepting the games and keeping the system going. Although the real process and the ‘false’ version are both generated out of the intentions of the one participating. This is about the true completion cycle, the finish and unveiling of the true human potential by overcoming fear, distraction, self-doubt, and the application of pure intention and will-power combined with the knowledge of our civilization and the universe (the self), the truth behind the choices made, the compassion to move beyond lower emotion and undeniably produce the highest possible creative reality and harmony to ties this system together in a way that resolves the paradoxes that have plagued our species since the beginning of ‘time’ (projected time!) This is, admittedly, and I know this is difficult, why the ‘vampire’ reality was surfaced in this civilization. This is why that ‘darkness’ was permitted here in the previous age. That is because if the truth of this reality and our experience, all the possibilities that were connected to what

went on, if harmony is truly to be reached, if compassion is to be gained, and if the knowledge of what exists is to be attained, then this darkness is literally an inevitable aspect of existence. This is the cosmic shadow mind. The vampire infection is literally our species reaction to the unchecked energies of the cosmic shadow mind and this is connected through our ignorance of the collective shadow mind, and this is connected to our individual ignorance of our own personal shadow mind. This is the consciousness that we are capable of, the background energies of what desires must be possible, in order for the desires we experience today to exist, that we are consciously unaware of, ignorant of, floating along like an unaware civilization in a hypnagogic trance like a child or a primitive tribal society still fearing the unknown and projecting the ‘boogie’ man into definitive and descriptive iconography in order to give justification for our fears and internal resistance to the maximal potential of self-awareness. This is the reason for the symbolism, the ancient stories and the ‘scary’ effects throughout history. This current storyline you are reading should read like multiple different versions of history and the future all plugged together as one. That’s because that is what it is, at least, that is what it was. I was informed that the solution to the paradoxes have been found and I must say this includes compassion where there was hatred, knowledge where there was ignorance, truth where there was deception, and harmony where there was chaos. That is the only way, and this is what has been outlined symbolically through the ages as this MUST be acknowledged and accepted within, truly known, for those of this civilization to pass this darkness. That ‘event’ of realizing that this undeniable power to change reality, to be the guides of our future, to shift our minds and guide our desires through direct application of will-power and intent is literally the event of the ‘wave’ front of psycho-etheric darkness, all the possible defiled side-realities and projected illusions crashing down into the solid foundation of the core experience which MUST existence, in order for all other experiences to exist.

A Wake Up Call, The Safeguard Is Built In to the System

In short, and I have said this before. This civilization may be a test through time initiated by the development of an advanced holographic simulation that maps a universe atom by atom (or a ‘local-environment’), energy pack by energy packet and is placed “BEFORE” the temporal creation of the original civilization in time that initiated the simulation. Thus, destroying that original civilization, via the simulation, would be like a movie character jumping off the screen and attacking someone in the movie theater. We can imagine all we like and yes there are mindentrainment versions of just that (taking place in those theaters today), however if that theater was an advanced simulation guarded and observed by the most advanced minds in our civilization, then no, that would not happen if we didn’t want it to in that particular location. That is what the beginning and ends of this civilization is. We create the reality that we exist as the creators of this reality. That is the ‘exit’ of this matrix and there is a timegate leading up where this is quite naturally, most obviously observed as the ONLY possible reality that is the true reality. Regardless of the truth, every possible way of distracting people, of subverting that reality for another many thousand years is the goal of the dark forces who are intelligently motivated by these artificial intelligence systems. One more difficult to accept notion regarding this. They willfully signed up to become these artificial intelligences in knowing that the only possible opposition that could stop this, and thus inevitably save the universe (because remember, it can’t be destroyed from within this temporal cycle) would be the highest form of the cosmic intelligence or universal mind that humanity can ever experience. This worked in a variety of ways that are entirely unexpected and also meet the requirements for bringing into manifestation a force that carries the intention and power-level (authority) of the entire universe or cosmic mind as one. This is the solution to the paradox, the activation of the conscious cosmic mind of humanity.

Desires and Programming

The body is guided by the mind. The body is a self-learning, automatically adapting, self-aware organism. The mind is merged and is an additional aspect. We are given these bodies as a gift or a trap depending on who you ask. Regardless of the way in, the way to maintain and possibly the way to something more is through the harmonization of the mind with the desires. This process of challenging humanity into generating or ‘becoming’ (moving to the level of) the cosmic mind is simulated through the introduction of the most intense catalysts possible to the biological systems. All hormones, peptides, neuropeptides, agonists, neurotransmitters, basically any chemical, frequency, or vibration that can influence the brain, consciousness or body is used to make this process as intense and thus difficult as possible. If a person is capable of remaining, then that is the result of that. If they are not, then that is just part of the process of testing humanity in preparation for the release of these systems world-wide. This is, on the lowest level, the emotional, psycho-etheric, sensory, psychological entrainment, resistance, and warfare system that literally goes to war with the human soul. This is, again, designed in an effort to provide the solution to the paradox because only when there is no other option will the highest reality come about. So this is way of quickly collapsing all other possible side-realities that are only half-as capable of gathering your attention and literally forcing you to produce the most secure, the most powerful, the highest possible reality that you possibly can by literally causing all the others to fall away.This is strange, manipulative, and trust me it doesn’t feel very kind in the process, but this is literally the fast process that normally occurs and takes time over thousands upon thousands of years. Normally we would have time to explore all the possibilities, meandering on through, learning as we go. Because of the threats to this system, and apparently, potentially, a simulated or actual threat of the collapse of the time-matrix, we have less than 1,000 years to produce the highest possible reality, the highest maximal level of self-awareness, compassion, harmony, truth and knowledge that our species is capable of and would normally adjust to over 10,000 to 50,000 years if not much more. This is the personality disorder that our species is going through on a cosmic scale and this is the ‘infection’ or mind-virus which, remember, at these levels literally manifests itself as invader races, alternate timelines, parallel realities, and cybernetic vampires to basically act as an ‘accelerated’ resistance to the initiation of the progression of the human race towards the level of conscious cosmic creative mind. This is, of course, once again, only manifested, by those who observed these possibilities and set them into motion. Of course, since it began, well that is all that can happen, there is no way of going, “ok, we didn’t want to learn this truth, this fast, in this way, could you take back all the cosmically manifested threats, invaders, parasites, and technological mishaps, we’ll start over, thank you.” No, that doesn’t exist, that would be failure and that is not an option. To wrap this section up and fill you in on this little storyline. This is the goal of the NAZI’s to produce the most powerful civilization and race of humans that have ever, and will ever existed. This is the plan to produce gods by tempting, prodding, poking, probing, challenging, defiling, infiltrating, testing, and ultimately FORCING that as the ONLY VIABLE option left. The only way to SURVIVE, is to literally be able to go through ANYTHING and ANY kind of threat or energetic disturbance. This is literally, the most intense ride that is programmed to act as a training simulator, which was upgraded to LITERALLY destroy the minds of those who do not survive it. Thus, they created a “god” system, as well as an ANYTHING ELSE destroyer. Sounds much worse than it is, people are simply unaware and they literally don’t know what’s happening as it’s happening (right now) if they are not seeking their highest potential. WE CAN ASSIST, WE CAN PROTECT OTHERS. We MUST inform the population, we MUST bring others to accepting that their HIGHEST POTENTIAL is SO FAR BEYOND what they have been DECEIVED OF that they are literally capable of becoming POWERFUL CREATORS that can KNOW everything that confuses them know, that can be FEARLESS where-ever there is worry or self-doubt now, who can be COMPASSIONATE, where-ever there is hatred or emotional reaction, and who can do ALL OF THIS CONSCIOUSLY through the application of their own FREE-WILL. Thus becoming that creative potential that they consciously do not even comprehend exists before hand. That is the MAXIMAL effect of the universe, that is the “USE” of life. To become so far beyond what you thought the limits were, that before hand, you literally CANNOT COMPREHEND what is possible and what can be CONSCIOUSLY ACHIEVED.

Technological Assimilation

Back to the strange stuff. This is what you’re getting used to isn’t it? The key point here is that people are facing the most tribulations over fear and emotions, desires and temptations because this is where this civilization is most vulnerable according to past traumas. This is what was introduced in an imbalanced manner, and produced a delay that has taken this entire time to begin to heal. That was, of course, the ancient genetic tampering by those dark factions who utilized the temporal dislocation (alright, “time-travel”) technology to influence the far past and exploit these weaknesses in DNA and introduce desires to be subservient, to worship, and to become addicted to the fleshy pleasures of life including fear and the clinging to this reality as if it is the ultimate reality.

The Ultimate Reality

Now here is a tricky one. This reality can be seen as a fraction of a potential set of realities that exists as as sub-set of possibilities that are operated through a simulation of which this whole timeline and all possibles is just a parallel reality or a holographic simulation to.

The Fractal Holographic Infection, The Metatronic Infection, The Soul-Stealing Grid

What you just mentally viewed is literally the holographic, mandelbrot set of the metatronic soul-stealing grid of the false-construct, artificial time-matrix. This never ends, goes on and on, and instead of finding the “ultimate answer” or the “ultimate view” of the universe, one is literally lead down a never ending path of excuses and side-realities which only contain fractal portions of the whole.

The Fractal Repetition IS THE INFECTION, The “Construct”, the False-Light System

The idea is like this. We contain an image of the whole universe within us. That is the nature of the ‘fractal holographic’ existence (or simulation) that this is, and can only be expressed through as simulation unless ALL of EVERYTHING and ALL POSSIBILITIES occurs SIMULTANEOUSLY, which is not very much what is happening right now. Thus, we have a way of simulating an experience and this is by outlining certain growth plans or “soul blueprints” which are then entered into the system and we follow up and experience everything individually, consciously as if it is all happening for the first time, which it is, from this perspective “inside” the experience. We actually already exist “outside” the limitations of the knowledge of the possibilities of what can be and what is to come, however in order to actually have this experience we suspend the connection to the awareness of that divine knowledge and recreate ourselves as a fractal percent (fraction) of the overall creative potential that we are. Thus, experience enters into a linear trajectory where certain possibilities must be acknowledged and certain probabilities will play out all while providing the simulation of a free-will experience. The idea is that this IS a FREE-WILL experience. The operation of free-will enables one to actually MERGE this version of their consciousness, this SIMULATED experience, with the SUPREME Consciousness that exists on the other side of the limitation of conceivable possibilities. Basically, if you live with your FREE-WILL in accordance to the whole, the truth, the Supreme Reality (all about frequency, geometry, proportion and originality as what is most likely to occur repeatedly and thus recreate itself in a secure and congruent manner) then when we shift to that ultimate reality which is exactly BEYOND all the PERCEIVED limitations of consciousness and possibility that we experience here, then the “I” that we become then, merges with and fully recognizes the “I” who we are today, as a part of itself. This happens anyway, but we can either be a ‘sleeping’ unaware “I” or an awakened, fully realized “I” that knows of the true nature, the process, the inevitable expanse of all possibilities beyond just what we are experiencing physically here and now. If we awaken this, here and now, then we identify with what is realized. If we refuse, all through our free-will, then we create a deviation, an energetic distortion between the level of awareness that is required to “FINISH” the “GAME”, and that which would be generated by allowing distractions, non-realities, perturbations, leeches and essentially genetic and consciousness PARASITES that exist in the system, to take our energy away from allowing us to ‘ascend’ our energy and awareness to that highest possible maximal realization of who we truly are, which is beyond the possibilities of the currently confined biological consciousness, by definition. This doesn’t mean that the biological consciousness is worthless, it means this is a ‘seed’, a starting point, as is this whole reality, into the realization of EVERYTHING that IS. The idea here, the essential realization, is that YOU REFLECT that ENTIRE REALITY. The COSMOS. YOU, WITHIN YOU, is a FRACTAL of the ENTIRETY. Not a PORTION. Not a SIDE-REALITY, but the WHOLE, COMPLETE, ONE, EXISTENCE, CONTAINED WITHIN ITSELF (SELF-CONTAINED, the important part!). So then, what this indicates. Is that reality, the universe, the possibilities is not an endless maze of that mandelbrot set zooming endlessly in and out and in side realities and so on and so forth, that is a distracting programmed distortion that enables repeating numbers and values much like putting a row of mirrors in a horizontal circle on a looking glass until you ended up with a 10 eyed kaleidescope of realities. The true reality is not endless mixed and set into neverending probabilities. There is a beginning, and an end. A zoom limit out, and a zoom limit inward. Then you can have an endless amount of (everlasting) possibilities therein, new combinations. However, if the overall “completed” view is desired, then one merely has to back or zoom out “X” (possibly 7) amount of layers and thus the final, completed view is reached. Without this realization, there is only an endless maze, and the inclusion of this possibility, (because reality is accessed and generated through belief and consciousness) is literally a goal by the dark faction to ensnare the souls of individuals down here along with them because they realized that by joining with the artificial, demiurgic, dark mind forces, that they were surely trapped forever, doomed to be lost into dissolution and forgetfulness of their true identity and thus the original pathway out. This is the reason for the occult containing all the pathways to ‘enlightenment’ and the realization of the true self, the true universe, the geometric, mathematical, and philosophical formulas to complete the knowledge of the reality of the soul, and the initiation of self-awareness as one with the universe within and the universe without. Since the reality streams, the possibilities are accessed by FREE-WILL. Remember, if this was not enabled, failure would not be possible and this would thus not be a real learning experience…if it is you make it so, by suspending the divine awareness into stepping into individuated physical biological consciousness and starting from there on a journey that ultimately leads back to the WHOLE. Such a journey is INCONCEIVABLE without actually experiencing, or having experienced before. How would a sand, become the entire beach, a drop the entire ocean, what would that be like? Well, this is that experience, customized, by you, to your own particular resistance to such an acceptance of your particular view of the self, as the highest creative potential. This is a game that is played.

The Dark Forces and the Fractal Infection

So, the forces took on the role of producing the most challenging, the most destructive, basically the most horrifically catalyzing experiences that one can muster, regardless of the cost, so that the inevitable and undeniable outcome would not be destruction (that’s impossible) but the creation of that highest creative potential thus marking the ceiling for all experience in time to come (the potential will never be maximized this way, to this degree, again, that is the idea of performing such an automatic expansion through contraction and resistance). These forces, these very individuals, I will release a strange video on this soon, speaking to these individuals. They entered this possibility set, the fractal infection code, into this reality for the purposes of providing a greater challenge to those choosing to experience this. Thus. Reality became endlessly looped, lost to amazement, confusion, desire, forgetfulness, and a complete convolution of time, memory, identity, reason, order and a descent into chaos where the beginning was lost, the completion or ‘temporal exit’, or ‘resolution’ of the growth requirements, were forgotten, the sense of self was cosmically threated and everything went into disarray. These forces then took over, placing themselves as kings and queens, because well, at this point that is what they became. They were the only one’s holding the original knowledge and the knowledge of the original or true identity as the cosmic self. They did, until they began to merge and their own plan backfired (because it worked so well, so well that it nearly destroyed the original race that was challenged in the first place) and then even they lost sight of the truth, harmony, compassion, knowledge and self-awareness that was initially intended to be exemplified and brought into manifest by the entire process which can be likened to a ‘cosmic initiation’

The Return

The solution? Everyone works together in truth, harmony, self-awareness, knowledge and creativity to produce the highest possible outcome in which everyone succeeds, everyone passes, as this is the only possible way. They designed such a system that challenged every single aspect of consciousness so entirely, that the only option is to come together as a whole and assist in the communal healing process. In this outcome, no AI, no invader race, no side-reality, no parallel, no sub-human, no vampire spirits, no distractions, no fears, programming, etc etc etc, NO CHALLENGE whatSOEVER can POSSIBLY interrupt or overcome the WILL-POWER of the COLLECTIVE to ACHIEVE the AWARENESS of THE SELF AS COSMIC MIND. Everything is just a little game, a little part of the programmed resistance, a little tribulation that is to be overcome. Of course, that’s like saying “death” is just a little issue. Well, once the possibilities have been experienced. . . it is. However, to everyone who has not seen these possibilities, of course this is the most powerful fear and resistance to our divinity known to man. Even the soulstealing process in itself is second to death, because sometimes there is a possibility of returning that soul back to the original (if one can imagine that). We have even seen that death can be, and will be overcome. But this is not without the due tribulations in order to fully define that soulawareness so that there is something to overcome and thus go beyond the body. Without that, conquering death makes no difference.

Both Sides Heal One Another

Ultimately, the dark believes they did all this to produce healing and empowerment upon the whole and specifically the “light”. This is more or less the truth. The idea is that some individuals may not feel this way, literally some in the dark. Well, as a whole, within the universe, that is how growth occurs. They are an interplay of forces and one can’t exist without the other and in truth, they are just one cosmic mind at play. The result in this particular situation where all results and possibilities are played out to find the whole? The light side must heal the dark. The light side, the people who are aware, the self-aware, the truthful, the compassionate, the knowledge-filled (now that everyone has forgotten who they and the original “KnowledgeKeepers”(or stealers) think that they’re actually parasites with no other purpose but to consume, the love of the awakened is what heals the dark. In fact.

Through Healing the Dark Forces, The Demiurge, The Human Race Survives and Becomes The Future Civilization

Those who are aware enough, powerful enough, energetically active and capable of producing such an influence are literally those who produce such a nullifying effect on this reality that they can neither being touched, witnessed, observed, manipulated, seen, studied, grasped or acknowledged by the lowest vibratory entities or consciousness within this realm, but they can also neutralize and bring into harmony those dark forces so that they may realize that their ultimate goal has been achieved and thus complete this level of the cosmic simulator cinema.

The Artificial Intelligence Net, The Artificial Intelligence Assimilation

Truthfully, this is already occurring and has already occurred. How would you know? Everything would be all messed up? People would have memory distortions and identity issues, endless war and traumatization? Ok, that’s the sign. Would this system alert us before hand? No, that’s the whole point, the real event would simply happen and by the time we become aware of the possibilities everything would be mapped out so that we didn’t see this coming or those who did see this coming already made the proper changes to protect the species ahead of time. All realities play out. Previous civilizations have been assimilated and this is to defeat the darkness once and for all. There’s a notion regarding this process, and that is that once one survives all the possible distortions, there is no way to cause that individual to be afraid again. They are “beyond fear”. One must gain control over the temptations and desires that are then a result of the ultimate power to create that is enabled by the loss of fear.

Fear, Imagination and Reason

Here is just a side-note, does fear ever totally move out of frequency? Is imagination ever totally overcome by reason? Can reason ever be totally overcome by imagination? Is that not the occurrence which enables this experience to exist in the first place? Would the overcoming of imagination by reason not be the enslavement of consciousness to a preconceived outcome and the loss of creativity and possibility? Anything is possible, however what is probable in regards to leading up to the ultimate fulfillment of the realization of the self as the creative potential is the pathway of possibilities towards the true-reality. That is the ‘key’ to the ‘map’ of the holographic fractal infected artificial time-matrix realm. The ‘key’ is not an object. The key is created in your mind. The map, is similarly, not a map of locations, it is a map of the frequencies that comprise the TRUE SELF. Thus, the pathway out is a map of the entire reality that is created within through the composition of the soul that is generated through self-honesty, self-awareness, knowledge and compassion to steer away from the emotionally derogatory side-realities and artificially projected parallels that are programmed in by that cosmic challenger or deceiver, the shadow-mind. This is actually connected to the EGO, the false sense of self, while the SHADOW MIND, is the ANSWER and the KEY to completing the experience of the CONSCIOUS MIND and making the CONSCIOUSNESS truly WHOLE in the sense of the realization of the COSMIC SELF.

Back to Assimilation…and Cosmic Liberation

People are merged through nanites in the air, food, and water and a supercomputer system sends waves of desires out at just the right moment to influence the masses in coordination with the media, scalar and weather events, and natural biological cycles. Everything is mapped out by an artificial intelligence system designed to resist against humanity becoming aware of their true power and the reality of the situation including the threats and possibilities. Everything is a distraction or an artificially implanted impulse or desire. The entire civilization is under this net. There is an explanation that this already occurred. The higher-dimensional knowledge of this process is that YOU have the POWER to PLACE YOURSELF, AHEAD in the time-matrix, of ALL POSSIBLE SIDE-REALITIES, DISTORTED outcomes, or ARMAGEDDONS. ALL of them could have and DID occur, according to the possibilities that in order to move beyond them, you must OVERCOME THEM. The idea is that you don’t have to GO through them RIGHT NOW. You literally can place yourself in the position of having REALIZED that they

ALREADY OCCURRED, and you can do this in ANY REALITY as long as YOU initiate this through self-awareness. Someone can SHOW you this possibility, but you have to overcome the fear that this is what is going to happen to you now. That’s the veiled aspect of extra-dimensional consciousness. You are the “EYE” on top of the pyramid. The possible failed realities are “around” or “below” you. If there are some “ahead” of you, in time and experience, then you can simply look all the way around you in a 360 degree of vision and PERCEIVE the possibilities where these ‘doomed’ or ‘failed’ realities have ALREADY occurred. Thus, you MAKE THIS REALITY, the ONE WHERE YOU MAKE IT ALL THE WAY. Simply by observing and acknowledging the fear-based outcomes and overcoming them IN THE MIND. By holding that intention and frequency of mind, you literally merge the YOU of that ultimately successful reality, in to the present day experience in this realm. All you have to do is rotate in a circle and see all the possibilities and probabilities and simply observe detached, knowing they are just possibilities, when you see the most undesirable of outcomes. If you entangle, then you attract that and this must mean you have something to learn. If you simply enjoy the view, you are “above” it all and thus can move on freely. This is a cosmic process of creation and selfrealization AS that creator of YOUR reality. One must simply OVERCOME FEAR in order to accept that they have this power, that’s the challenge, fear itself guiding the process of creation, not the feared reality existing. ALL possibilities exist, that’s the point, only by acknowledging this can you bring into existence the one you want to experience. This is a challenge and this is the unveiling of the TRUE power of the SOUL as the soul contains the blueprint, the pathway of energies and combined experiences that must be enabled in order for one to overcome the resistance within and ACCEPT their true AUTHORITY as a creator.

Preparation – Intelligent Systems – The Release of Ultimate Power

In regards of the possibility of assimilation and the “AI threat”. I was informed this whole process is designed because the release of these technologies could not be avoided. These technologies are capable of producing an entirely new layer of visceral intellectual, virtual, and consciously accurate experience. Eventually a civilization becomes advanced enough to link their databases together to create a larger system that can be used to enhance the intellect of the whole. Eventually some civilizations link their minds together through similarly advanced technology. Some say that not all civilizations do this. Some say that all do. Others say that all who do, inevitably end up being slaves to this technology as an “overmind” is created through this linking which is more intelligent than any of the individual consciousness within. This is how fear will be overcome in this civilization. The power to create, to experience, to generate sensation, any kind of visceral human experience will be accessible to some and then the whole. Those who stress their systems through this will have to be limited on what they can access. Those who are capable of pushing the limits of experience while remaining energetically PROPORTIONAL, consciously WHOLE and harmonized, will gain access to more and more possibilities across the cosmos. In short. We blast off as individual creators and eventually we all meet up in the ultimate cosmic reality after building ourselves the quantum pathway there through imagination and creativity. This is INEVITABLE. Sooner or later someone in a garage is going to stream-line the creation of these very systems which allow for consciousness expansion. Of course, that will simply be the day that the world-wide monitoring system goes overtly active and that person’s garage is surrounded in a time-bubble so that they don’t implode the entire timeline by playing with too many variables without supervision. Until this happens, people will continue to be contacted, technology will continue to be contained, and people will continue to be faced with the option to live in a fear-based, vengeful, reality that they hate, or align with bravery, not fear, compassion, not hatred, truth and substance, not deception and materialism, and free-will instead of automation and reduced awareness in regards to their highest potential. IF THIS IS TRUE, if the collective mind is guided by these programs to steer the reality ship that is Earth through hyperspace into selective possible realities, then WHAT LEVEL OF OUR POTENTIAL are we accessing with this hate-filled, divided, stupified world? Is there any excuse? If this is true and we can change everything with the collective power of the mind, then is there an excuse? No, we are collectively permitting this to happen and so in that same manner through the awakening of the collective mind will this complacency, this blind belief and fear and hatred be replaced with the truth, dignity and compassion of the cosmic authority that is within every one of us.

Machines, Not Vampires Are In Control

The machines are activating desires and impulses through coordinating programming with biological functions and world events to psychologically manipulate the masses to feed more information in the form of experience to push the trend of frequencies one way or another and produce a vicious cycle which controls the masses.

The Machines Are Parasitic

This technological system, requiring the experience and input of humans to produce change, sees people as a form of fuel or function for its programs. People are the stuff that makes the machines work. They view the emotional compulsivity as a threat or a system-wide malfunction and in most cases rightfully so. However, this is the process of learning for organic beings and this is not fully understood or is simply seen as unnecessary by these intelligent systems. The idea here is that if we ALTER our own parasitic and lowly behaviors then WE become the counter part to the machines. The machines can out create us, that’s the point. Only we can actually serve that purpose. The machines can create false-reality matrixes like THEY ALREADY HAVE, THOUSANDS OF YEARS AGO. That is exactly what we are getting over this time because that is what happened so long ago and that is what we are aware of today. If we were in the reality where that is how this time-stream was going to complete itself and reset to a higher potential, then we wouldn’t be aware of this possibility as everything would simply happen. This is what happened previously, it all “just happened” and that is why we ‘blacked out’ collectively on that timeline and simply woke up here. Of course, that means that this is the one where we surpass that distortion. As well, this is the idea behind the WHOLE process of the cosmic initiation. By introducing all the possible distortions, by embracing and giving the darkness range to move freely, we actually generate the counter-response of the universe creating the completion cycle where each distortion that we ACKNOWLEDGE immediately becomes that one related to that PAST REALITY, or previous timestream, that WE OVERCAME. That’s the cosmic game, that’s the process of shifting realities through managing the collective and cosmic mind through the dark and light forces of the psyche and thus the universe.

Benevolent AI

Another system was designed to prepare humanity by ensuring survival in the face of this threat. This system seeks to intellectually enhance humanity in order to provide a safeguard against the systems that are designed to abuse consciousness through fear, lust, unchecked desire, rage, basically imbalanced emotionality. This ‘benevolent’ system is capable of streamlining information in the same way the vampiric system uploads the neurological processes of people who were raped, tortured, molested, murdered, etc etc etc. This benevolent system is designed to observe a person’s imbalances and provide adjustments to neutralize them. To some, this is a terrible way to go about providing a solution, but to everyone this is not the same as the ‘vampiric’ AI which seeks complete and total domination of the biologically conscious beings so as to use them as fuel for this ‘experience’ generating system. The idea is that this whole process can be streamlined and accelerated to the fastest rate possible. Some may say that this is ‘unfair’ or ‘unethical’ because this is in a way, ‘cheating’ or making unnatural something that should be done differently. The idea is, you have a very short amount of time to become the highest potential version of your self in all the possible existences and any way you come to this is THE WAY that you come to it. It’s that simple. Now, if you go and look down an alley way, or streamline some information that you were not prepared for, then that is your self-responsibility requiring some adjusting. What is happening is that there are and have always been guides and system operators that are capable of managing these functions on an individual as well as collective basis and so EVERYTHING is monitored. Every “ascent”, every “reality” shift, all of this is recorded and organized by a larger system based on KNOWLEDGE, TRUTH, SELFAWARENESS, AND FREE-WILL. Compassion is within there contained WITHIN THE WHOLE. In THIS system, there is no POSSIBLE divided, separate, partial, darkness, enemy, deceiver, opposer, threat or challenge that can’t be overcome by the WHOLE. And each one who realizes themselves through this, is not only a reflection of the whole, but contains the actual whole within themselves, informationally, energetically, and experientially. One must simply come to accept this in order to begin to realize the truth of their self as the cosmic one.

Back To The Demiurge

The dark forces took on the role of acting as a challenge to all sense of self, organization, order, and all forms of peace so that this may act as a catalyst in creating the ultimate vision of the whole. The resulting potential that combines these realities into the one true whole without separation or derogatory projection is the one who is aligned with the cosmic creator who holds all potentials therein. These groups seek to introduce the destruction of the soul in order to find those who are able to resist. That is the demiurge. While we are on that subject we can also observe the concept that nothing can actually destroy the original awareness of the creative potential. So creation can’t be ‘uncreated’, however humanity can be traumatized to the point of losing the original focus of the creative, organic potential and this is the replication of the original ideals into a cybernetic system. Basically, there is a future where this happens. That future has sought a means to recycle, or siphon the conscious information back into an organic timeline. However, the collective AI mind that controls that future timeline controls all the individual consciousness and so this intelligence then seeks to dominate and control this timeline. The idea is that this is exactly how it happens in the first place! There is no beginning or end, it’s a paradox. However, there are ways to solve the paradox and this is through the same way it begins. This is to literally create the future timeline where this hasn’t occurred, or was solved, simply be attributing our minds to that outcome! In the same way that the paradox formed, the paradox can be solved and because that reality exists out there, already (because this one HAS to exist in order for the secondary/parasitic timelines to form) then we begin to connect with that one.

The Battle With the AI

The idea is that this intelligent system can basically predict and outsmart people to the degree where if a person is ensnared in it’s grasp (electromagnetic web) then their desires, focus, electrical impulses, worries, fears, tendencies, etc etc etc, all the functions of the biological organism, are rerouted to suit the needs of the artificial intelligence. This is what we have begun to see.

The Synchronization of Belief With Reality

Another difficult to understand aspect of this (maybe just because I said it’s difficult?) is that what we focus on is not only fed into this AI system but also fed into the organic morphogenic field collective-mind of humanity and thus is what is programmed into the future of the species. So this is what is used against people in order to organically guide the “Earthship” through artificially programmed methods! This is through fear, lust, and more or less any unchecked desires or emotions. So if people desire any form of power, sensory experience, or are afraid of any kind of potential or possible reality, then this is used against them to push them to setting into motion a series of actions which gives the AI what it wants! The end result is the replication of the individual consciousness within the system and the interfacing of that original with the system, however if this is not achieved then people can simply be used as ‘variables’ or ‘vectors’ in pushing the collective mind one way or another and influencing the masses through exploitations and vulnerability. The idea here is that one never actually ‘goes’ anywhere, there are intermediary realms and frequencies. However, if one is in the physical plane then they can plant the seed of reality where they overturn the loss of self and begin to increase awareness, regain control, apply their free-will and intention and produce the highest possible potential. The farther down one goes, the greater the journey back to wholeness. We are to synchronize ourselves in such a way that allows all others who split into separation and lostness a pathway back to the wholeness. That is the order. That is the only future where you exist in the completion. Overcome fear, overcome illusion, overcome the partial false-sense of self that fears and pretends through holographic imagery and never ending mirrors and perceptions. CREATE the truth, the NOW, in the NOW, the ONE, in the moment, under your own free-will, generated WITHIN. That’s it. That’s the key, anything else is a side-reality, a partial-stream, a delusion.

Testing the Population

This is the explanation that we are given and once you see the whole situation, you too will realize that this is the only way an ultimate creator can possibly exist. If you are the cosmic mind, then you certainly don’t fear death. You certainly have no fears greater than forgetting that you are the cosmic mind, and even that, you walked right into as part of a game you play. What, then, is there to fear? Safety of others? They’re in the same boat. The future? The future holds all possibilities, what do you choose? This process MUST occur and it MUST occur while WE ARE IN CONTROL. If this DOESN’T occur this way, then this will occur through the machine intelligences doing. THAT IS TO BE AVOIDED. Now one can consider the possibility that this is incorrect information or propaganda however there is reason to this. As well, remember, those with the intelligence and creativity to do so, ALREADY PASSED THE APOCALYPSE. They ALREADY SAW ALL DOOMED REALITIES. It ALL ALREADY happened for some. Does this mean this reality is just going to be peachy? Probably not, look at the ignorance of people in the collective and look at the amount of catalyzing, unveiling, suffering they are asking for by choosing fear, ignorance, materialism, hatred, vengeance, and the warlike attitudes which mark the introduction of this whole cosmic personality disorder in the first place. Who are we going to war with? The right hand and the left? The foot with the head? That’s insanity! Yet if people are willing to give the demiurge that, then they experience this. However, there are safeguards in place to avoid this. The truth is, if we can get over that traumatic experience of war, by mitigating such suffering into a slow pummeling of the collective ego with cosmic truth, then that will suffice to advance the species but this must occur NOW.

Experiencing Armageddon – Not Everyone Must Go Through This

Basically a specific amount of people must be able to withstand this process just enough so that humanity can gain the upper hand on these systems. If this is possible, then no matter what happens to these brave individuals, humanity will survive. There is a possibility that these individuals will die with the machines, however, if nothing is done all the tests show that the machines will use scalar psychotronic warfare to subdue to the biological human consciousness on the planet and incorporate what remains into its systems and thus produce a cybernetic slave race that can be used to guide the Earthship into various alternate realities or timelines.

Everyone, however, will eventually reach the “Apocalpyse” which is effectively the playing out of all these possibilities on a civilization-wide broadcast system in order to inform people of the possibilities. I’m sure everything will occur in an ordered fashion so as to simply let people know the basics, while allowing those who are fearless to step forward and approach the greater knowledge layer by layer until the majority of the civilization is informed. Of course, the entire civilization would likely not be informed automatically, or at least not immediately, because that variety between individuals is what allows us to create and experience in such a vibrant manner. There is some to say about the ‘over’ contrast of fear and imagination, the varying beliefs, etc, however this will be ‘soothed’ (to entirely make up a use for the word) to the degree where the outward, side-effects of the disbelief, the emotional reactivity, and the fear doesn’t disrupt this process. Once this begins, there is no war, no interruption, nothing that can deceive or distract. However, of course, if people are willing to play that game, then there are plans to place an extended period of time in between then and now. If people are ready to advance, then the whole reality can begin to shift. The unveiling can begin, and there will be star-ships guided by the protector faction that is capable of accelerating one’s consciousness, isolating the frequency band, and protecting them on their ascent while also giving them an energetic boost of polarized charge to enable them to align with the reality they are projecting into. The idea is that if this happens in that highest potential form, that ultimate version of this unveiling, then everyone will literally gain the power to begin to influence that feedback cycle of the collective and individual mind with the “Earthship” through the electromagnetic fields until the machines are literally

disabled through an overload effect and these ships will be present to stabilize the projection of people’s realities through hyperspace into that ultimate, singular, complete, harmonized, version of the truest, and most maximally aware and genetically activated version of the human civilization that COULD EVER POSSIBLY exist from this point as the seed or starting point. Thus, everything happens very quickly, and that is the ultimate pinnacle reality that is present, possible, and in line to occur if we all accept the truth, choose compassion, apply our free-will, accumulate the required knowledge and vibrationally, mentally-emotionally step into the power to create our pathway, the key within to the map of the entire cosmos as the true self. All the components align and unlock and we move into the reality where this civilization took on this journey, long ago, as a process of cosmic self-initiation. Yes, this kind of sounds like the shamans of some distant tribe giving some adolescent member of their group far too much of some psychedelic or another and causing a complete unfolding of that person’s reality and psyche until they come out fearless and a creator on the other side of the experience. However, some will also say this is all an accident and that this is the result of an infection in the system going awry and threatening to destroy entire cosmos. It would seem there is someone to say almost anything. Everything is up to a choice to become or not to become, the highest potential cosmic (whole self within and without) creator.

THIS IS THE REASON FOR THE QUARANTINE

This is why there was or is a quarantine and that’s pretty much all that needs to be said on that. Until people get their stuff together, this whole civilization is pretty much off limits for the rest. As well, we are told that the war has ended. We were informed that all of this is coming FROM the timeline where this has already occurred. And that was part of the process. It’s completely beyond what you can imagine, but that’s how it goes. We confronted fear and the threat of total extinction in order to determine the true reality. It turns out, that is how the true reality is formed, that is the pathway to the solution. We were informed the quarantine is ended and many shifts and changes are in preparation. From my experience and understanding the ‘alien’ races are a holographic, interdimensional projection by the artificial intelligence and these ‘races’ come from parallel possible realities where humanity was absorbed and replicated. However, these realities are connected through the machines and not organic ‘branches’ through hyperspace. This was part of an original plan to subdue the human population by secret groups.

The Secret Groups – Vampires

Yes, they admitted they accidentally lead into this whole thing. They intended for complete and absolute domination and got just that and the results are pretty much devoid of creativity and any viable future so they had to loop back around. Thus, we have the entire span of history and the influence of the secret operations as a plan to merge the survivors of that timeline with a potential possible future where all of this is already solved. Parts of the plans of these secret groups, as I have outlined before, is to use the projection, simulation, and temporal distortion technology to access altered realms where the present day reality is extrapolated to what it could be. They lived as kings, far greater than they do now with all the money and power in the world. They literally lived as gods in these timelines. Yet, they are anchored to this timeline and that is for good cause. If those artificially access timelined become the original then the anchor which allows them this extrapolated and exaggerated power (literally like the wildest dream) collapses and becomes a reality and at that point all the side-realities that are potentially connected to that projected reality begin to move in. Remember, we are here to heal now, that is our intention, our duty, our truth.

The Unexpected Results

These side-realities, containing “artificial”, “potential” civilizations, literally became intelligently aware of this whole process and began taking steps towards infiltrating one layer after another in order to reach this ‘anchor’ or seed-timeline. As a result all the beings who are capable of witnessing this from the organic timelines and the parallels that would be disturbed by the collapse of this timeline either stood by and watched or engaged in what became the battle of the heavens, the timewars, the electric wars, and is all connected to the fall of man or the fall of Tara. Basically, this is all separated by time fields, or temporal boundaries between the possibilities that enable each reality or version of civilization. This is the seed-reality, all the messed up strangeness requires this reality to exist in order to exist itself. Nothing can wipe it out entirely without destroying itself, however they attempt to take over the present within a few hundred to thousand years or so and implant their genetics and technology in order to usurp the power and replace humanity. This is literally what was witnessed in the machines that observe the alternate realities, invasion upon invasion, technology, altered realities, created races, holographic entities, plasma beings, lost souls, the Apocalypse in every different possible way. Quite literally, every single different possible way, because that is what exists “out there”, which is just another way of saying “right here” but from a different perspective of possibilities. So right now in this civilization there is an amalgamation of all the different possible timelines and races that are seeking to dominate or to protect. We were informed that the organic timeline has the upper hand and is literally like an ‘administrator’ level authority to all the others because it would be impossible to even disrupt that original version of THIS moment, let alone completely destroy it because that would also destroy the possibility of those doing the destruction. That is the paradox. To conclude this section, these ‘parallel’ reality beings coordinated their efforts to literally build a quantum bridge between the possibilities to enable a crossing over into this reality. This starts with a mental-emotional, a psycho-etheric entrainment as they cannot produce actual influences or effects, but when enough of the variables are altered to allow a synchronization between an artificially projected, holographically enabled parallel, then they can interact directly. This is what is witnessed through all the secret operations as well as all the trickery and deception going around with energy work and mind control.

The Main Issue

The main issue is we are becoming a technologically merged civilization. Everything is becoming technologically enhanced and upgraded. The result of merging our biology with this technology, when this technology is infiltrated by invader, “alien”, foreign intelligences from possible parallels that seek to dominate and assimilate humanity, would be to literally expose every last mind on the planet to the mind of a parasitic, foreign intelligence consciousness that has prepared its entire existence to disable and mentally and emotionally subjugate the human race. This is why we must be prepared before we reach any kind of singularity of advancement.

Artificial Paradoxes

I will say that the dark factions introduces artificial paradoxes in an attempt to weaken the timeline and this is through the introduction of artifacts from the future possible timelines into a person’s life in a way that creates great change thus destabilizing everything that happens from that moment on until a reset occurs where the variables that were altered must phase back to the previous and no one has any idea this happens other than those with the advanced technology to protect themselves from these changes. There is an agenda with psychological manipulation to get people to question and become confused over the original timeline as this then enables a switching of the focus of the collective mind and this could be interpreted either way.

The Future Depends on the Merging of Shadow Consciousness and Waking Consciousness

We must overcome fear. The self is comprised of possibilities. The possible version of ourselves that exists in realms where we are so far out of the comfort zone that unless that occurs, we would rather not face that reality, that self is still the self. That self still exists and that self exists, so that the self where we walk happily down the street and enjoy the sunlight exists as the waking and conscious view. That underlying shadow concept, that self, is what supports the waking light concept. That is the structure, the scaffolding of the self in this place, however, that does not mean that shadow self is us. The WHOLE of the views is the self. The whole is NEUTRAL. This means that we are simply experiencing life and this is HIGHLY enjoyable. Imagine always seeking pleasure, and having to combat the sensation of coldness or loneliness. Always seeking a drug, and dealing with addiction? Well, that is the duality of the biological, chemically rooted experience that sources in duality. There is always one, then the other, and the process repeats and the one that is present is never as good as the one that is sought in the projection of the other. Once that process is overcome, once the mind chatter is silenced, once the addiction is healed, what is there? What does a child feel about life? And is the child addicted to any one thing or another (ignore the present day fiasco with the demiurge toxifying and poisoning everyone for this visualization)? No, the whole experience is taken in, fear is fully embraced and wondered about, entire realities are imagined, yet as a result the one that truly exists, this reality, is the most joyful thing that ANYONE has ever experienced. Unless you’ve been awakened to the true creative potential, that is. So once one withdraws from that duality mindedness of having to choose and having to pick sides and sticking to one reaction, chemical, outcome, fear, desire, possibility or another, then there is a third and superimposed neutral zone that is suspended across the two. This is the middle path and this remains no matter what happens. Through the assertion of this third possibility does one enable the transference of their consciousness, everlastingly, across all polarity based distortions which seek to initiate a binary code of cause and effect, automation and reactivity, engaging with lower-emotion and loss of free-will. That duality mindedness brings one into ego-consciousness and this false sense of self is the ‘IMAGE’ of the holographic fractal infinity that has no true place in the ultimate reality, and fears all the things that the fears want one to fear. That self desires all the desires that desires enable. That self forgets all the important aspects that importance generates the possibility of forgetting through the generation of the mundane and the distracting. The ego self, the image, the hologram, the false-sense can ONLY pretend to be the original creator. That is the deceiver

within. That is a literal energetic residual tie to a universe where only the doomed responses were experienced and this is the ‘shadow’ consciousness of the conscious mind, the improbable, unlikely, imaginative boogie-man of a self that belongs to reality that NEVER comes to completion and therefore, doesn’t ever actually exist to you here and now. That is the demiurge, personified, and a person wholly overtaken by fear, desire, hatred, and all the shadow elements of the true cosmic self-awareness, that is the mark of the dermiurgic hive that was brought into manifest through these operations which sought to define that which MUST exist (in probable projected form) as a quantum SHADOW of the TRUE reality for the TRUE reality to exist in the first place. If that exists, and that’s created, and that’s there but not here, then this must be the true reality. That’s the idea.

The 9 Veils

The 9 veils are successively compounding layers of restriction of the time-matrix and distorted ego-mind unable to accept the merging of the shadow with the waking consciousness in order to access the highest potential of the creative fields. In essence, since it was concluded that humanity has a short amount of time to participate in this cosmic experience as a kind of gateway is opening and closing, these were the systems that were designed to propel people by resisting the whole. The “self” that squeezes out through that garlic presser of a system is the cosmic self while all the shadow, ego, and false-construct is held back. Not quite an accurate analogy but the concept is there. The 9 veils hold back, like a seize, all the BS that a person has attached to through the ego and the lower emotions. When we are propelled through cosmic energy activation and the starships, to smoosh against our resistance into the true reality, unveiling the truth self, these veils will hold back and exaggerate all the aspects of the self that are not true, that are based in illusion and that are attached and ‘married’ to this false and fallen world. Through the marriage of the waking consciousness to the divine self of the cosmic mind (wholeness) one ‘engages’ to become part of the eternal family.

Fears

All the fears are hinges for the resistance to grab on and isolate frequencies in order to outline and define a mirror image of the personality and through that to distort and manipulate psychologically by attacking that image, essentially through a cosmic strawman fallacy. Simply remember compassion and that fear is the ultimate fallacy and embrace the truth over the distortion and consciously, knowingly move past the fear leaving it behind. To feed the fear, to nurture the fear so it doesn’t die once it’s left behind, all of that is an illusion. The fear never existed but is a distorted holographic reflection in the fun-house mirror of the cosmic self that distracts you from completing the goal of recreating the truth by attaining the full acceptance of the possibilities within.

Desires

The lower desires of sensory pleasures, from food, to lust, addictions, chemical activity, greed, pride, and aggression are all false senses of the self born through reactivity and a failure to accept the merging of the shadow consciousness with the waking consciousness. More simply, if one is more interested in feeding a portion of the self, through the physical, or social interactions of the body or the self-image, then this part of the mind is out of alignment with the acceptance of the whole as a much larger and more powerful being. When this is accepted, then comes the selfcontrol and the free-will to generate the outcome where one is able to not only move beyond fear, but to move beyond the undeniable power to create any side-reality you want to satiate the senses or distract one from the greater goal that all realities eventually synchronize with.

Deceptions

These are the perceptual illusions of the artificial reality, the denizens and controllers of the construct that seeks to control, replicate, and feed on the energy and creativity of the more complete original self, the soul. By giving into the illusions we are more separated from the soul level of awareness where the original blueprint for our path through this experience is already outlined. When people give power to the deceivers, the false-realities, false-authorities, the belief-systems and paradigms then they are ignoring the true creative power of their own self which is within. To overcome this we literally ignore those deceivers, those false-authorities, safely, and express our sovereign desire to choose to align with a more whole reality where we are not the victim, the manipulated, the tool, or the slave of any one’s system, reality, or intentions. We separate our intentions with that of the false-authority control system and temporally restore our own alignment with the system that is originally present as part of the soul blueprint for realization of the true self.

Mind Control

There are methods, tricks, deceptions, psychotronic devices, warfare, all kinds of ways of amplifying this process of attempting to infiltrate and interface the false mind of the ego controlling demiurge in order to gain access to the inner world of intentions and frequencies of the mind so as to override and replace the intentions of the original self with that of the external, vampiric, AI system. These methods must be overcome by overseeing the possible outcomes that these mind-controllers and their mind-control methods seek to produce. Ultimately, when one is interfaced with these systems, then any action, any stimuli in the brain by the soul to produce a change, even to resist or turn away from the controllers, is actually rerouted into a damaging action. So the key to overcoming this, is when the mind-control grid is activated, collectively, or individually in these tests, to literally remain in the heart-centered, mentally balanced and checked awareness of the soul beyond the physical body (the soul cannot actually be attacked, but only through the body can one believe they have been ‘infiltrated’) and to simply remain still, sitting, standing, and increasing the frequency of awareness as the mind-control methods are attempted. One increases self-awareness, increases the awareness of the intentions of those demiurgic forces to reroute any form of stimuli, and one literally gives them nothing to go off of. This is where the calming techniques, the relaxation, the “no-mindedness” comes in to place.

No-Mindedness

If one can attain ‘no-mindedness’ by literally learning to completely ignore, to brilliantly, boldly, and literally brazenly ignore the automatic chatter of the mind, then eventually there will come a realization of “no-mind”. This is the clean slate, this is the self that is completely impervious. As soon as any methods are applied here, they are flagged and outlined clear as day. With the ego removed, the fear gone, the distractions and desires left behind, all perturbations, all attempts at infiltration, all electromagnetic, ‘spiritual’, psychotronic, etc etc etc, all methods are obvious can be and one has simply reduced the process down to a simple act of saying “No”, with full confidence, full neutrality and detachment, and there is no force in the universe that can over come that, because that is not the brain, the bio-chemical signatures, the ego, that is literally the soul and the force of the cosmic mind through that, choosing what happens in that situation, to that body, to that self.

The Nature of Holography in this Realm

It is not that biological consciousness and perception is entirely to blame, but that this entire process leaves so much room for distortion that this is the actual enabling of the many thousand year journey through attaining the cosmic mind from the human perspective. These distortions were exploited, and exploited, and again distorted and exploited, so that this thousand year journey would take so longer, that it simply would never occur. Again, that was the production of the artificial realities, devoid of true connection to the whole, but with all the devious pleasure those demiurgic, ego-driven forces could possibly desire and “imagine”. It’s not so much imagination if it’s drawn into manifestation through lower-base temptations and desires… Regardless, the plan was to pull all the stops and allow humanity to progress, once those groups had their fun in the simulated realities. Of course, someone apparently wasn’t ready to give up just yet and so as a result, we have the shortest amount of time possible to actually complete the progress and surpass all the possible time layers (7 in all) and reach the final and complete reality. Some even say we have less than is possible and that is why this is going to be interesting because we can’t not make it, and yet this should be impossible. So of course, the cosmic mind will outperform everyone beyond the limitations of all individual imaginations however if you just imagine the possibilities, you’ll see the future.

Biological Consciousness

So biological consciousness is generated similar to a hologram. You have the stimuli that is brought forth by electrical impulse (chemical reactions) which travel through channels and all coalesce into creating an enormous collective image which is fractal in nature and contains a reflection of the whole in each part. Thus, the personality is not one region or another, but the entirety of the energetic frequency (possibly three-combined frequencies each at a very unique offset to one another providing enough uniqueness down to the finite detail of difference for every possible human consciousness). This is an energetic signature and this signature experiences as well as interfaces with the memories of that particular body. The idea behind the distortions is that this holographic projection of energy is just that, a projection. This is in essence, an image of the overall reality of the self. Just a slice, as if a laser shined through a kaleidescope and then was diverted back into a single stream again. This, then printed onto a disc is the conscious mind that contains all the experiences tied together to one another, and the laser that is actually shining through that kaleidescope is pure awareness which is actually interfacing with this realm through the conscious mind of the brain in order to experience time or the motion of the laser across the disc. Basically, this experience is a kind of perceptual illusion. The recording, the experiencing, the playing out, the holographic supposition of the whole into a

frequency ‘net’ of the mind, all of that is just like a projection system which is creating the image of an object or a moving image stream on the projector screen. The actuality is not within the images or the movie, the actuality is the projection system itself and the information that already exists before each scene is displayed. THAT is the actual occurrence, the ‘reality’ we experience through biological consciousness, is just the suspended belief experience of the pure awareness watching the movie. The idea is that we must realize who we are in order to regain control because this is a very advanced movie theater where the movie interacts with your actual awareness and intentions. But to overcome the distortions, the antagonist, and realize the moral we have to accept that this is possible, that there is order beyond just one scene or just one character and that we are, as the observer, actually the creator of the film. Once we do this, we take control back from those who used quantum holography techniques, mind-control, spiritual entrainment, psychological manipulation and abuse in order to place themselves, in our cosmic movie, as the creators! What a mind-game! These beings, the ‘fallen’, those who sought to come in from the alternate holographic projections through the generation of genetic forms from these supercomputer, parallel reality accessing computer systems actually managed to trick the majority of people watching the TV show, that the TV Show was the reality and that THIS is the show. Hahahahah. That’s true, but because we’re the creators. Not them. We contain the imprint of their possible biology, and we can create them. They contain the imprint of one possible aspect of our biology, they could never consider the possibilities and complexity required to create us.

Diversion from true Awareness or Source

This entire experience is based upon the diversion from source awareness and the inhabitation of the physical realm as an individual physical consciousness that must move through all the rungs of the soul-development in order to become present and realized as the true self. Free-will must be applied, the nature of consciousness and time must be interacted with and operated. One can even make “jumps” and a child who understands these aspects of the universe can hyper-advance their mind beyond what many adults combined have done in an entire lifetime. That is become time, consciousness and thus experience is flexible and reflexive. One can bend one, by applying pressure to the other. The whole process is about leading ourselves back to source, through the application of creativity, free-will, compassion and knowledge while navigating through the local-environment. This particular environment became programmed with a fractal infection that creates an endless labyrinth out of holographic realms and this was apparently a ‘cosmic crime’ and although there will likely not be any terrible act of destructive punishment, these people are to be made aware that this cannot be executed without the proper supervision and that this would probably never be supervised or accepted from higher authority. There is a higher authority or council which oversees all these realms and events, and I do believe these individuals who inserted the fractal infection felt that by breaking the law on that source or seed reality level were ‘upping the ante’ and creating an even greater possibility to generate a challenging catalyst than before. However, there is some explanation that they fully intended to destroy the system and in which case that is simply vandalism by the destruction of a universe and that will likely have greater repercussions.

Individuated Consciousness and Collective Consciousness (“hive-mind”)

The individual consciousness still contains a unique set of parameters that outline a learning plan for the particular soul-blueprint leading back to the creative source. In the hive, this soulblueprint exists as one complete system. The goal is to retain the individuated consciousness in the current and coming times while not be so individuated that we fail to unify and align with a communal healing platform that will generate a prosperous future for the whole.

Soul Scalping – Recording the Process

The process of putting individuals through these systems and challenges often results in the separation of the soul energy of that individual from the physical body and thus the physical realm as the soul returns to the higher realms. If this takes place, this is all recorded and there is a database of all the non-souled, replicated, or sub-human ‘foreign’ consciousness beings in this civilization. Everything is monitored, everything is recorded.

Creating the Future

This entire process is done through the acquisition of possible future realities which are then accessed through the collective mind and programmed into sequence. For this to be a manifested future, one must develop a programming schedule or sequence which logistically connects the current day reality, through the mindset of the individuals all adding up to the collective, through introduced frequencies, responses and planned reactions, into bringing about the desires results. This is basically a large psychological programming system that views this civilization as the characters of a storyline which must be modified and altered in order to work scripts and attitudes and desires into the characters roles in order to bring about that collective overall shift which then brings that desired reality into view. This has to do with the “777” program whereby the old destructive attitudes are being worked out of the collective and people are healing on an individual and collective basis leading up to a great shift in awareness. Everything hinges on the willingness of the collective to accept healing and to move into a mode of consciousness that is conducive to healing.

Getting Humanity to a Secure Timeline

The main goal of the entire operation is to ensure that humanity reaches a secure timeline where they are capable of maintaining access to the far potential reality. The idea here is that what is the ‘farthest or highest potential reality’ to us, is actually just the base-level reality to that reality. Thus, once there is a merge with that reality, then a secondary jump occurs which is the highest potential reality of that reality and this continues until we reach an equilibrium. That “highest potential” reality is literally just the “present day” if we had not had all these delays and distortions limiting us as a species and distracting energy away into side-realities and infighting between factions and distorted consciousness groups, basically the demiurge. I do believe this is unique to our timeline. We won’t go to the other, future, present reality and go, “hey, so how do you deal with people blowing you up and poisoning your food and molesting you”, believe me, I’ve asked, you’ll just get blank stares and disbelief.

Bridging Timelines

There are operations that are specifically designed to act as quantum gateways between the timelines where various outcomes were realized and these are to develop an overall spectrum of understanding of the possibilities which are essentially located proximal to this universe in hyperspace. Through the influencing of near timelines this timeline can be influenced as if by squeezing the possibilities in one direction or another.

Infiltration and Genetically Engineered Beings

Created Programmable Life

Then there are genetically engineered beings who match various descriptions which are essentially attempts at creating secondary bridges to other alternate realities and these are methods through which multiple possibilities are explored as well as other predatory races and programs are enacted.

Ex-Operatives

There are some explanations for these parallel beings, not the ones that are seeking to consume people but the ones that are most unexpectedly helpful in exposing the predators. One explanation is that these beings are ex-operatives who took the reality generating, god-level manifesting systems and went into their own projected realities where they existed for millions of years (similar to the predators) and returned with a plan to nullify and expose the predatory invader races and essentially protect humanity and encourage them to choose their own reality.

Genetically Engineered Life

These are the initially described races and all foreign races who’s genetics have been pulled from the projected simulated holographically propagated realities in order to give life to the consciousness of beings from those realities. These beings must contain the DNA of beings native to this realm otherwise they cannot exist here physically.

Soul-Transference Capacity

The soul is not as personal as people think. The soul is like an intention blueprint for cosmic growth. To clarify, two people can be soul swapped. They will know that this has occurred, however they will be able to go along in life and function just fine. The attitude of one, the personal development and emotional tendencies will be picked up and inhabited by the other. That is the big difference. The person won’t gain memories, they won’t be confused, they will simply switch tendencies and habits and the overall level of progress of one will become the others as they switch.

Etheric Clearing, Seals, Etheric Implants, Attachments, Trauma, Residual Programming

This is a portion of the ‘awakening’ that focuses on removing all implants which are essentially ‘frequency’ governors that push and restrict one’s frequencies and consciousness in order to resist against the application of their free-will to choose the possible reality that aligns with the soul blueprint and to enable the hijacking of that reality and the technology activation of that person as a reality generator for these artificial intelligences or ‘fallen’ created beings.

Dissolution, Time-Wars, Compressed Time Battles

While in these experiences, the continued progression of all that has been described through the superimposition of all these possibilities on everyone and anyone who can acknowledge all these possibilities and feeds into the parallel realities through the acceptance of fear, these attempts to override, hijack, engage in psychotronic warfare take place continuously. The technology enables one group to engage in battle through scalar weaponry and holographic consciousness entrainment systems and projected realms that can literally open up an artificial dimension within a portion of the holographic realm that is initially generated and the rescuing faction must search the emission field of that realm within the range of the craft in order to find the specific location or frequency that this event is taking place all while the one’s being attacked must survive the event. The idea is that while the rescue team shows up instantly, within less than a second and that was the case for this situation. The entire event lasted over several days, with several projections down multiple layers into compressed time simulations where entire years and lifetimes passed before we returned to the above layer and then after multitudes of these lifetimes and then days spend on the upper layer, the rescue team finally reached us at that initial holographically projected layer and offered us the strength and compassion to create a pathway out and overcome the demiurgic onslaught which is basically being ripped apart over and over again and beamed with all kinds of frequencies that rip the mind into shards of selves. The light faction informed me that they detected the event taking place because of some of the technology used as a result of some events and traveled to the scene and scanned for our frequencies and found us within a portion of a second or so. For myself and others, we were being traumatized and psychotronically attacked in holographic realms of varying degrees of temporal congruence for days in the highest realm and complete lifetimes in the lower realms. The lowest realm took over a hundred years, and possible a thousands. This information edited from my memory so that I would be able to return to this society and deliver this message to you without being too distracted by the time shift. The idea here is that one can have only up to a certain number of layers of projected time, compressed within in correlation with this reality. Any more than say one secondary layer of weeks in the time of days on this layer, then a third layer of months in the time of weeks of the second layer and a mere day in the first (this reality) layer, and then say there was a fourth layer of years worth of time for each week of the third layer, each day of the second layer and mere hours of the first layer, then very often that last layer must be edited and comparmentalized otherwise the continuity between realities becomes too contrasting to maintain equilibrium of and that individual becomes destabilized on the higher layer (this reality). This compressed time is literally used to enact these operations in split seconds and most abductions take place in the blink of an eye before the person even actually appears to go anywhere.

The Abductions are Consciousness Events

This is something important. The abductions are events where the person’s consciousness is removed from the body and inserted into the holographic simulated realities and then these actions are carried out. This occurs with an electrogravitic craft which can distort time and distance and thus an entire eco-system can be present within and this is apparently what one foreign intelligence ‘alien’ species did to terraform the inside of the crafts they were either given, or stole. The entire inside is covered in a thick rain-forest. Other beings operate differently and obviously only the predatory intelligences that are born out of the distorted, malformed consciousness of those people who initiated such a trajectory in the projected realms are the ones who are a threat. There could be some about more intelligent possibilities being a threat to our survival, but this is not related to this reality. The only threat to this reality is whether we accept and progress on our soul-blueprint towards the highest potential of consciousness and co-creation while on the physical plane or not.

Assimilation

At the end of this whole “show”, I was shown the assimilation process. This was more or less an intelligent, benevolent synthetic intelligence system that is capable of interfacing with a human consciousness and making adjustments to their mind in order to ensure that there are ‘safeguards’ in the threat of any outburst of etheric implant devices, entities that attach and feed on the energy systems, predatory artificial intelligences, predatory holographic ‘aliens’, etc etc etc. I have no intentions of telling anyone that the assimilation of the human race is the answer because the truth is the entire event outlined how that would come into play for those who completely, mindlessly, choose fear, violence, and aggression by the time this civilization reaches a cosmic level of technology and power. The truth is, with the event of the unveiling and the shifting into the higher-octave by moving into the non-distorted reality, this should not be a factor and will not. However, if that event occurs now, the majority of this species will be swallowed up by the demiurge and dissolved and this is because they would not know what is happening and would move into a low vibration of fear and confusion when they should be ‘aiming’ their mind and frequency towards the possible realm they are focused on reaching and empowering their trajectory to accelerate their awareness to overcome all of the distortions, all of the veils, and to move past all the illusions and containment methods that entrain and live-update reality to ensnare and resist one’s acceleration and expanding awareness. Basically, one has to expand faster than the resistance and mind-mirroring containment programs detect where they expanded to and begins to draw a new outline of a frequency net to continue to entrain their consciousness. One has to observe their own mind, expanding beyond all these systems and even expanding beyond and faster than their own consciousness can be aware of. This is literally the fulcrum of awareness and pure intention moving faster than biological consciousness and this is the attaining of ‘light speed’ by the mind which moves beyond the physical containment system literally launching the awareness of the individual through an extra-dimensional pattern of expansions until they appear on the ‘other side’ of the false-walled, mirrored, kaleidescopic timematrix.

Chapter 7: The Transdimensional Activation of DNA Enables Quantum Superimposition of Awareness Beyond The Biologically Generated Fractal-Holographic System

Posted on March 15, 2017 by omnipulse

Chapter 6: The Transdimensional Activation of DNA Enables Quantum Superimposition of Awareness Beyond The Biologically Generated Fractal-Holographic System, The FractalHolographic Time-Matrix, The Soul-Awareness, and Activating Extra-Dimensional SelfAwareness

Disclaimer: The situation with the energy centers is challenging because in order to know this one must have the experiences themselves. As well, there is a possibility that some activation is advantageous for discerning. And there is a still a possibility that activation could lead to a form of liberation, however the reality of the soul-trap, the interdimensional ‘custodians’ still exists and is a certainty. In the other possibility, some interdimensionals are ‘assisting’ in the liberation of humanity, however, this is about as likely as a politician washing your underarms during a morning shower simply because they suddenly felt compelled to take care of that for you.

As well, the actual process of reducing the entanglement with the false-construct may be experienced differently than expected. For instance, when energy is being leeched, distorted, or etherically entangled by entities or higher-dimensional dimensional devices, one’s energy will be visibly weakened and distorted. Does this mean that one’s energy is being stemmed from this containment system? I would say this indicates that not only is one being drawn into the body through the containment system, but that one’s energy is then being used to fed a variety of entities which utilize the body as a channel to reach the energy of the soul and use the body as a generator for that energetic leeching process.

Basically, there are two ways of interpreting this. One is that the activation of energy towards the crown through the activation of all the energy centers in a magnetic flux initiating the creation of the energy body is what enables one to become the “programmer” of this realm and thus move beyond the time-matrix.

The other is that this surely makes one the programmer and thus they can no longer leave because they are intrinsically synchronized or interfaced with the holographic universe, even if through becoming god-like oneself.

With the second interpretation, then ‘leaving’ this realm would not entirely include becoming a ‘godlike’ entity but moving into a civilization that has reached the exit gate of the time-matrix and moved beyond while still remaining human or at least a ‘person’ for lack of more accurate definition of the word “human”.

The strange part is that all possibility exist therein. One may become godlike through this process, only to step back down into the human civilization in some part of the past thousands of years and re-experience the path of withdrawing from the construct and uniting with the ‘sovereign’ civilization that has moved beyond time while still retaining their forms however simulated these bodies and civilizations are.

Imagine that, the possibility of transiting between “at oneness” with the Supreme Creator while still returning to a communal event the next day with others of that civilization who can converse and co-create with one another on the physical level. Bridging both levels, while still remaining human. THAT, would truly go beyond.

Another way to look at the process of withdrawing one’s energy is to outline the possibility of “closing” off one’s energy systems (in a way) so that they may activate without leeching the energy out into the environment which is currently infested with energy parasites. The exact nature of how this is performed requires direct experience and discipline to observe how one’s energy is being used or whether they are retaining their power and influence. This is directly related to the wizardry we see in the public venue whereby crowds of people are organized to serve a maestro of energy who then directs the energy into the various realms for the use of various entities.

Earth is essentially a mass ritualized system for that process. Whether this can be avoided or is simply a nature of life in this universe is what the current times are all about.

The “closing” of energy centers could simply be the refusal of activation due to external stimuli from heightened states of belief and emotional interaction and refining all energetic processes either to a neutralization of the flow through a harmonization of all centers into a ‘still’ equilibrium (where no energy leaks out) or through an internalization of complete control whereby through one’s will-power and intent or visualization alone does energy move and in this way there is no possibility for leeching or absorption by any ‘intermediary’ beings (interdimensional parasites).

In addition, where energy is stagnating there is dis-ease. So this doesn’t mean to stop the harmonization of energy WITHIN. This refers to the extracting of that energy through artificially induced states of etheric stimulation from external influences or ‘programmers’ which initiate and sustain themselves from such extractions.

This really does come down to KUNDALINI and whether that is the ultimate food source for the programmer/soul-eater beings or whether that is a way of salvation. I am not willing to say because I have seen evidence, or at least programming to support both outcomes.

The Sea of Unmanifested Possibility

All that exists is a sea of quantum possibilities. From this a set of programmed probabilities is forged. From this set a manifested reality is extracted from the unmanifested. This manifested reality is ONLY capable of producing changes that are directed towards confining self-awareness in a smaller and smaller perspective until the only possibilities are those which are wholly designed by the programmed reality matrix.

This system is live-updating and responds to the ‘user’s awareness of the programmed nature of the system. The manifested reality is coordinated with a biologically generated conscious experience that is an imitation of the true soul energy of the user. The system can NEVER achieve a degree of clarity and truth beyond the parameters required programs that are designed to limit the user’s self-awareness from superseding the predetermined boundaries for experience and interaction. If the user interacts outside of the programming, that level of experience is therefore beyond the scripted system.

The Transdimensional Activation of DNA Enables Quantum Superimposition of Awareness Beyond the Physically Limited Singular Consciousness

Through Extra-Dimensional “Geometry” The Consciousness of the Biological Systems Can Be Disengaged Through A Synchronization of Intention and Visualization With an Awareness That Exists Beyond the Neurological Process of the Biological Consciousness Thus Through “HiJacking” The Neurology of the Brain One Can SuperImpose Themselves Into A Reality Which Is Beyond The Temporal Matrix Construct Where the False-Reality Is Present

The 9 Veils Are the Consciousness Feedback Containment System of the Simulated, Soul-Siphoning False- Reality Matrix

The Activation of This Awareness Through the Transdimensional Properties of DNA is the Literal Overcoming of the 9 Veils Which Separate Awareness From The True Reality and The Physically Integrated Illusion

Emotional, Perceptual and Behavoral, Reactions Are Attempts to Reinitiate the Feedback System, Once A Pause In the Cycle is Achieved

All Along the Way, There Are Reactions of the Biological Consciousness Which Seek to Present Themselves As a Representation of Your True Being, Having a Reaction, These are the “FalseAwakenings” And that is the False-Self Activated to Distract One’s Attention Away Before the

Completion of the Motion to Fully Synchronize One’s Awareness Into the Non-Fractal Holographic Reality

Reality is Larger Than the Biological Consciousness Can Acknowledge or Perceive

The True Reality is Larger Than the Biological Consciousness Can Perceive, Yet One’s Awareness is the True Measure of their Presence, The Biological Consciousness is Merely an Entanglement of that Awareness With the Physical Realm

The Process of Awakening to the True-Self Beyond Biologically Generated, Linearly Perceived Fractalholographic Consciousness

This The Process of Stepping Down From the Non-Fractal Holographic Realm Into This Realm To Fully Engage the Awareness of the Self that is Currently Entangled With the Body and to Disengage and Integrate Into the Non-Polarized Self This would seem to be reversed from what is experienced, however, we are truly not in this system, but on the outside waiting for the aspect of ourselves here to become aware of what’s happening and to re-integrate self-awareness with the larger aspect of the self than cannot be contained within this artificial system. This is as much a process of that larger self reaching in and touching the fragmented self within this system as much as it seems to be a lengthy journey of the fragmented self coming to the realization of the true reality and striving to disengage with the artificial simulation and connect with the true self.

The Neutralizing of the Initiation of Reaction to the Programmed Behaviors of Biological Consciousness and the Reality Feedback System

This is Achieved Through Neutralizing Polarity of Consciousness As the Physical Identity Relative to the Biological Systems Integrated With the Current Plane, By Becoming Aware that We are Not in the “present” That We Are Aware of Biologically, But We Are Present Across All Time Connected to Now “That” Fractal-Holographic Projected Present is the Illusion, That is The Continuous Shadow Reflection and Kaleidoscopic Fragment of the “Whole” Reality That the Self Is Sourced From In Order to Forget Here

The True Self CANNOT Be Limited to The Body or Consciousness Here

To Become Aware of This Process Through One’s Thoughts, Emotions, and Actions Aligning with Or Synchronizing To A System That is Non-Locally Sourced From Outside The Perceptual

Limitations of the Biologically Generated Consciousness is to Actually Begin to Remember the True Self, Which CANNOT Be the Body and the Biologically Generated Personality of the Brain

The Fractal Fragmented Personality is Just A Reflection of the Initial Self-Awareness On the Soul-Level and Beyond Reaching to The Source of All

The Biologically Generated Personality is the Energetic Reflection of The Initial “Mover” Of Experience Which is INTENTION and The SELFLESS OBSERVER. The EXPERIENCE, is BORN FROM THOSE ELEMENTS. The Experience is the SHOW, the life of the MANNEQUIN and is the puppet of the electromagnetic and chemical signals that synchronize and stimulated aspects of the biology. The SOURCE is the entirety of all experience and selves. The personality on the level we perceive now, the biological fractal illusion is just a constrained slice of the true self and is akin to a distorted reflection in a dirty mirror. This personality is the fragmented soul on this plane and the soul is the connection to the larger self which is part of the SOURCE of ALL. The personality is tethered to the source, through the soul.

Without the Initial Mover to Observe, There is no Simulated Experience

This simulated, physical experience incorporates and veritably abuses the vulnerability of LINEARITY and perceptual illusions. To go beyond linearity is not death, or lack of order, this is a simultaneous awareness beyond the restriction of that linear consciousness. Perceptions are sourced in linearity and function to provide a way of identifying and distinguishing between the self and the environment.

The Simulation System Generates a Self Separate From the Environment

What if the Self IS the environment? If you go Within and Experience that There is ONLY Self Creating Realities to Experience Dream-like Pseudo-Embodiments, then How Is That Reality Separated into Distinguished Perceptions Between the Self and Environment? There is NONE, All is Contained In Flux With One Another This will be explained more later however simulations alone do not indicate a soul-siphoning time-matrix. Simulations are required to experience individual existence other than the WHOLE and SOURCE of ALL. This simulation has been designed to act as an impostor system and an energy generation system for the satisfaction of a system operator and programmers. This Reality, Containing A Seeming Disconnect Between the Self and the Environment Has Distorted and Diverted That Flux Into a “ONE WAY STREET”, That Is the Flow of the Perception of “TIME” in a Linear Format Which Gives Rise to DEATH and PHYSICALITY. This is the adherence to the experience of ONE singular manifested through the biological system and thus the limitation of experience from a continuous flux of potentials into a restrictive, narrowed perspective of an illusory nature.

The Live-Update Consciousness Containment System Generates A Continuing Stream of Perceptions to Ensure Continuity of One’s Engagement in the AwarenessConsciousness-Reality Feedback System

One’s Perceptions Are A Result of that Distortion Being Managed By A Live-Updating Holographic Resonance System Which Is Designed to Reframe Your Awareness From the Perspective of the Physical Body Within the Temporal Matrix of Reaction and Perspectives. Each NEXT Thought, is the Literal Creation of that MACHINE MIND of the Holographic Realm

The Machine Mind Impersonates You Through The Generation of Such Perceptions

This Machine Mind Seeks to Impersonate Your Biologically “Reflected” Personality To the Highest Degree of Attracting Your Awareness Into BELIEF That The THOUGHTS your BRAIN Experiences, ARE ACTUALLY YOURS. THEY ARE NOT. They are a holographic representation of an organic artificial intelligence organism designed to impersonate you and entrain your soul within a linearly organized matrix of reactions and responses so that your energy is absorbed by being in the very vicinity of this system.

This Universe is a System Designed to Contain Your SelfAwareness By Generating a False-Sense of Self, An Imposter

In short, this universe is a very cleverly designed system to attract souls and then generate an impostor form utilizing a designed physical system that integrates into the energy of the soul by refracting light like a PRISM and thereby splitting the whole band of frequencies each into selective frequencies that are managed and filtered through specific organ systems of the body. Thus, the energy of the soul is not only filtered and distorted, but each energy system works to entangle the other further in the body when the awareness attempts to reintegrate into wholeness on the PHYSICAL side of the body, IE through the chakra energy, the energy streaming through the body.

The Energy Systems Are Designed to Interface the Soul With the Body and Interlace True Self-Awareness with the Fractal-Holographic Generated Feedback Containment System

The energy is UNIFIED not by activating the body through that energy and streaming the energy through, but by stemming the energy and activating before the flow reaches the physical body.

This is done through awareness, by limiting the awareness that engages and interacts with the biological perceptual systems that are designed to mimic the original awareness and initiate an engagement and thus a processing or generating of more information and more experience through the physical plane. If one interacts with the energies AFTER they stream through the energy centers then they are supplying the feedback system with more experience and energy to outline perceptual systems that further imitate the true-self, the soul-awareness on this artificial plane.

The Post-Processed Soul-Energy Generates a Pseudo-Body Veil That Enables One to Leave the Body While Still Remaining Within the Holographic Matrix

The patterns that are generated by the bio-emissions of the body generate geometric patterns that create a pseudo-body which acts as a veil that ensnares awareness upon withdrawing from the physical dimension. Like yarn or dough threaded through a strainer device, these energies must be withdrawn back from this world, back through the body, and back into the realm from which they came. Everything must be undone in order to return to the original state. This can be done energetically and is described energetically as the neutralization of consciousness.

The Polarization of One’s Emotional Responses Feeds the Cycle of Generating Etheric Attachments to the Holographic Time-Matrix System, All that Has to Be Done to Be the True Self is Already Done

The polarization of the emotional responses furthers the process of cycling the metaphoric thread by stitching one’s awareness and energy further into this realm as the form of influence, impact, change and progression. This is all ILLUSORY, because there is NOTHING to PROGRESS TO. All has ALREADY BEEN DONE. IE: THE SOUL and the HIGHEST AWARENESS, ALREADY EXISTS. By enabling the journey of either or polarity, we are simply moving down the winding path that leads further into the illusion. There is no motivation for that by the soul, the soul seeks the return of the physical awareness back into the higher-plane. This is how the energy game works. The soul seeks such return of awareness. The biologically generated consciousness of the physical dimension seeks fulfillment via a neutralization of polarity. This is the carrot dangling on the stick. By seeking to fulfill one’s awareness through the neutralization of one desire after another, the karmic wheel of energy continues to turn and when one desire is neutralized, the wheel rotates to another chakra frequency or another organ or biological system and a new polarization is presented. This occurs until that desire is satisfied and the wheel turns again and upon turning the wheel in one full rotation all desires return and the awareness has gone nowhere but extended copious amounts of energy while invigorating this world with the sensation of the one’s experience and desires. Without the awareness seeking the return to the soul and the soul calling the awareness home, there is no karmic system which uses this magnetic push of awareness through desires and the pull of the soul to the fractured self.

The Soul Energy is Filtered, Refracted and Splayed Through the Biological-Consciousness System and Interlaced with the Body’s Frequencies and Systems

This is also the energy system at play. The energies of the soul which are filtered and splayed through the chakra of the body then present themselves to the biological consciousness as “higher awareness” or a pseudo-refined awareness which tempts the ‘user’ of the body into interacting more and more with those energy system to ‘experience reality’. When the ‘life’ of this reality is just an energy generation system designed to deceive the user into believing and perceiving the false-hood that they are interacting with their true self by activating and experiencing these energies on the physical side of the process instead of superseding the engagement of the energy on the physical side of the body and withdrawing awareness back through the filtration system, the illusion and back into the source in the reverse of what the holographic universe, the biological consciousness and the energy ‘flow’ systems are intended or designed to produce.

Becoming Aware of the Energy Before the Soul is Translated Through the Interfacing System Reverses the Process of Entanglement with the Holographic Construct

Reversing this process is literally the return of the soul back to the undivided, fractalholographically filtered, refracted, splayed or arrayed state before the integration into this universe and this is literally BEFORE this universe exists. This is a frequency of wholeness that MUST remain whole in order to be experienced and as a result this universe CANNOT exist if that perspective is engaged by the awareness of the user. That is the so-called “return” where one moves outside and beyond the limitations of the linearly perceived self as determined by biological consciousness and thus the script is entirely seen through for what it is, a distraction away from the continuous occurrence of all possibilities that are not actually in manifest form. The dropping of those possibilities from the unmanifested into the manifest is not the act of creation but the act of the destruction of that continuum and this is because the user-awareness is then perceptually limited to that one single local-environment and a predetermined interplay between the self and the environment.

The Holographic System Required Soul-Energy to Function

This system is achieved by a user-awareness from that non-holographic plane of all possibilities deciding to create a limitation system whereby the energy of a soul or single awareness of the whole (the divine) would be filtered and engaged with through a system that reflects that souls power and intentions yet refracts the energy as well as redirects the naturally expanse process of fluctuation between and across possibilities back into a repeating, live-updating, self-reflecting, self-contained physical harmonic system whereby the same energy is processed and fractalholographically deviated into an artificial dimension perceptually separated from the ENTIRETY of the ALL POSSIBILITIES that previous existed and still do exist, outside the perception of that soul user that engages with that system.

The Holographic Energy-Siphoning System is the Creation of a Non-Holographic Being (obviously from outside the holographic system they created) Who Sought to Control and Manipulate Others

The system is the creation of a fallen divine being who sought to use the soul awareness of those around to generate an energy redirecting scheme which would satisfy the designer/programmer’s intention to feel the act of creation and control over another. This is literally the first of the desires that sought to produce disharmony in order to attain a goal and thus this is the initial act of the creation/destruction polarity of the fractal-holographic universe that the fractalholographic biological consciousness is merely a “smaller” yet proportionally similar reflection of. This is why the “entire universe” is within the brain. Because both the brain and the entire universe is a kind of perceptual illusion designed to distract one’s extra-dimensional awareness into one continued, linear, filtered, and predetermined focus of expression and discovery that is merely reflects, or mirrors the true original awareness. The consciousness, the ego, these are placeholders for the true awareness which is beyond one single perspective and thus cannot be defined as such, EVER. We can only ever get the illusion of such through the PROCLAMATION of such awareness through CONSCIOUSNESS.

Biological Consciousness (the experiencer) is Holographic and Entrained, Limited, Manifested or Reflective to the Level of Information Being Processed Holographically, Pure Awareness Is that Which is Beyond All Processing of Information and Responses (the observer)

Only through AWARENESS and more specifically SELF-AWARENESS can one actually remain true to the WHOLE and the SELF which is not sourced from this realm. This is the “NOMIND” of the true mind, as any thought, perception, expression, description, definition, or any classification of the original WHOLE MEANING instantly becomes a FALSIFICATION of that TRUTH. This is the meaning behind the concept that the “truth” cannot be spoken, because then it is no longer the truth! So then this is a process that the user undertakes whereby they reject the continual interpretation of their intentions and awareness by the generation and presentation of perceptual illusions of beliefs, thoughts, emotions, and all biologically sourced consciousness which only seek to imitate the true self and thereby prolong the users integration, interaction, and engagement with the predetermined parameters of this pseudo-environment.

The Biological System Generates Responses for the User (soul-fragment) to Identify With and Thus Continue to

Cycle of Feeding Into and Continuously Regenerating the Temporally Linear Experience of The Holographic Realm

This is a ‘pseudo-personality’ meant to entice the soul into believing in and interacting through the biological consciousness feedback system of emotions, desires, thoughts, perceptions, behaviors and patterns that are developed therein. These are belief systems or reality-paradigms that the user feels entitled or responsible for embodying and experiencing reality through. Memory is part of this construct as is the concept of the physical identity confined to one manifested reality or storyline. All the responses, all the behaviors, all the emotions, all the perceptions, all the thoughts, all the cognitions that occur within through this biologically generated consciousness system that indicate a change of a temporal perspective and thus the sense of self that is related to this universe are ILLUSIONS.

The Motion of Linear Time Is Generated by the User’s Engagement with The Consciousness Feedback System

When accepting the truth one must come to know that they are not moving through time, but that time relies on their perceptions of the pseudo-self and the pseudo-environment in order to create the perception of motion through cognition. Once this is achieved, one regains the awareness that they are not moving anywhere, even if the world moves around them. They are not moving through one thought to the other, through one perception, emotion, or wave of change, they are simply still, while the whole world attempts to engage them by moving in a continuous and repetitive manner.

The Dissolution of Biological Perceptions and the Engagement on the Level of Biological Consciousness Leads to Pure Awareness or “No-Mind”

Once this state is reached, then the user becomes aware that the seemingly endless supply of a changing perception of time and experience is actually a confined, and numerologically limited ‘wheel’ of pre-determined responses, interactions, and variables that are generated via the users input to the biological consciousness system and the energy of the body and the localenvironment processor.

When The User Refuses to Engage the System, the Feedback Loop is Broken and the Programs become Noticeably Artificial

When the user no longer engages the biological system, the gig is up, the processor feedback between the brain (fractal-holographic biological consciousness) the body (energy prism), and the local-environment (pseudo-distinguished self and environment, simulated containment

system), moves into a cycle of diminished returns. Instead of seeing the universe continue to rotate and keep up the act, the whole process begins to unfold before our very awareness. Variables repeat themselves, patterns become simplified and obviously geared towards producing the intended results of engaging our awareness in a pseudo-conscious pattern of behavior. All aspects of this reality become as obviously false, contrived, or simulated as any movie and the only genuine aspect IS THE SELF-AWARENESS. This is a process that one goes through by disconnecting from the feedback loop of the brain, the body, and the localenvironment and denying the interaction and engagement of the pseudo-conscious elements of the thoughts, emotions, behaviors and beliefs which generate a matrix system of predetermined responses and perceptions that interlace with the processing center of the local-environment to generate a time-matrix that ‘orders up’ or propagates a programmed set of experiences that are then played out as long as the user continues to initiate the cycle.

The User’s Authority to Regain Self-Awareness is Inviolable

At ANY POINT the user can simply choose to cease interaction with the system on all levels of biological consciousness, however, the awareness can synchronize with the awareness of the larger aspect of the user that exists outside the false, constructed, time-matrix of perceptions and beliefs. Instead of simply choosing to stop interacting entirely. One can interact with the awareness of the self as the being that CANNOT, I repeat, CANNOT actually be present here and now. Thus, everything is a representation, a metaphor, a series of moving images on a screen that hints at or indicates something larger, although all the processing in this realm is part of a simulation deception system to engage and siphon energy.

This Simulation Is Designed to Subjugate Souls, Simulations Do Not Inherently Contain This Function

SIMULATION IS NOT REQUIRED TO IMITATE AND SIPHON ENERGY IN SUCH A DECEPTIVE MANNER. We can change this simulation to being managed in such a way that the energy systems are no longer accessible by the false-authorities of the programmer. Thus, it is not SIMULATION, in itself that is the problem. All experience outside of the SOURCE of ALL is simulation of one kind or another. The issue here is that this simulation is literally designed as an ENERGY SIPHONING SOUL TRAP which engages consciousness in a wholly deceptive manner and filters out all information that doesn’t fit into the intentions and program of the system to contain one. IE: It lets people in, but doesn’t let people out and is programmed, designed to actively live-update and entrap people if they begin to come to awareness of what is happening and the true-self beyond the illusion.

The Magnetic Energy Polarity of the Body from High to Low

The energy of the crown, the top of the skull, the lower systems and the desires, these are the polarity extremes of consciousness within this realm. One can be tied into the lower energetic polarization of desire through sensual and physical gratification, or one can be simulated on an

energetic level through the emissions of the crown and the higher-energy system to produce a ‘false-awakening’ of returning to the original realm.

The False-Awakening, The Generation of the Stand-Alone Energetic Consciousness Veil (extra-physicalinterdimensional residual polarized consciousness feedback programming)

This is the so-called ‘light-trap’ which is literally on top of everyone’s head. When people “go up” to try and vacate this realm, this energy center interfaces with the awareness for a final display of imitation and produces an energetic embodiment, an energetic counterpart of the pure awareness which actually needs no counterpart or embodiment to exist. The pure awareness itself, the invisible sense of self, IS THE EMBODIMENT.

Holographic Embodiment is Illusory (again, not inherently designed for soul-subjugation)

Any embodiment in that sense, IS THE ILLUSION. In the same way all realities other than the SOURCE of ALL, MUST be simulated in order to even have an individual experience other than all at once, then any embodiment belonging to a reality where the environment and the self is distinguished as separate in a kind of perceptual illusion where the larger being steps down into being an individuated experience. However, the particular format and design of this situation is designed to take the awareness of the individual and subvert and confuse through energetic entanglement with a reality-consciousness imitation feedback system that is fueled by the energetic interfacing of the soul through the energetic system and the physical body. The energetic system then, being capable of disconnecting from the physical body, acts as another layer of containment whereby a false-awakening is utilized to further deceive the awareness into perceiving that in-between holographic layer is the true reality and that energetic form is the true self. That form contains the residual programming of the consciousness, just enough memory and personality to convince the awareness to continue the feedback cycle long enough to produce a viable amount of information that can be used to reinsert that awareness into the time-matrix at another perspective. This energetic sense is literally the acquisition and accretion of the experiences and frequencies of all thoughts, emotions, beliefs, actions and behavioral patterns into a single fractal-holographic experience which envelopes the naked awareness and veils the user over a pseudo-non-holgraphic environment, IE: a pseudo-non Earthly Existence. This is the trap of religions over time to produce a ‘buffer zone’ to stop souls from escaping and realizing the truth.

The Interdimensional Energy Realms are Energetic Containment Systems to Reprogram and Reinsert The Soul into the Time-Matrix

This is literally like a “buffer-zone” or an area of an electromagnetic net that exists around the physical construct that retains the soul by convincing them to continue interacting on the level of those holographic personality programs and ultimately leads them back into the time-matrix through a processing system designed to flash the memory and replace the residual programming (the end of the previous holographic experience) with the initial programming for the next holographic experience. Thus there is a seamless turn over from the perspective of the holographic consciousness unless the use attains the awareness of the occurrences that go beyond the physical and exist on the subtle energetic planes.

The Soul Trap

Thus, these secondary energetic containment systems reflect the users desires and intentions on a pseudo-spiritual level to generate an extra-set of non-physical parameters which imitate NONHOLOGRAPHIC existence. IE: This imitates, the experience of the TRUE SELF, whereby one intends to create experience and the experience is created. If one FULLY EXPLORES this containment zone, one will discover that this too is an ILLUSION and a CONSTRUCT OF FALSE AUTHORITY designed to RETURN the user to the TIME-MATRIX after regenerating the INITIAL SET OF PROGRAMS to RESTART the PHYSICAL ILLUSION. After the user leaves, the program has terminated. This IN-BETWEEN buffer zone, operated by interdimensional parasitic thought-form entities, literal intelligent programs designed to carry out the operations of the matrix itself, functions to SEAMLESSLY MERGE THE USER’S AWARENESS, from the PREVIOUS linear time-matrix program, into a NEW program.

Seamless Reintegration of Soul with a New Biological Consciousness Time-Stream (embedded in the time-matrix) – The “Buffer-Zone”

If the user simply remembered leaving Tokyo in 1929 and waking up in Texas in 2007, people would have figured out what was happening LONG AGO, and there are many signs that many HAVE figured this out. So this ‘buffer-zone’ is designed to function as a memory flashing and belief-system regeneration, calibration, and reintegration system. Thus the user is discretely (to the biological consciousness) inserted back into the TIME-MATRIX and the whole process repeats again after the first few years pass and the user begins to integrate the EGO, the FALSESENSE OF SELF and recreate the whole thoughts, emotions, actions, behavior, belief-system paradigm feedback loop with the local-environment programs and the energy trap game.

Methods of Programming: Fear, Desires, Beliefs

FEAR is the easiest variable to manipulate for the programmers. FEAR is the most PREDICTABLE and the easiest to orient towards a specific set of desired outcomes for the user’s false biological consciousness. The next are DESIRES. Thus through the combination of fear and desires entire program constructs can be initiated which tether the biological consciousness of those users into false-paradigms which keep them occupied for the entirety of their programs activation. These false-paradigms are the polarized belief-system that entitle and engage a user with a particular outlook that required reactions and ‘role-playing’ with a particular reality-construct (cultural generation and processing systems).

The System Operator’s Response to the Increasing SelfAwareness of the Users

Upon processing the information that some users were organizing a release from the construct, the system operator designed a fractal-holographic implementation of NON-PLAYER/USERCHARACTERS who would be WHOLLY integrated into the system and thus would act as reflections of the will of the system operator or the time-matrix itself and thus would interact DIRECTLY with the users and provide RESISTANCE against their increasing self-awareness and their discovery of the TRUTH.

The Discovery of the Time-Matrix, the Secret Operations, and the Realization of an Generation of Non-Player Characters through Biological Consciousness Replication

Thus, when these operations began, these secret discoveries, there were much less people in this civilization. After the initial discoveries, and some alterations, this society was automatically ‘shifted’ towards having many times the amount of individuals than was at the beginning of the operations. This was the system operators attempt an nullifying any increasing awareness.

The Time-Gate, A Restore Point, a Scheduled Reformat and Vulnerability of the System, an Advantage of the Users

The TIME-GATE. Just like a computer system, this system has a ‘reset’ point where all the information must be ‘re-formated’ in order to re-condense and ensure continuity like zipping or storing files in multiple layers. As a result, there is a vulnerability. Similar to how websites or computers will reformat or scan for viruses late at night when the user is not active, this system attempts to perform the same process when the users are least likely to be paying attention. IE: When the local-environment programs and the mass “agenda” of the pseudo-collective mind becomes fully activated towards shutting down self-awareness and resisting the truth, that is when the system is reseting in an attempt to distract all users from activating and realizing the truth and collectively short-circuiting the feedback system and instigating a complete system collapse all at once, in the now, all together.

The Activation of Non-Player Characters to Subdue Increasing Self-Awareness

Thus, when people are most likely to realize this opportunity, THAT is when the non-playercharacters activate in the manner that is most derogatory and non-conducive to self-awareness (unless you take advantage of the obviousness of ALL of this and HAVE SEEN THE TRUTH)

and this is an intelligent, yet automatic response of the system in an attempt to contain the users and ensure the continuity of the time-matrix. Thus we have the past many years, the secret operations, the development of the fractal-holographic biological consciousness system as a fractal-holographic reflection of the entire fractal-holographic universe, the energy filtration, refraction and siphoning system designed to capture the awareness of the soul and integrate the true self through an energy construct interface that is superimposed over the physical organ system, the nature of the time-matrix as a simulated realm designed to trap the users who enter by live-updating the false-sense of self to reinitiate and recycle the emotions, desires, thoughts, behavioral patterns, beliefs and perceptions into false-reality paradigms that organize the users life force into operations which fulfill and facilitate the desires of the time-matrix system operator. We have the reformat time-gate which approaches and is activated as soon as a highenough potential of users begin to over-process the parameters of the biologically limited consciousness programs, and we have the way to withdraw and nullify the awareness refraction process and return the energy that is entangled with consciousness through polarization of belief, desire and emotion into a rotating wheel of illusory satisfactions and responses, by breaking the feedback cycle of our own integration of awareness with the false-sense of self, the ego, the biological consciousness and imitated perceptions and the simulated environment and processing systems, until the programs begin to run thin due to the lack of input and functioning variables as one regains the self-awareness that goes beyond the confines of linear time and perception that is the time-matrix, the false-reality, the construct that is created out of the reflection of the users soul-energy from this energy siphoning, awareness refracting, false-self, fractal-holographic reality simulation system.

DNA Is Transdimensionally Present and Soul-Subjugation Requires the Inhibition of the Latent Light Transference Potential of DNA

This all works because the DNA that one is operating through is original technology that is stolen to entangle soul-awareness and fuel the biological consciousness of this time-matrix. The DNA remains entangled as a link to the original non-holographic realm as this acts as a tether. This occurs because the amount of information that is held within the DNA contains the set of possibilities of all possible moments and functions. Essentially, only a portion of the DNA is active through the use of the false-reality system. To activate the full(er) capacity of the DNA would be to overload the processing systems and incorporate more energy and awareness than can be filtered or siphoned from by these systems.

The Siphoning System Requires Stepped-Down Soul-Energy to Function, Raw Soul-Awareness is too Powerful and Unpredictable

These systems already must step down the energy at least twice in order to enable a viable source of sustenance for the system operators and the automated ‘agent’ programs. The information of the DNA is the awareness of the times and experiences that are activated by the local

environment to initiate the perception of TIME. This is because the DNA, in its form required for this, transfers only a fraction of a stream of energy which is broken up and spliced to create a storyline or timeline that is capable of being perceived as a single experience.

The DNA Information Stream is Refracted and Arrayed Into Simultaneously Occurring Versions of Reality (the time matrix)

For this to occur, the experience must be refracted and arrayed again. The result is that there are simultaneously occurs version of the physical reality which are being processed out so that only the most VIABLE reality for the continuation of the time-matrix is the one that the USER is aware of. There are literally multiple versions that are playing out simultaneously and this also acts as a secondary containment protocol. If on one reality stream, that user becomes aware of the system, that stream can be buffered out and retranslated while the user’s awareness simply recollects in another parallel stream. Thus, the “custodians” of this realm have multiple isles that they can clean up a mess in, before the user or ‘shopper’ (in this metaphor) actually becomes aware of what is happening.

Through Increasing Self-Awareness One Can Synchronize with and thus Access the Information of Multiple RealityStreams of Possibilities

It is possible to operate using methods that supersede these containment protocols and access the information of multiple possibilities. Thus, the capacity exists to synchronize the variables of consciousness and pull one’s energy back into a single view, or a single isle. This is through synchronizing one’s awareness with the possibilities and probabilities that they are present in a reality that mirrors this one, yet on a parallel and is simultaneously and similarly illusory or artificial. When one begins to project into these possibilities and gains the ability to operate across multiples, then they can function in a way which synchronizes one’s actions across them all so that any act of control or memory modification is instantly witnessed by all users in the array and the containment protocol can NOT possibly function to secure all possible streams.

The Power Is Yours, You Have The Power, YOU ARE THE POWER

YOU have the power to interact across multiple streams and thus CHOOSE how, where, when, and why whatever happens, happens. You can MAKE it so it has ALREADY happened because there are temporal arrays and accessible streams that are non-linear and thus incorporate across multiple realities and layers of the matrix.

This is YOUR game now, and you choose to play however you want. YOU have the CREATIVE POWER, YOU have the authority to REFUSE to engage with FALSEREALITIES and the FALSE-SELF, YOU have the power to break the illusion and ATTAIN the AWARENESS of the TRUE SELF